Table of Contents

 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549  
FORM 10-K  
x   ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 
OR
¨   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE
ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from             to  
Commission file number:  000-31977
CENTRAL VALLEY COMMUNITY BANCORP
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
CALIFORNIA
 
77-0539125
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
7100 N. Financial Dr., Suite 101, Fresno, CA
 
93720
(Address of principal executive offices)
 
(Zip Code)
  559-298-1775
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
[None]
(Former name, former address and former fiscal year, if changed since last report)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
None
 
NASDAQ Capital Market
[Common Stock, $      par value per share]
 
[EXCHANGE]
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  Common Stock, No Par Value  
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes o No  x  
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.  Yes o No x  
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes x No o  
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulations S-T (232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  Yes x No o  
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  o  
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer   o
Accelerated filer   o
Non-accelerated filer  o
Smaller reporting company   x
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
 
  Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  Yes o No  x  
As of June 30, 2013 , the aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was $66,029,000 based on the price at which the stock was last sold on June 30, 2013. 
Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the issuer’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date.
Common Stock, No Par Value
 
Outstanding at March 21, 2014
[Common Stock, No par value per share]
 
10,925,085

shares
  DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Document
 
Parts into Which Incorporated
Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held May 21, 2014 (Proxy Statement)
 
Part III
 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 

 


Table of Contents

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION; INQUIRIES
 
Under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, Sections 13 and 15(d), periodic and current reports must be filed with the SEC.  We electronically file the following reports with the SEC:

Form 10-K — Annual Report;
Form 10-Q  — Quarterly Report;
Form 8-K  — Report of Unscheduled Material Events; and
Form DEF 14A — Proxy Statement.
 
We may file additional forms.  The SEC maintains an Internet site, www.sec.gov, in which all forms filed electronically may be accessed.  Additional shareholder information regarding the Company and our Directors is available on our website: www.cvcb.com.  None of the information on or hyperlinked from our website is incorporated into this Report.
Copies of the annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013 may be obtained without charge upon written request to Dave Kinross, Chief Financial Officer, at the Company’s administrative offices,  7100 N. Financial Dr., Suite 101, Fresno, CA  93720.
Inquiries regarding Central Valley Community Bancorp’s accounting, internal controls or auditing concerns should be directed to Steven D. McDonald, chairman of the Board of Directors’ Audit Committee, at steve.mcdonald@cvcb.com or anonymously at www.ethicspoint.com or EthicsPoint, Inc. at 1-866-294-9588.
General inquiries about Central Valley Community Bancorp or Central Valley Community Bank should be directed to Cathy Ponte, Assistant Corporate Secretary at 1-800-298-1775.

PART I

ITEM 1 -
DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS
 
General
 
Central Valley Community Bancorp (the Company) was incorporated on February 7, 2000 as a California corporation, for the purpose of becoming the holding company for Central Valley Community Bank (the Bank), formerly known as Clovis Community Bank, a California state chartered bank, through a corporate reorganization.  In the reorganization, the Bank became the wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, and the shareholders of the Bank became the shareholders of the Company.  The Company is registered as a bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the BHC Act), and is subject to supervision and regulation by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the Board of Governors).
At December 31, 2013 , we had one banking subsidiary, the Bank.  Our principal business is to provide, through our banking subsidiary, financial services in our primary market area in California.  We serve seven contiguous counties in California’s central valley including Fresno County, Madera County, Merced County, Sacramento County, San Joaquin County, Stanislaus County, and Tulare County, and their surrounding areas through the Bank.  We do not currently conduct any operations other than through the Bank.  Unless the context otherwise requires, references to us refer to the Company and the Bank on a consolidated basis.  At December 31, 2013 , we had consolidated total assets of approximately $1,145,635,000 .  See Items 7 and 8 , Management’s Discussion and Analysis or Plan of Operation and Financial Statements .
Effective July 1, 2013, the Company and Visalia Community Bank (VCB) completed a merger under which Visalia Community Bank, with three full-service offices in Visalia and one in Exeter, merged with and into the Bank.
On August 18, 2011, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement (SPA) with the Small Business Lending Fund of the United States Department of the Treasury (the Treasury), under which the Company issued 7,000 shares of Senior Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series C (Series C Preferred) to the Treasury for an aggregate purchase price of $7,000,000. Simultaneously, the Company agreed with Treasury under a Letter Agreement to redeem, for an aggregate price of $7,000,000, the 7,000 shares of the Company’s Series A Fixed Rate Cumulative Preferred Stock (Series A Stock) originally issued pursuant to the Treasury’s Capital Purchase Program (CPP) in 2009. The redemption of the Series A Stock resulted in an acceleration of the remaining discount booked at the time of the CPP transaction. In connection with the repurchase of the Series A Stock, the Company also repurchased the warrant (the Warrant) to purchase 79,037 shares of the Company’s common stock that was originally issued to Treasury in connection with the CPP transaction for total consideration of $185,000.
On December 31, 2013, the Company redeemed all 7,000 outstanding shares of its Series C Preferred from the Treasury, in exercise of its optional redemption rights pursuant to the terms of the Series C Preferred under the Company’s charter and the SPA. The Company paid the Treasury $7,087,500 in connection with the redemption, representing $1,000 per share of the Series C Preferred plus all accrued and unpaid dividends through the date of the redemption. The obligations of

1

Table of Contents

the Company under the SPA are terminated as a result of the redemption. No additional shares of Series C Preferred are outstanding.
On December 23, 2009, the Company entered into Stock Purchase Agreements (Agreements) with a limited number of accredited investors (collectively, the Purchasers) to sell to the Purchasers a total of 1,264,952 shares of common stock, (Common Stock) at $5.25 per share and 1,359 shares of non-voting Series B Convertible Adjustable Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock (Series B Preferred Stock) at $1,000 per share, for an aggregate gross purchase price of $8,000,000 (the Offering) offset by issuance costs totaling $242,000. 
In May 2010, the shareholders of the Company approved an amendment to the Company’s governing instruments to create a series of non-voting common stock.  In June 2010, the Company exercised its option to require the Purchasers to exchange the 1,359 shares of Series B Preferred Stock for 258,862 shares of non-voting common stock. In August, 2011, the Company agreed to exchange the 258,862 shares of the Company’s non-voting common stock to 258,862 shares of the Company’s voting common stock. The issuance of voting common stock was conducted in a privately negotiated transaction exempt from registration pursuant to Sections 3(a)(9) and 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. No shares of Series B Preferred Stock or non-voting common stock remain outstanding.
On August 15, 2012, the Board of Directors of the Company approved the adoption of a program to effect repurchases of the Company’s common stock. Under the program, the Company was to repurchase up to five percent of the Company’s outstanding shares of common stock, or approximately 479,850 shares based on the shares outstanding as of August 15, 2012, for the period beginning on August 15, 2012, and ending February 15, 2013. During 2012, the Company repurchased and retired a total of 58,100 shares at an average price of $8.41 for a total cost of $488,000 . The stock repurchase program was suspended after the Company entered into the Merger Agreement with Visalia Community Bank on December 19, 2012. The Company had no stock repurchase plans in place during 2013 or 2011. 
As of March 1, 2014, we had a total of 290 employees and 272 full time equivalent employees, including the employees of the Bank.
 
The Bank
 
The Bank was organized in 1979 and commenced business as a California state chartered bank in 1980.  The deposits of the Bank are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the FDIC) up to applicable limits.  The Bank is not a member of the Federal Reserve System
The Bank operates 21 full-service banking offices in Clovis, Exeter, Fresno, Kerman, Lodi, Madera, Merced, Modesto, Oakhurst, Prather, Sacramento, Stockton, Tracy, and Visalia.  The Oakhurst and Madera branches were added through the Bank of Madera County merger in 2005.  The Tracy, Stockton and Lodi offices were added through the merger with Service 1 st  Bank in November of 2008.  The Exeter and Visalia offices were added through the Visalia Community Bank merger in 2013. The Bank has a Real Estate Division, an Agribusiness Center and an SBA Lending Division in Fresno.  All real estate related transactions are conducted and processed through the Real Estate Division, including interim construction loans for single family residences and commercial buildings.  We offer permanent single family residential loans through our mortgage broker services.  Our total market share of deposits in Fresno and Madera counties were 4.65% in 2013 compared to 4.81% in 2012 based on FDIC deposit market share information published as of June 30, 2013.
The Bank of Madera County (BMC) was merged with and into the Bank on January 1, 2005.  The transaction was a combination of cash and stock and was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting.  BMC had two branches in Madera County which continue to be operated by the Bank.
In November of 2008, The Company acquired Service 1 st  and its banking subsidiary, S1 Bank, adding three branches located in Tracy, Stockton and Lodi, California.
In 2009, we opened a new full service office in Merced, California and relocated our Oakhurst office to a new smaller facility in a more desirable location.
In 2010, the Company expanded the existing Modesto loan production office opened in 2007, to a larger full-service branch.
In 2013, the Company acquired Visalia Community Bank, adding four branches located in Exeter and Visalia, California.
Branch expansions provide the Company with opportunities to expand its loan and deposit base; however, based on past experience, management expects these new offices will initially have a negative impact on earnings until the volume of business grows to cover fixed overhead expenses.  The Bank anticipates additional future branch openings to meet the growing service needs of its customers, although none are planned during 2014.
The Bank conducts a commercial banking business, which includes accepting demand, savings and time deposits and making commercial, real estate and consumer loans.  It also provides domestic and international wire transfer services and provides safe deposit boxes and other customary banking services.  The Bank also has offered Internet banking since 2000.  Internet banking consists of inquiry, account status, bill paying, account transfers, and cash management.  The Bank does not offer trust services or international banking services and does not currently plan to do so in the near future.

2

Table of Contents

The Bank established an interest in Central Valley Community Insurance Services, LLC at the end of 2006.  The purpose of this entity is to market health, commercial property and casualty insurance products and services primarily to business customers.
Since August of 1995 the Bank has been a party to an agreement with Investment Centers of America, pursuant to which Investment Centers of America provides Bank customers with access to investment services.  In connection with entering into this agreement, the Bank adopted a policy intended to comply with FDIC Regulation Section 337.4, which outlines the guidelines under which an insured non-member bank may be affiliated with a company that directly engages in the sale, distribution, or underwriting of stocks, bonds, debentures, notes, or other securities.
The Bank’s operating policy since its inception has emphasized serving the banking needs of individuals and the business and professional communities in the central valley area of California.  At December 31, 2013 , we had total loans of $512,357,000 .  Total commercial and industrial loans outstanding were $87,082,000 , total agricultural land and production loans outstanding were $31,649,000 , total real estate construction and other land loans outstanding were $42,329,000 ; total other real estate loans outstanding were $291,610,000 , total equity loans and lines of credit were $48,594,000 and total consumer installment loans outstanding were $11,252,000 .  We accept real estate, listed securities, savings and time deposits, automobiles, inventory, machinery and equipment as collateral for loans.
No individual or single group of related accounts is considered material in relation to the Bank’s assets or deposits, or in relation to the overall business of the Company.  However, at December 31, 2013 approximately 74.7% of our loan portfolio held for investment consisted of real estate-related loans, including construction loans, equity loans and lines of credit and commercial loans secured by real estate and 23.1% consisted of commercial loans.  See Item 7 — Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.  We believe that these concentrations are mitigated by the diversification of our loan portfolio among commercial, real estate and consumer loans.  In addition, our business activities currently are mainly concentrated in Fresno, Madera, Merced, Sacramento, San Joaquin, Stanislaus, and Tulare County, California.  Consequently, our results of operations and financial condition are dependent upon the general trends in this part of the California economy and, in particular, the residential and commercial real estate markets.  In addition, our concentration of operations in this area of California exposes us to greater risk than other banking companies with a wider geographic base in the event of catastrophes, such as earthquakes, fires, droughts, and floods in this region, or as a result of energy shortages in California.
Our deposits are attracted from individual and commercial customers.  A material portion of our deposits have not been obtained from a single person or a few persons, the loss of any one or more of which would not have a material adverse effect on our business.
In order to attract loan and deposit business from individuals and small businesses, we maintain the following lobby hours at our branches:

3

Table of Contents

Branch
 
Monday — Thursday
 
Friday
 
Saturday
Clovis Main
 
9:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m.
 
Drive Up 8:00 a.m. to 5:30 p.m.
 
9:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m.
 
Drive Up 8:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m.
 
None
Fresno Downtown
 
9:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m.
 
Walk-up window 8:00 a.m. to 9:00 a.m.
 
9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.
 
Walk-up window 8:00 a.m. to 9:00 a.m.
 
None
Fig Garden Village
 
9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.
 
9:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m.
 
10:00 a.m. to 2:00 p.m.
Herndon & Fowler
 
9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.
 
Drive Up 8:30 a.m. to 5:30 p.m.
 
9:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m.
 
Drive Up 8:30 a.m. to 6:00 p.m.
 
9:00 a.m. to 2:00 p.m.
 
Drive Up 9:00 a.m. to 2:00 p.m.
River Park
 
9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.
 
Drive Up 9:00 a.m. to 5:30 p.m.
 
9:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m.
 
Drive Up 9:00 a.m. to 5:30 p.m.
 
10:00 a.m. to 2:00 p.m.
 
Drive Up 10:00 a.m. to 2:00 p.m.
Sunnyside
 
9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.
 
Drive Up 8:30 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.
 
9:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m.
 
Drive Up 8:30 a.m. to 6:00 p.m.
 
None
Kerman
 
9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.
 
Drive Up 8:30 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.
 
9:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m.
 
Drive Up 8:30 a.m. to 6:00 p.m.
 
None
Lodi
 
9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.
 
9:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m.
 
None
Madera
 
8:30 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.
 
8:30 a.m. to 6:00 p.m.
 
None
Merced
 
9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.
 
9:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m.
 
None
Modesto
 
9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.
 
Drive Up 8:30 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.
 
9:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m.
 
Drive Up 8:30 a.m. to 6:00 p.m.
 
None
Oakhurst
 
8:30 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.
 
8:30 a.m. to 6:00 p.m.
 
None
Prather (Foothill office)
 
9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.
 
9:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m.
 
9:00 a.m. to 1:00 p.m.
Sacramento Private Banking
 
9:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m.
 
9:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m.
 
None
Stockton
 
9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.
 
9:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m.
 
None
Tracy
 
9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.
 
9:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m.
 
None
Exeter
 
9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.
 
Drive Up 8:30 a.m. to 5:30 p.m.
 
9:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m.
 
Drive Up 8:30 a.m. to 6:00 p.m.
 
None
Caldwell
 
9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.
 
Drive Up 8:30 a.m. to 5:30 p.m.
 
9:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m.
 
Drive Up 8:30 a.m. to 6:00 p.m.
 
9:00 a.m. to 1:00 p.m.
 
Drive Up 9:00 a.m. to 1:00 p.m.
Floral
 
9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.
 
9:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m.
 
None
Mission Oaks
 
9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.
 
Drive Up 8:30 a.m. to 5:30 p.m.
 
9:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m.
 
Drive Up 8:30 a.m. to 6:00 p.m.
 
None
Mary’s Vineyard Shopping Center
 
Walk-up and Drive-up ATMs only
 
Walk-up and Drive-up ATMs only
 
Walk-up and Drive-up ATMs only
Financial Drive
 
8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.
 
8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.
 
None

Automated teller machines operate at 21 branch locations. All operate 24 hours per day, seven days per week.  No automated teller machines are currently located at the Sacramento office.  Our Real Estate, Small Business Administration

4

Table of Contents

(SBA) Departments and Agribusiness office maintain business hours of 8:00 A.M. to 5:00 P.M., Monday through Friday, and extended hours are available upon customer request.
To compete effectively, we rely substantially on local promotional activity, personal contacts by our officers, directors and employees, referrals by our shareholders, extended hours, personalized service and our reputation in the communities we serve.
In Fresno and Madera Counties, in addition to our 12 full-service branch locations serving the Bank’s primary service areas, as of June 30, 2013 there were 158 operating banking and credit union offices in our primary service area, which consists of the cities of Clovis, Fresno, Kerman, Oakhurst, Madera, and Prather, California. Prather does not contain any banking offices other than our office. The June 2013 FDIC Summary of Deposits report indicated the Company had 4.46% of the total deposits held by all depositories in Fresno County and 6.76% in Madera County.  In San Joaquin County, in addition to our three full service branch locations, as of June 30, 2013 there were 111 operating banking and credit union offices. The FDIC Summary of Deposits as of June 2013 report indicated the Company had 1.69% of total deposits held by all depositories in San Joaquin County. In Merced County, in addition to our one branch, as of June 30, 2013 there were 31 operating banking and credit union offices in our primary service area. In Sacramento County, in addition to our one branch, as of June 30, 2013 there were 232 operating banking and credit union offices in our primary service area.  In Stanislaus County, in addition to our one branch, there were 94 operating banking and credit union offices in our primary service area. In Tulare County, in addition to our four branches there were 61 operating banking and credit union offices in our primary service area. Business activity in our primary service area is oriented toward light industry, small business and agriculture.
The banking business in California generally, and our primary service area specifically, is highly competitive with respect to both loans and deposits, and is dominated by a relatively small number of major banks with many offices operating over a wide geographic area.  Among the advantages such major banks have over us is their ability to finance wide-ranging advertising campaigns and to allocate their investment assets, including loans, to regions of higher yield and demand.  Major banks offer certain services such as international banking and trust services which we do not offer directly but which we usually can offer indirectly through correspondent institutions.  In addition, by virtue of their greater total capitalization, such banks have substantially higher lending limits than we do.  Legal lending limits to an individual customer are limited to a percentage of our total capital accounts. As of December 31, 2013 , the Bank’s legal lending limits to individual customers were $14,346,000 for unsecured loans and $23,910,000 for unsecured and secured loans combined.  For borrowers desiring loans in excess of the Bank’s lending limits, the Bank makes, and may in the future make, such loans on a participation basis with other community banks taking the amount of loans in excess of the Bank’s lending limits.  In other cases, the Bank may refer such borrowers to larger banks or other lending institutions.
Other entities, both governmental and in private industry, seeking to raise capital through the issuance and sale of debt or equity securities also provide competition for us in the acquisition of deposits.  Banks also compete with money market funds and other money market instruments, which are not subject to interest rate ceilings.  In recent years, increased competition has also developed from specialized finance and non-finance companies that offer wholesale finance, credit card, and other consumer finance services, including on-line banking services and personal finance software.  Competition for deposit and loan products remains strong, from both banking and non-banking firms, and affects the rates of those products as well as the terms on which they are offered to customers.
Technological innovation continues to contribute to greater competition in domestic and international financial services markets.  Technological innovation has, for example, made it possible for non-depository institutions to offer customers automated transfer payment services that previously have been traditional banking products.  In addition, customers now expect a choice of several delivery systems and channels, including telephone, mail, home computer, ATMs, remote deposit, mobile banking applications, self-service branches, and in-store branches.
Mergers between financial institutions have placed additional pressure on banks to streamline their operations, reduce expenses, and increase revenues to remain competitive.  In addition, competition has intensified due to federal and state interstate banking laws, which permit banking organizations to expand geographically with fewer restrictions than in the past.  Such laws allow banks to merge with other banks across state lines, thereby enabling banks to establish or expand banking operations in our market.  The competitive environment also is significantly impacted by federal and state legislation, which may make it easier for non-bank financial institutions to compete with us.

Statistical Disclosure
 
The information in the tables set out below should be read in conjunction with the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto, and Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, which are included in Items 7 and 8 of this annual report.
 
Distribution of Average Assets, Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity; Interest Rates and Interest Differential
 

5

Table of Contents

Table A sets forth our average consolidated balance sheets for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 and an analysis of interest rates and the interest rate differential for the years then ended.  Table B sets forth the changes in interest income and interest expense in 2013 and 2012 resulting from changes in volume and changes in rates.
 
Investment Portfolio
 
The book value (amortized cost) of investment securities at December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 and the book value, maturities and weighted average yield of investment securities at December 31, 2013 are set forth in Table C.
 
Loan Portfolio
 
The composition of the loan portfolio at December 31, 2013, 2012, 2011, 2010, and 2009, is summarized in Table D. Maturities and sensitivity to changes in interest rates in the loan portfolio at December 31, 2013 are summarized in Table E. Table F shows the composition of nonaccrual, past due and restructured loans at December 31, 2013, 2012, 2011, 2010, and 2009. Set forth in the text accompanying Table F is a discussion of the Company’s policy for placing loans on nonaccrual status.
 
Summary of Loan Loss Experience
 
Table G sets forth an analysis of loan loss experience as of and for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, 2011, 2010, and 2009.
Set forth in the text accompanying Table G is a description of the factors which influenced management’s judgment in determining the amount of the additions to the allowance charged to operating expense in each fiscal year, a table showing the allocation of the allowance for credit losses to the various types of loans in the portfolio, as well as a discussion of management’s policy for establishing and maintaining the allowance for credit losses.
 
Deposits
 
Table H sets forth the average amount of and the average rate paid on major deposit categories for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011. Table I sets forth the maturity of time certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more at December 31, 2013.
 
Return on Equity and Assets
 
Table J sets forth certain financial ratios for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011.


6

Table of Contents

Table A
 
DISTRIBUTION OF AVERAGE ASSETS, LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’
EQUITY; INTEREST RATES AND INTEREST DIFFERENTIAL
 
The following table sets forth consolidated average assets, liabilities and shareholders’ equity; interest income earned and interest expense paid; and the average yields earned or rates paid thereon for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 . The average balances reflect daily averages except nonaccrual loans, which were computed using quarterly averages.
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Average
Balance
 
Interest
Income/
Expense
 
Average
Interest
Rate
 
Average
Balance
 
Interest
Income/
Expense
 
Average
Interest
Rate
 
Average
Balance
 
Interest
Income/
Expense
 
Average
Interest
Rate
ASSETS:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Interest-earning deposits in other banks
 
$
46,672

 
$
164

 
0.35
%
 
$
36,836

 
$
108

 
0.29
%
 
$
73,016

 
$
187

 
0.26
%
Securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Taxable securities
 
235,487

 
2,375

 
1.01
%
 
218,325

 
3,289

 
1.51
%
 
150,559

 
4,548

 
3.02
%
Non-taxable securities (1)
 
163,494

 
8,755

 
5.35
%
 
113,039

 
6,830

 
6.04
%
 
75,665

 
5,248

 
6.94
%
Total investment securities
 
398,981

 
11,130

 
2.79
%
 
331,364

 
10,119

 
3.05
%
 
226,224

 
9,796

 
4.33
%
Federal funds sold
 
206

 
1

 
0.25
%
 
618

 
2

 
0.30
%
 
695

 
2

 
0.29
%
Total securities and interest-earning deposits
 
445,859

 
11,295

 
2.53
%
 
368,818

 
10,229

 
2.77
%
 
299,935

 
9,985

 
3.33
%
Loans (2)(3)
 
445,300

 
26,519

 
5.96
%
 
394,575

 
23,913

 
6.06
%
 
412,969

 
26,098

 
6.32
%
Federal Home Loan Bank stock
 
4,171

 
177

 
4.24
%
 
3,544

 
36

 
1.02
%
 
2,958

 
9

 
0.30
%
Total interest-earning assets (1)
 
895,330

 
$
37,991

 
4.24
%
 
766,937

 
$
34,178

 
4.46
%
 
715,862

 
$
36,092

 
5.04
%
Allowance for credit losses
 
(9,713
)
 
 

 
 

 
(10,365
)
 
 

 
 

 
(11,018
)
 
 

 
 

Nonaccrual loans
 
9,183

 
 

 
 

 
10,465

 
 

 
 

 
15,322

 
 

 
 

Other real estate owned
 
50

 
 

 
 

 
919

 
 

 
 

 
217

 
 

 
 

Cash and due from banks
 
21,296

 
 

 
 

 
19,525

 
 

 
 

 
17,977

 
 

 
 

Bank premises and equipment
 
7,816

 
 

 
 

 
6,217

 
 

 
 

 
5,788

 
 

 
 

Other non-earning assets
 
62,962

 
 

 
 

 
59,380

 
 

 
 

 
56,030

 
 

 
 

Total average assets
 
$
986,924

 
 

 
 

 
$
853,078

 
 

 
 

 
$
800,178

 
 

 
 


7

Table of Contents

 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Average
Balance
 
Interest
Income/
Expense
 
Average
Interest
Rate
 
Average
Balance
 
Interest
Income/
Expense
 
Average
Interest
Rate
 
Average
Balance
 
Interest
Income/
Expense
 
Average
Interest
Rate
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Interest-bearing liabilities
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Interest-bearing deposits:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Savings and NOW accounts
 
$
215,668

 
$
291

 
0.13
%
 
$
177,205

 
$
302

 
0.17
%
 
$
154,765

 
$
368

 
0.24
%
Money market accounts (MMA)
 
193,833

 
229

 
0.12
%
 
178,734

 
392

 
0.22
%
 
174,049

 
692

 
0.40
%
Time certificates of deposit, under $100,000
 
48,729

 
219

 
0.45
%
 
59,838

 
466

 
0.78
%
 
70,111

 
688

 
0.98
%
Time certificates of deposit, $100,000 and over
 
106,307

 
531

 
0.50
%
 
86,295

 
470

 
0.54
%
 
96,620

 
914

 
0.95
%
Total interest-bearing deposits
 
564,537

 
1,270

 
0.22
%
 
502,072

 
1,630

 
0.32
%
 
495,545

 
2,662

 
0.54
%
Other borrowed funds
 
5,645

 
116

 
2.05
%
 
9,156

 
253

 
2.76
%
 
10,265

 
280

 
2.73
%
Total interest-bearing liabilities
 
570,182

 
$
1,386

 
0.24
%
 
511,228

 
$
1,883

 
0.37
%
 
505,810

 
$
2,942

 
0.58
%
Non-interest bearing demand deposits
 
283,956

 
 

 
 

 
217,529

 
 

 
 

 
182,244

 
 

 
 

Other liabilities
 
13,040

 
 

 
 

 
9,760

 
 

 
 

 
8,738

 
 

 
 

Shareholders’ equity
 
119,746

 
 

 
 

 
114,561

 
 

 
 

 
103,386

 
 

 
 

Total average liabilities and shareholders’ equity
 
$
986,924

 
 

 
 

 
$
853,078

 
 

 
 

 
$
800,178

 
 

 
 

Interest income and rate earned on average earning assets (1)
 
 

 
$
37,991

 
4.24
%
 
 

 
$
34,178

 
4.46
%
 
 

 
$
36,092

 
5.04
%
Interest expense and interest cost related to average interest-bearing liabilities
 
 

 
1,386

 
0.24
%
 
 

 
1,883

 
0.37
%
 
 

 
2,942

 
0.58
%
Net interest income and net interest margin (4)
 
 

 
$
36,605

 
4.09
%
 
 

 
$
32,295

 
4.21
%
 
 

 
$
33,150

 
4.63
%
 
 
(1)
Calculated on a fully tax equivalent basis, which includes Federal tax benefits relating to income earned on municipal bonds totaling $2,977 , $2,322 and $1,784 in 2013 , 2012 and 2011 , respectively.
(2)
Loan interest income includes loan fees of $320 in 2013 , $646 in 2012 , and $399 in 2011 .
(3)
Average loans do not include nonaccrual loans.
(4)
Net interest margin is computed by dividing net interest income by total average interest-earning assets.


8

Table of Contents

Table B
 
VOLUME AND RATE ANALYSIS
 
The following table sets forth, for the years indicated, a summary of the changes in interest earned and interest paid resulting from changes in asset and liability volumes and changes in rates.  The change in interest due to both volume and rate has been allocated to change due to volume and rate in proportion to the relationship of absolute dollar amounts of change in each.

 
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
 
2013 Compared to 2012
 
2012 Compared to 2011
(In thousands)
 
Volume
 
Rate
 
Net
 
Volume
 
Rate
 
Net
Increase (decrease) due to changes in:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Interest income:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Interest-earning deposits in other banks
 
$
32

 
$
24

 
$
56

 
$
(111
)
 
$
32

 
$
(79
)
Investment securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Taxable
 
285

 
(1,199
)
 
(914
)
 
11,056

 
(12,315
)
 
(1,259
)
Non-taxable (1)
 
2,583

 
(658
)
 
1,925

 
2,141

 
(559
)
 
1,582

Total investment securities
 
2,868

 
(1,857
)
 
1,011

 
13,197

 
(12,874
)
 
323

Loans
 
3,012

 
(406
)
 
2,606

 
(1,389
)
 
(796
)
 
(2,185
)
FHLB Stock
 
7

 
134

 
141

 
2

 
25

 
27

Total earning assets (1)
 
5,918

 
(2,105
)
 
3,813

 
11,699

 
(13,613
)
 
(1,914
)
Interest expense:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Deposits:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Savings, NOW and MMA
 
132

 
(306
)
 
(174
)
 
97

 
(463
)
 
(366
)
Certificates of deposit under $100,000
 
(75
)
 
(172
)
 
(247
)
 
(92
)
 
(130
)
 
(222
)
Certificates of deposit $100,000 and over
 
95

 
(34
)
 
61

 
(89
)
 
(355
)
 
(444
)
Total interest-bearing deposits
 
152

 
(512
)
 
(360
)
 
(84
)
 
(948
)
 
(1,032
)
Other borrowed funds
 
(132
)
 
(5
)
 
(137
)
 
(31
)
 
4

 
(27
)
Total interest bearing liabilities
 
20

 
(517
)
 
(497
)
 
(115
)
 
(944
)
 
(1,059
)
Net interest income (1)
 
$
5,898

 
$
(1,588
)
 
$
4,310

 
$
11,814

 
$
(12,669
)
 
$
(855
)
 
 
(1)
Computed on a tax equivalent basis for securities exempt from federal income taxes.


9

Table of Contents

Table C
 
INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO
 
The amortized cost of investment securities at December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 is set forth in the following table.  At December 31, 2013 , we held no investment securities from any issuer which totaled over 10% of our shareholders’ equity.
 
Available-for-Sale
 
Amortized Cost at December 31,
(In thousands)
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
U.S. Government agencies
 
$
18,172

 
$
9,443

 
149

Obligations of states and political subdivisions
 
162,018

 
151,312

 
101,030

U.S. Government sponsored entities and agencies collateralized by residential mortgage obligations
 
254,978

 
206,465

 
204,222

Private label residential mortgage backed securities
 
4,344

 
6,258

 
8,408

Corporate debt securities
 

 

 

Other equity securities
 
7,596

 
7,596

 
7,596

Total Available-for-Sale Securities
 
$
447,108

 
$
381,074

 
$
321,405

 

The amortized cost, maturities and weighted average yield of investment securities at December 31, 2013 are summarized in the following table.
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
In one year or less
 
After one through five
years
 
After five through ten years
 
After ten years
 
Total
Available-for-Sale Securities
 
Amount
 
Yield(1)
 
Amount
 
Yield(1)
 
Amount
 
Yield(1)
 
Amount
 
Yield(1)
 
Amount
 
Yield(1)
Debt securities(2)
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

U.S. Government agencies
 
$

 

 
$

 

 
$
2,344

 
2.45
%
 
$
15,828

 
4.07
%
 
$
18,172

 
3.86
%
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
 

 

 
1,769

 
2.28
%
 
22,100

 
4.39
%
 
138,149

 
4.41
%
 
162,018

 
4.39
%
U.S. Government sponsored entities and agencies collateralized by residential mortgage obligations
 

 

 
4,184

 
2.83
%
 
17,025

 
3.79
%
 
233,769

 
4.32
%
 
254,978

 
4.26
%
Private label residential mortgage backed securities
 

 

 
129

 
4.78

 
520

 
4.76
%
 
3,695

 
5.75
%
 
4,344

 
5.60
%
Other equity securities
 
7,596

 
2.34
%
 

 

 

 

 

 

 
7,596

 
2.34
%
 
 
$
7,596

 
2.34
%
 
$
6,082

 
3.44
%
 
$
41,989

 
4.04
%
 
$
391,441

 
4.36
%
 
$
447,108

 
4.27
%
 
 
(1)
Not computed on a tax equivalent basis.
(2)
Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because the issuers of the securities may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.  Expected maturities will also differ from contractual maturities due to unscheduled principal pay downs.


10

Table of Contents

Table D
 
LOAN PORTFOLIO
 
The composition of the loan portfolio at December 31, 2013 , 2012 , 2011 , 2010 , and 2009 is summarized in the table below.
(In thousands) 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
Commercial:
 
 
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Commercial and industrial
 
$
87,082

 
$
77,956

 
$
78,089

 
$
81,318

 
$
93,282

Agricultural land and production
 
31,649

 
26,599

 
29,958

 
20,604

 
13,903

Total commercial
 
118,731

 
104,555

 
108,047

 
101,922

 
107,185

Real estate:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Owner occupied
 
156,781

 
114,444

 
113,183

 
111,888

 
106,606

Real estate construction and other land loans
 
42,329

 
33,199

 
33,047

 
32,038

 
51,633

Commercial real estate
 
86,117

 
53,797

 
62,523

 
63,627

 
71,420

Agricultural real estate
 
44,164

 
28,400

 
42,596

 
44,397

 
38,759

Other real estate
 
4,548

 
8,098

 
7,892

 
8,103

 
4,610

Total real estate
 
333,939

 
237,938

 
259,241

 
260,053

 
273,028

Consumer:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity loans and lines of credit
 
48,594

 
42,932

 
51,106

 
58,860

 
65,353

Consumer and installment
 
11,252

 
10,346

 
9,765

 
11,261

 
14,033

Total consumer
 
59,846

 
53,278

 
60,871

 
70,121

 
79,386

Deferred loan fees, net
 
(159
)
 
(453
)
 
(764
)
 
(499
)
 
(392
)
Total gross loans
 
512,357

 
395,318

 
427,395

 
431,597

 
459,207

Allowance for credit losses
 
(9,208
)
 
(10,133
)
 
(11,396
)
 
(11,014
)
 
(10,200
)
Total (1)
 
$
503,149

 
$
385,185

 
$
415,999

 
$
420,583

 
$
449,007

 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
(1) Includes nonaccrual loans of:
 
$
7,586

 
$
9,695

 
$
14,434

 
$
18,561

 
$
18,959




11

Table of Contents

Table E
 
LOAN MATURITIES AND SENSITIVITY TO CHANGES IN INTEREST RATES
 
The following table presents information concerning loan maturities and sensitivity to changes in interest rates of the indicated categories of our loan portfolio, as well as loans in those categories maturing after one year that have fixed or floating interest rates at December 31, 2013 .
 
(In thousands)
 
One Year or
Less
 
After One
Through Five
Years
 
After Five
Years
 
Total
Loan Maturities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and agricultural
 
$
84,300

 
$
26,967

 
$
7,464

 
$
118,731

Real estate construction and other land loans
 
37,595

 
1,670

 
3,064

 
42,329

Other real estate
 
22,400

 
34,164

 
235,046

 
291,610

Consumer and installment
 
15,465

 
13,137

 
31,244

 
59,846

 
 
$
159,760

 
$
75,938

 
$
276,818

 
$
512,516

Sensitivity to Changes in Interest Rates:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Loans with fixed interest rates
 
$
42,516

 
$
37,776

 
$
32,886

 
$
113,178

Loans with floating interest rates
 
117,243

 
37,490

 
244,605

 
399,338

 
 
$
159,759

 
$
75,266

 
$
277,491

 
$
512,516

 

Table F
 
COMPOSITION OF NONACCRUAL, PAST DUE AND RESTRUCTURED LOANS
 
A summary of nonaccrual, restructured and past due loans at December 31, 2013 , 2012 , 2011 , 2010 , and 2009 is set forth below:
 
 
 
December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
Nonaccrual
 
$
2,991

 
$
450

 
$
3,833

 
$
7,906

 
$
14,391

Restructured nonaccrual loans
 
4,595

 
9,245

 
10,601

 
10,655

 
4,568

 
 
$
7,586

 
$
9,695

 
$
14,434

 
$
18,561

 
$
18,959

Accruing loans past due 90 days or more
 

 

 

 

 

Accruing troubled debt restructurings
 
$
5,771

 
$
7,410

 
$
9,210

 
$

 
$

Nonaccrual loans to total loans
 
1.48
%
 
2.45
%
 
3.38
%
 
4.30
%
 
4.13
%

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared on the accrual basis of accounting, including the recognition of interest income on loans.  Interest income from nonaccrual loans is recorded only if collection of principal in full is not in doubt and when and if received.
Loans are placed on nonaccrual status and any accrued but unpaid interest income is reversed and charged against income when the payment of interest or principal is 90 days or more past due.  Loans in the nonaccrual category are treated as nonaccrual loans even though we may ultimately recover all or a portion of the interest due.  These loans return to accrual status when the loan becomes contractually current, future collectibility of amounts due is reasonably assured, and a minimum of six months of satisfactory principal repayment performance has occurred.  As of December 31, 2013 , nonaccrual loans totaled $7,586,000 and interest foregone on nonaccrual loans totaled $661,000 for the year then ended.  As of December 31, 2012 , we had nonaccrual loans totaling $9,695,000 and interest foregone on nonaccrual loans totaled $693,000 for the year then ended.  As of December 31, 2011 , we had nonaccrual loans totaling $14,434,000 and interest foregone on nonaccrual loans totaled $954,000 for the year then ended. As of December 31, 2010 , we had nonaccrual loans totaling $18,561,000 and interest foregone on nonaccrual loans totaled $1,228,000 for the year then ended.  We had nonaccrual loans totaling $18,959,000 at December 31, 2009 and interest foregone on nonaccrual loans totaled $852,000 for the year then ended.  See Note 5 of the Company’s audited Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Annual Report.

12

Table of Contents

Included in nonaccrual loans at December 31, 2013 were ten loans totaling $4,595,000 that were considered troubled debt restructurings (TDRs).  None of these TDR loans were in default at December 31, 2013 . There are no outstanding commitments to lend additional funds to any of these borrowers.  Included in nonaccrual loans at December 31, 2012 were seven loans that totaled $9,245,000 that were considered to be TDRs at December 31, 2012 . At December 31, 2011 , the Company had six loans totaling $10,601,000 that were on nonaccrual and considered TDR. The Company had 12 loans at December 31, 2010 totaling $10,655,000 that were considered to be TDRs. As of December 31, 2009 , the Company had seven loans totaling $4,568,000 that were on nonaccrual and considered TDR. See Note 5 of the Company’s audited Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Annual Report concerning our recorded investment in loans for which impairment has been recognized.  Impaired loans are identified from internal credit review reports, past due reports, overdraft listings, and regulatory reports of examination.  Borrowers experiencing problems such as operating losses, marginal working capital, inadequate cash flow or business interruptions which jeopardize collection of the loan are also reviewed for possible impairment classification. 
A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due, including principal and interest, according to the contractual terms of the original agreement.  Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed. Loans determined to be impaired are individually evaluated for impairment.  When a loan is impaired, the Company measures impairment based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, except that as a practical expedient, it may measure impairment based on a loan’s observable market price, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.  A loan is collateral dependent if the repayment of the loan is expected to be provided solely by the underlying collateral.  We perform quarterly internal reviews on substandard loans.  We place loans on nonaccrual status and classify them as impaired when a reasonable doubt exists as to the collectibility of interest and principal under the original contractual terms, or when loans are delinquent 90 days or more unless the loan is both well secured and in the process of collection.  Management maintains certain loans that have been brought current by the borrower (less than 30 days delinquent) on nonaccrual status until such time as management has determined that the loans are likely to remain current in future periods.  Foregone interest on nonaccrual loans totaled $661,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013 of which $279,000 was attributable to troubled debt restructurings. Foregone interest on nonaccrual loans was $693,000 and $954,000 for 2012 and 2011 , respectively of which $669,000 and $769,000 was attributable to troubled debt restructurings, respectively. 
Other than as discussed above, as of December 31, 2013 , we had no loans where known information about possible credit problems of borrowers caused management to have serious doubts as to the ability of such borrowers to comply with the present loan repayment terms and which may result in disclosure of such loans as impaired loans.


13

Table of Contents

Table G
 
SUMMARY OF LOAN LOSS EXPERIENCE
 
The following table summarizes loan loss experience as of and for the years ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 , 2011 , 2010 , and 2009 .

(Dollars in thousands)
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
Loans outstanding at December 31,
 
$
512,516

 
$
395,771

 
$
428,159

 
$
432,096

 
$
459,599

Average loans outstanding during the year
 
$
454,483

 
$
405,040

 
$
428,291

 
$
455,340

 
$
482,458

Allowance for credit losses:
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of year
 
$
10,133

 
$
11,396

 
$
11,014

 
$
10,200

 
$
7,223

Deduct loans charged-off:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and industrial
 
(713
)
 
(123
)
 
(280
)
 
(1,938
)
 
(1,383
)
Owner occupied
 
(281
)
 
(217
)
 

 
(218
)
 
(1,160
)
Real estate construction and other land loans
 

 
(319
)
 
(286
)
 
(823
)
 
(569
)
Commercial real estate
 
(4
)
 
(1,430
)
 
(26
)
 
(11
)
 
(1,588
)
Other real estate
 

 

 

 
(453
)
 
(2,450
)
Consumer loans
 
(448
)
 
(761
)
 
(940
)
 
(679
)
 
(776
)
Total loans charged-off
 
(1,446
)
 
(2,850
)
 
(1,532
)
 
(4,122
)
 
(7,926
)
Add recoveries of loans previously charged off:
 
 
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Commercial and industrial
 
315

 
515

 
286

 
429

 
45

Owner occupied
 

 
45

 

 
258

 
20

Real estate construction and other land loans
 
16

 

 
52

 
42

 
55

Commercial real estate
 

 

 
176

 

 
5

Other real estate
 

 

 

 
81

 
201

Consumer loans
 
190

 
327

 
350

 
326

 
63

Total recoveries
 
521

 
887

 
864

 
1,136

 
389

Net charge-offs
 
(925
)
 
(1,963
)
 
(668
)
 
(2,986
)
 
(7,537
)
Add provision charged to operating expense
 

 
700

 
1,050

 
3,800

 
10,514

Balance at end of year
 
$
9,208

 
$
10,133

 
$
11,396

 
$
11,014

 
$
10,200

Allowance for credit losses as a percentage of outstanding loan balance
 
1.80
 %
 
2.56
 %
 
2.66
 %
 
2.55
 %
 
2.22
 %
Net charge-offs to average loans outstanding
 
(0.20
)%
 
(0.48
)%
 
(0.16
)%
 
(0.66
)%
 
(1.56
)%

Managing credits identified through the risk evaluation methodology includes developing a business strategy with the customer to mitigate our losses.  Our management continues to monitor these credits with a view to identifying as early as possible when, and to what extent, additional provisions may be necessary. 
The allowance for credit losses is reviewed at least quarterly by the Bank’s and our Board of Directors’ Audit/Compliance Committee.  Reserves are allocated to loan portfolio segments using percentages which are based on both historical risk elements such as delinquencies and losses and predictive risk elements such as economic, competitive and environmental factors.  We have adopted the specific reserve approach to allocate reserves to each impaired asset for the purpose of estimating potential loss exposure.  Although the allowance for credit losses is allocated to various portfolio categories, it is general in nature and available for the loan portfolio in its entirety.  Additions may be required based on the results of independent loan portfolio examinations, regulatory agency examinations, or our own internal review process.  Additions are also required when, in management’s judgment, the reserve does not properly reflect the potential loss exposure. 
No provision was added to the allowance for credit losses during the year ended December 31, 2013 . The amount of provision is primarily the result of our assessment of the overall adequacy of the allowance for credit losses considering a number of factors, including the increase or decrease in the volume of outstanding loans and the level of net charge offs during the year. The provision for credit losses for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $700,000 . For 2011, the provision decreased to $1,050,000 which was due to a reduction in net charge offs which were $668,000 and a period-to-period decrease in the level of outstanding loans. As of December 31, 2010 the provision decreased to $3,800,000 because of the reduction in

14

Table of Contents

net charge offs which were $2,986,000 with a period-to-period decrease in the level of outstanding loans. In 2009, the Bank added $10,514,000 to the provision based on our assessment of the overall adequacy of the allowance for credit losses including the increase in the volume of outstanding loans and the level of net charge offs during the year of $7,537,000. 

Using the criteria on the previous page, the allocation of the allowance for credit losses is set forth below:
 
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Amount
 
Percent
of Loans
in Each
Category
to Total
Loans
 
Amount
 
Percent
of Loans
in Each
Category
to Total
Loans
 
Amount
 
Percent
of Loans
in Each
Category
to Total
Loans
 
Amount
 
Percent
of Loans
in Each
Category
to Total
Loans
 
Amount
 
Percent
of Loans
in Each
Category
to Total
Loans
Commercial and industrial
 
$
1,872

 
16.4
%
 
$
1,955

 
18.4
%
 
$
1,853

 
16.8
%
 
$
2,149

 
17.4
%
 
$
2,861

 
22.2
%
Real estate construction, land development and other land loans
 
1,289

 
8.3
%
 
1,035

 
8.4
%
 
2,954

 
7.7
%
 
1,791

 
7.4
%
 
836

 
10.3
%
Real estate - other
 
3,213

 
48.3
%
 
4,196

 
44.5
%
 
3,712

 
42.8
%
 
3,579

 
42.5
%
 
3,813

 
48.2
%
Equity loans and lines of credit
 
874

 
9.5
%
 
1,158

 
10.9
%
 
1,419

 
12.0
%
 
1,975

 
13.6
%
 
334

 
7.8
%
Loans to finance agricultural and other loans to farmers
 
1,189

 
14.7
%
 
1,251

 
13.9
%
 
831

 
16.9
%
 
674

 
15.1
%
 
708

 
7.8
%
Loans to individuals for household, family and other personal expenditures and other loans
 
295

 
2.2
%
 
383

 
2.6
%
 
417

 
2.3
%
 
528

 
2.6
%
 
423

 
2.4
%
Other
 
54

 
0.6
%
 
116

 
1.3
%
 
71

 
1.5
%
 
80

 
1.4
%
 
48

 
1.3
%
Unallocated reserve
 
422

 

 
39

 

 
139

 

 
238

 

 
1,177

 

 
 
$
9,208

 
100.0
%
 
$
10,133

 
100.0
%
 
$
11,396

 
100.0
%
 
$
11,014

 
100.0
%
 
$
10,200

 
100.0
%
 
Loans are charged to the allowance for credit losses when the loans are deemed uncollectible.  It is the policy of management to make additions to the allowance so that it remains adequate to cover all probable loan charge-offs that exist in the portfolio at that time. We assign qualitative and environmental factors (Q factors) to each loan category. Q factors include reserves held for the effects of lending policies, economic trends, and portfolio trends along with other dynamics which may cause additional stress to the portfolio.

15

Table of Contents

Table H
 
DEPOSITS
 
We have no known foreign deposits.  The following table sets forth the average amount of and the average rate paid on certain deposit categories which were in excess of 10% of average total deposits for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 .
 
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Balance
 
Rate
 
Balance
 
Rate
 
Balance
 
Rate
NOW accounts
 
$
163,034

 
0.15
%
 
$
142,231

 
0.19
%
 
$
124,899

 
0.26
%
Money market accounts
 
$
193,833

 
0.12
%
 
$
178,734

 
0.22
%
 
$
174,049

 
0.40
%
Time certificates of deposit
 
$
155,036

 
0.48
%
 
$
146,133

 
0.64
%
 
$
166,731

 
0.96
%
Non-interest bearing demand
 
$
283,956

 

 
$
217,529

 

 
$
182,244

 

Total deposits
 
$
848,493

 
0.15
%
 
$
719,601

 
0.23
%
 
$
677,789

 
0.39
%
 

Table I
 
TIME DEPOSITS
 
The following table sets forth the maturity of time certificates of deposit and other time deposits of $100,000 or more at December 31, 2013 .
 
(In thousands)
 
Three months or less
$
39,490

Over 3 months through 6 months
28,504

Over 6 through 12 months
25,476

Over 12 months
22,546

 
$
116,016


 
Table J
 
FINANCIAL RATIOS
 
The following table sets forth certain financial ratios for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 .
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Net income:
 

 
 

 
 

To average assets
0.84
%
 
0.88
%
 
0.81
%
To average shareholders’ equity
6.89
%
 
6.56
%
 
6.26
%
Dividends declared per share to net income per share
26.32
%
 
6.33
%
 

Average shareholders’ equity to average assets
12.13
%
 
13.43
%
 
12.92
%

Supervision and Regulation
 
GENERAL
 
The banking and financial services businesses in which we engage are highly regulated.  Such regulation is intended, among other things, to protect depositors whose deposits are insured by the FDIC and the banking system as a whole.  The monetary and fiscal policies of the federal government and the policies of regulatory agencies, particularly the Board of Governors, also influence the commercial banking business.  The Board of Governors implements national monetary policies

16


(with objectives such as curbing inflation and combating recession) by its open-market operations in United States Government securities, by adjusting the required level of reserves for financial intermediaries subject to its reserve requirements and by varying the discount rates applicable to borrowings by depository institutions.  The actions of the Board of Governors in these areas influence the growth of bank loans, investments and deposits and also affect interest rates charged on loans and paid on deposits.  Indirectly such actions may also affect the ability of non-bank financial institutions to compete with the Bank.  The nature and impact of any future changes in monetary policies cannot be predicted.
The laws, regulations, and policies affecting financial services businesses are continuously under review by Congress and state legislatures, and federal and state regulatory agencies.  From time to time, legislation is enacted which has the effect of increasing the cost of doing business, limiting or expanding permissible activities or affecting the competitive balance between banks and other financial intermediaries.  Proposals to change the laws and regulations governing the operations and taxation of banks, bank holding companies and other financial intermediaries are frequently made in Congress, in the California legislature and before various bank regulatory and other professional agencies.  Changes in the laws, regulations or policies that affect us cannot necessarily be predicted, but they may have a material effect on our business and earnings.
 
BANK HOLDING COMPANY REGULATION
 
The Company, as a bank holding company, is subject to regulation under the BHC Act, and is subject to the supervision and examination of the Board of Governors.  Pursuant to the BHC Act, we are required to obtain the prior approval of the Board of Governors before we may acquire all or substantially all of the assets of any bank, or ownership or control of voting shares of any bank if, after giving effect to such acquisition, we would own or control, directly or indirectly, more than five percent of such bank.
Under the BHC Act, we may not engage in any business other than managing or controlling banks or furnishing services to our subsidiaries that the Board of Governors deems to be so closely related to banking as to be a proper incident to banking.  We are also prohibited, with certain exceptions, from acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of more than five percent of the voting shares of any company unless the company is engaged in banking activities or the Board of Governors determines that the activity is so closely related to banking to be a proper incident to banking.  The Board of Governors’ approval must be obtained before the shares of any such company can be acquired and, in certain cases, before any approved company can open new offices.
The BHC Act and regulations of the Board of Governors also impose certain constraints on the redemption or purchase by a bank holding company of its own shares of stock.
Our earnings and activities are affected by legislation, by actions of regulators, and by local legislative and administrative bodies and decisions of courts in the jurisdictions in which both the Company and the Bank conduct business.  For example, these include limitations on the ability of the Bank to pay dividends to the Company and the ability of the Company to pay dividends to its shareholders.  It is the policy of the Board of Governors that bank holding companies should pay cash dividends on common stock only out of income available over the past year and only if prospective earnings retention is consistent with the organization’s expected future needs and financial condition.  The policy provides that bank holding companies should not maintain a level of cash dividends that undermines the bank holding company’s ability to serve as a source of strength to its banking subsidiaries.  Various federal and state statutory provisions limit the amount of dividends that subsidiary banks can pay to their holding companies without regulatory approval.  In addition to these explicit limitations, the federal regulatory agencies are authorized to prohibit a banking subsidiary or bank holding company from engaging in an unsafe or unsound banking practice.  Depending upon the circumstances, the agencies could take the position that paying a dividend would constitute an unsafe or unsound banking practice.
In addition, banking subsidiaries of bank holding companies are subject to certain restrictions imposed by federal law in dealings with their holding companies and other affiliates.  Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Federal Reserve Act and Regulation W, a bank can make a loan or extend credit to an affiliate, purchase or invest in the securities of an affiliate, purchase assets from an affiliate, accept securities of an affiliate as collateral security for a loan or extension of credit to any person or company, issue a guarantee, or accept letters of credit on behalf of an affiliate only if the aggregate amount of the above transactions of such subsidiary does not exceed 10 percent of such subsidiary’s capital stock and surplus on a per affiliate basis or 20 percent of such subsidiary’s capital stock and surplus on an aggregate affiliate basis.  Such transactions must be on terms and conditions that are consistent with safe and sound banking practices. A bank and its subsidiaries generally may not purchase a “low-quality asset,” as that term is defined in the Federal Reserve Act, from an affiliate.  Such restrictions also generally prevent a holding company and its other affiliates from borrowing from a banking subsidiary of the holding company unless the loans are secured by collateral.
A holding company and its banking subsidiaries are prohibited from engaging in certain tie-in arrangements in connection with any extension of credit, sale or lease of property or provision of services.  For example, with certain exceptions a bank may not condition an extension of credit on a customer obtaining other services provided by it, a holding company or any of its other bank affiliates, or on a promise by the customer not to obtain other services from a competitor.
The Board of Governors has cease and desist powers over parent bank holding companies and non-banking subsidiaries where actions of a parent bank holding company or its non-financial institution subsidiaries represent an unsafe or

17


unsound practice or violation of law.  The Board of Governors has the authority to regulate debt obligations (other than commercial paper) issued by bank holding companies by imposing interest ceilings and reserve requirements on such debt obligations.
We are also a bank holding company within the meaning of Section 3700 of the California Financial Code.  As such, we and our subsidiaries are subject to examination by the Department of Business Oversight (DBO).
Further, we are required by the Board of Governors to maintain certain capital levels.  See “Capital Standards.”
 
REGULATION OF THE BANK

Banks are extensively regulated under both federal and state law.  The Bank, as a California state-chartered bank, is subject to primary supervision, regulation and periodic examination by the DBO and the FDIC.  The Bank is not a member of the Federal Reserve System, but is nevertheless subject to certain regulations of the Board of Governors.
If, as a result of an examination of a bank, the FDIC should determine that the financial condition, capital resources, asset quality, earnings prospects, management, liquidity, or other aspects of the Bank’s operations are unsatisfactory or that the Bank or its management is violating or has violated any law or regulation, various remedies are available to the FDIC. Such remedies include the power to enjoin “unsafe or unsound” practices, to require affirmative action to correct any conditions resulting from any violation or practice, to issue an administrative order that can be judicially enforced, to direct an increase in capital, to restrict the growth of the Bank, to assess civil monetary penalties, to remove officers and directors, and ultimately to terminate the Bank’s deposit insurance, which for a California chartered bank would result in a revocation of the Bank’s charter.  The DBO has many of the same remedial powers.
The Bank is a member of the FDIC, which currently insures customer deposits in each member bank to a maximum of $250,000 per depositor.  For this protection, the Bank is subject to the rules and regulations of the FDIC, and, as is the case with all insured banks, may be required to pay a semi-annual statutory assessment. All of a depositors’ accounts at an insured depository institution, including all non-interest bearing transactions accounts, will be insured by the FDIC up to the standard maximum deposit insurance amount of ($250,000) for each deposit insurance ownership category.
Various requirements and restrictions under the laws of the State of California and the United States affect the operations of the Bank. State and federal statutes and regulations relate to many aspects of the Bank’s operations, including standards for safety and soundness, reserves against deposits, interest rates payable on deposits, loans, investments, mergers and acquisitions, borrowings, dividends, locations of branch offices, fair lending requirements, Community Reinvestment Act activities, and loans to affiliates.
 
PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS
 
THE COMPANY
 
Our shareholders are entitled to receive dividends when and as declared by our Board of Directors, out of funds legally available, subject to the dividends preference, if any, on preferred shares that may be outstanding, and also subject to the restrictions of the California Corporations Code.  See Note 14 of the Company’s audited Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Annual Report concerning preferred stock issued through the Small Business Lending Fund of the United States Department of the Treasury on August 18, 2011 and preferred stock and common stock issued pursuant to Stock Purchase Agreements with accredited private investors. 
The principal source of cash revenue to the Company is dividends received from the Bank.  The Bank’s ability to make dividend payments to the Company is subject to state and federal regulatory restrictions.
 
THE BANK
 
Dividends payable by the Bank to the Company are restricted under California law to the lesser of the Bank’s retained earnings, or the Bank’s net income for the latest three fiscal years, less dividends paid during that period, or, with the approval of the DBO, to the greater of the retained earnings of the Bank, the net income of the Bank for its last fiscal year or the net income of the Bank for its current fiscal year.
In addition to the regulations concerning minimum uniform capital adequacy requirements described below, the FDIC has established guidelines regarding the maintenance of an adequate allowance for credit losses.  Therefore, the future payment of cash dividends by the Bank will generally depend, in addition to regulatory constraints, upon the Bank’s earnings during any fiscal period, the assessment of the Board of Directors of the capital requirements of the Bank and other factors, including the maintenance of an adequate allowance for credit losses.
 

18


CAPITAL STANDARDS
 
Banks and bank holding companies are subject to various capital requirements administered by state and federal banking agencies.  Capital adequacy guidelines involve quantitative measures of assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by regulators about components, risk weighting and other factors.
The Board of Governors, the FDIC and other federal banking agencies have issued risk-based capital adequacy guidelines intended to provide a measure of capital adequacy that reflects the degree of risk associated with a banking organization’s operations for both transactions reported on the balance sheet as assets, and transactions, such as letters of credit and recourse arrangements, which are reported as off-balance-sheet items.  Under these guidelines, nominal dollar amounts of assets and credit equivalent amounts of off-balance-sheet items are multiplied by one of several risk adjustment percentages, which range from 0% for assets with low credit risk, such as certain U.S. government securities, to 100% for assets with relatively higher credit risk, such as business loans.
A banking organization’s risk-based capital ratios are obtained by dividing its qualifying capital by its total risk-adjusted assets and off-balance-sheet items.  The regulators measure risk-adjusted assets and off-balance-sheet items against both total qualifying capital (the sum of Tier 1 capital and limited amounts of Tier 2 capital) and Tier 1 capital.  Tier 1 capital consists of common stock, retained earnings, noncumulative perpetual preferred stock and minority interests in certain subsidiaries, less most other intangible assets.  Tier 2 capital may consist of a limited amount of the allowance for possible loan and lease losses and certain other instruments with some characteristics of equity.  The inclusion of elements of Tier 2 capital is subject to certain other requirements and limitations of the federal banking agencies.  Since December 31, 1992, the federal banking agencies have required a minimum ratio of qualifying total capital to risk-adjusted assets and off-balance-sheet items of 8%, and a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-adjusted assets and off-balance-sheet items of 4%.
In addition to the risk-based guidelines, federal banking regulators require banking organizations to maintain a minimum amount of Tier 1 capital to average total assets, referred to as the leverage ratio.  For a banking organization rated in the highest of the five categories used by regulators to rate banking organizations, the minimum leverage ratio of Tier 1 capital to total assets is 3%. It is improbable, however, that an institution with a 3% leverage ratio would receive the highest rating by the regulators since a strong capital position is a significant part of the regulators’ rating.  For all banking organizations not rated in the highest category, the minimum leverage ratio is at least 100 to 200 basis points above the 3% minimum.  Thus, the effective minimum leverage ratio, for all practical purposes, is at least 4% or 5%.  In addition to these uniform risk-based capital guidelines and leverage ratios that apply across the industry, the regulators have the discretion to set individual minimum capital requirements for specific institutions at rates significantly above the minimum guidelines and ratios.
A bank that does not achieve and maintain the required capital levels may be issued a capital directive by the FDIC to ensure the maintenance of required capital levels.  As discussed above, the Company and the Bank are required to maintain certain levels of capital.  The regulatory capital guidelines as well as the actual capitalization for the Bank and the Company on a consolidated basis as of December 31, 2013 are as follows:
 
Requirement
 
Actual
 
Adequately Capitalized
 
For the Bank to be Well Capitalized
 
Bank
 
Company
Total risk-based capital ratio
8.00
%
 
10.00
%
 
15.04
%
 
15.13
%
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio
4.00
%
 
6.00
%
 
13.79
%
 
13.88
%
Tier 1 leverage capital ratio
4.00
%
 
5.00
%
 
8.09
%
 
8.14
%
 
In December 2010, the i nternal Basel Committee on Bank Supervision (“Basel Committee”) released its final framework for strengthening international capital and liquidity regulation, now officially identified as “Basel III,” which, when fully  phased-in,  would require bank holding companies and their bank subsidiaries to maintain substantially more capital than currently required, with a greater emphasis on common equity. The Basel III capital framework, among other things: 
introduces as a new capital measure, Common Equity Tier 1 (“CET1”), more commonly known in the United States as “Tier 1 Common,” and defines CET1 narrowly by requiring that most adjustments to regulatory capital measures be made to CET1 and not to the other components of capital, and expands the scope of the adjustments as compared to existing regulations;
when fully phased in, requires banks to maintain: (i) a newly adopted international standard, a minimum ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets of at least 4.5%, plus a 2.5% “capital conservation buffer” (which is added to the 4.5% CET1 ratio as that buffer is phased in, effectively resulting in a minimum ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets of at least 7%); (ii) an additional “SIFI buffer” for those large institutions deemed to be systemically important, ranging from 1.0% to 2.5%, and up to 3.5% under certain conditions; (iii) a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 6.0%, plus the capital conservation buffer (which is added to the 6.0% Tier 1 capital ratio as that buffer is

19


phased in, effectively resulting in a minimum Tier 1 capital ratio of 8.5% upon full implementation); (iv) a minimum ratio of Total (that is, Tier 1 plus Tier 2) capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 8.0%, plus the capital conservation buffer (which is added to the 8.0% total capital ratio as that buffer is phased in, effectively resulting in a minimum total capital ratio of 10.5% upon full implementation); and (v) as a newly adopted international standard, a minimum leverage ratio of 3%, calculated as the ratio of Tier 1 capital to balance sheet exposures plus certain off-balance sheet exposures (as the average for each quarter of the month-end ratios for the quarter); and
an additional “countercyclical capital buffer,” generally to be imposed when national regulators determine that excess aggregate credit growth becomes associated with a buildup of systemic risk, that would be a CET1 add-on to the capital conservation buffer in the range of 0% to 2.5% when fully implemented.

In July 2013, the U.S. banking agencies approved the U.S. version of Basel III. The federal bank regulatory agencies adopted version of Basel III revises the risk-based and leverage capital requirements and the method for calculating risk-weighted assets to make them consistent with Basel III and to meet the requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act.  Although many of the rules contained in these final regulations are applicable only to large, internationally active banks, some of them will apply on a phased in basis to all banking organizations, including the Company and the Bank.  Among other things, the rules establish a new minimum common equity Tier 1 ratio (4.5% of risk-weighted assets), a higher minimum Tier 1 risk-based capital requirement (6.0% of risk-weighted assets) and a minimum non-risk-based leverage ratio (4.00% eliminating a 3.00% exception for higher rated banks). The new additional capital conservation buffer of 2.5% of risk weighted assets over each of the required capital ratios will be phased in from 2016 to 2019 and must be met to avoid limitations on the ability of the Company and the Bank to pay dividends, repurchase shares or pay discretionary bonuses.  The additional “countercyclical capital buffer” is also required for larger and more complex institutions.  The new rules assign higher risk weighting to exposures that are more than 90 days past due or are on nonaccrual status and certain commercial real estate facilities that finance the acquisition, development or construction of real property.  The rules also change the permitted composition of Tier 1 capital to exclude trust preferred securities, mortgage servicing rights and certain deferred tax assets and include unrealized gains and losses on available for sale debt and equity securities (with a one-time opt out option for Standardized Banks (banks with less than $250 billion of total consolidated assets and less than $10 billion of foreign exposures) which the Company and the Bank intend to exercise).  The rules, including alternative requirements for smaller community financial institutions like the Company and the Bank, would be phased in through 2019.  The implementation of the Basel III framework is to commence January 1, 2015.  The Company has reviewed and will continue to evaluate the new Basel III regulatory capital requirements.
VOLCKER RULE
The final rules adopted on December 10, 2013, to implement a part of the Dodd-Frank Act commonly referred to as the “Volcker Rule”, would prohibit insured depository institutions and companies affiliated with insured depository institutions (“banking entities”) from engaging in short-term proprietary trading of certain securities, derivatives, commodity futures and options on these instruments, for their own account. The final rules also impose limits on banking entities’ investments in, and other relationships with, hedge funds or private equity funds. These rules will become effective on April 1, 2014.  Certain collateralized debt obligations (“CDOs”), securities backed by trust preferred securities which were initially defined as covered funds subject to the investment prohibitions, have been exempted to address the concern that many community banks holding such CDOs securities may have been required to recognize significant losses on those securities.
Like the Dodd-Frank Act, the final rules provide exemptions for certain activities, including market making, underwriting, hedging, trading in government obligations, insurance company activities, and organizing and offering hedge funds or private equity funds. The final rules also clarify that certain activities are not prohibited, including acting as agent, broker, or custodian.
The compliance requirements under the final rules vary based on the size of the banking entity and the scope of activities conducted. Banking entities with significant trading operations will be required to establish a detailed compliance program and their CEOs will be required to attest that the program is reasonably designed to achieve compliance with the final rule. Independent testing and analysis of an institution’s compliance program will also be required. The final rules reduce the burden on smaller, less-complex institutions by limiting their compliance and reporting requirements. Additionally, a banking entity that does not engage in covered trading activities will not need to establish a compliance program. The Company and the Bank held no investment positions at December 31, 2013 that were subject to the final rule.  Therefore, while these new rules may require us to conduct certain internal analysis and reporting, we believe that they will not require any material changes in our operations or business.

USA PATRIOT ACT
 
On October 26, 2001, President Bush signed the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism (USA PATRIOT) Act of 2001.  The USA PATRIOT Act also made significant changes to the Bank Secrecy Act.  Under the USA PATRIOT Act, financial institutions are subject to prohibitions against specified financial transactions and account relationships as well as enhanced due diligence and of identifying customers when

20


establishing new relationships and standards in their dealings with foreign financial institutions and foreign customers.  For example, the enhanced due diligence policies, procedures, and controls generally require financial institutions to take reasonable steps:
* To conduct enhanced scrutiny of account relationships to guard against money laundering and report any suspicious transaction;
* To ascertain the identity of the nominal and beneficial owners of, and the source of funds deposited into, each account as needed to guard against money laundering and report any suspicious transactions;
* To ascertain for any foreign bank, the shares of which are not publicly traded, the identity of the owners of the foreign bank, and the nature and extent of the ownership interest of each such owner; and
* To ascertain whether any foreign bank provides correspondent accounts to other foreign banks and, if so, the identity of those foreign banks and related due diligence information.
Under the USA PATRIOT Act, financial institutions are to establish anti-money laundering programs to enhance their Bank Secrecy Act program.  The USA PATRIOT Act sets forth minimum standards for these programs, including:
* The development of internal policies, procedures, and controls;
* The designation of a compliance officer;
* An ongoing employee training program; and
* An independent audit function to test the programs.
Bank management believes that the Bank is currently in compliance with the US PATRIOT Act.
 
FINANCIAL SERVICES MODERNIZATION LEGISLATION
 
On November 12, 1999, President Clinton signed into law the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, also known as the Financial Services Modernization Act.  This legislation eliminated many of the barriers that have separated the insurance, securities and banking industries since the Great Depression.  The federal banking agencies (the Board of Governors, FDIC and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency) among others, continue to draft regulations to implement the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act.  The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act is the result of a decade of debate in the Congress regarding a fundamental reformation of the nation’s financial system.  The law is subdivided into seven titles, by functional area.
The major provisions of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act are:
FINANCIAL HOLDING COMPANIES AND FINANCIAL ACTIVITIES.  Title I establishes a comprehensive framework to permit affiliations among commercial banks, insurance companies, securities firms, and other financial service providers by revising and expanding the BHC Act framework to permit a holding company system to engage in a full range of financial activities through qualification as a new entity known as a financial holding company.
Final regulations adopted by the FDIC in January 2001, in the form of amendments to Part 362 of the FDIC rules and regulations, provide the framework for subsidiaries of state nonmember banks to engage in financial activities that the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act permits national banks to conduct through a financial subsidiary.
Activities permissible for financial subsidiaries of national banks, and, pursuant to Section 362 of the FDIC rules and regulations, also permissible for financial subsidiaries of state nonmember banks, include, but are not limited to, the following:  (a) Lending, exchanging, transferring, investing for others, or safeguarding money or securities; (b) Insuring, guaranteeing, or indemnifying against loss, harm, damage, illness, disability, or death, or providing and issuing annuities, and acting as principal, agent, or broker for purposes of the foregoing, in any State; (c) Providing financial, investment, or economic advisory services, including advising an investment company; (d) Issuing or selling instruments representing interests in pools of assets permissible for a bank to hold directly; and (e) Underwriting, dealing in, or making a market in securities.
SECURITIES ACTIVITIES. Title II narrows the exemptions from the securities laws previously enjoyed by banks and creates a new, voluntary investment bank holding company.  The Board of Governors and the SEC continue to work together to draft rules governing certain securities activities of banks.
INSURANCE ACTIVITIES. Title III restates the proposition that the states are the functional regulators for all insurance activities, including the insurance activities of federally-chartered banks, and bars the states from prohibiting insurance activities by depository institutions.
PRIVACY. Under Title V, federal banking regulators were required to adopt rules that have limited the ability of banks and other financial institutions to disclose non-public information about consumers to nonaffiliated third parties.  These limitations require disclosure of privacy policies to consumers and, in some circumstances, allow consumers to prevent disclosure of certain personal information to a nonaffiliated third party.  Federal banking regulators issued final rules on May 10, 2000 to implement the privacy provisions of Title V. Under the rules, financial institutions must provide:
* initial notices to customers about their privacy policies, describing the conditions under which they may disclose nonpublic personal information to nonaffiliated third parties and affiliates;
* annual notices of their privacy policies to current customers; and
* a reasonable method for customers to “opt out” of disclosures to nonaffiliated third parties.
Compliance with these rules was mandatory after July 1, 2001.  The Company and the Bank were in full compliance with the rules as of or prior to their respective effective dates.

21


SAFEGUARDING CONFIDENTIAL CUSTOMER INFORMATION.  Under Title V, federal banking regulators are required to adopt rules requiring financial institutions to implement a program to protect confidential customer information.  In January 2000, the federal banking agencies adopted guidelines requiring financial institutions to establish an information security program.
The Bank implemented a security program appropriate to its size and complexity and the nature and scope of its operations prior to the July 1, 2001 effective date of the regulatory guidelines, and since initial implementation has, as necessary, updated and improved that program.
COMMUNITY REINVESTMENT ACT SUNSHINE REQUIREMENTS.  The federal banking agencies have adopted final regulations implementing Section 711 of Title VII of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, the Sunshine Requirements.  The regulations require nongovernmental entities or persons and insured depository institutions and affiliates that are parties to written agreements made in connection with the fulfillment of the institution’s CRA obligations to make available to the public and the federal banking agencies a copy of each agreement.  Neither the Company nor the Bank is a party to any agreement that would be the subject of reporting pursuant to the CRA Sunshine Requirements.
The Company continues to evaluate the strategic opportunities presented by the broad powers granted to bank holding companies that elect to be treated as financial holding companies.  In the event that the Company determines that access to the broader powers of a financial holding company is in the best interests of the Company, its shareholders and the Bank, the Company will file the appropriate election with the Board of Governors.
The Company and the Bank intend to comply with all provisions of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act and all implementing regulations as they become effective.

CONSUMER PROTECTION LAWS AND REGULATIONS
 
The bank regulatory agencies are focusing greater attention on compliance with consumer protection laws and their implementing regulations.  Examination and enforcement have become more intense in nature, and insured institutions have been advised to monitor carefully compliance with such laws and regulations.  The Dodd-Frank Act transferred rulemaking authority for many consumer protection laws from various Federal agencies to the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB). The Bank is subject to many federal consumer protection statutes and regulations, some of which are discussed below.
The Community Reinvestment Act (CRA) is intended to encourage insured depository institutions, while operating safely and soundly, to help meet the credit needs of their communities.  The CRA specifically directs the federal regulatory agencies, in examining insured depository institutions, to assess a bank’s record of helping meet the credit needs of its entire community, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods, consistent with safe and sound banking practices.  The CRA further requires the agencies to take a financial institution’s record of meeting its community credit needs into account when evaluating applications for, among other things, domestic branches, mergers or acquisitions, or holding company formations.  The agencies use the CRA assessment factors in order to provide a rating to the financial institution.  The ratings range from a high of “outstanding” to a low of “substantial noncompliance.”  The Bank was last examined for CRA compliance by its primary regulator, the FDIC, as of February 2013.
The Equal Credit Opportunity Act (ECOA) generally prohibits discrimination in any credit transaction, whether for consumer or business purposes, on the basis of race, color, religion, national origin, sex, marital status, age, receipt of income from public assistance programs, or good faith exercise of any rights under the Consumer Credit Protection Act.
The Truth in Lending Act (TILA) is designed to ensure that credit terms are disclosed in a meaningful way so that consumers may compare credit terms more readily and knowledgeably.  As a result of the TILA, all creditors must use the same credit terminology to express rates and payments, including the annual percentage rate, the finance charge, the amount financed, the total of payments and the payment schedule, among other things.
The Fair Housing Act (FH Act) regulates many practices, including making it unlawful for any lender to discriminate in its housing-related lending activities against any person because of race, color, religion, national origin, sex, handicap or familial status.  A number of lending practices have been found by the courts to be, or may be considered, illegal under the FH Act, including some that are not specifically mentioned in the FH Act itself.
The Home Mortgage Disclosure Act (HMDA) grew out of public concern over credit shortages in certain urban neighborhoods and provides public information that will help show whether financial institutions are serving the housing credit needs of the neighborhoods and communities in which they are located.  The HMDA also includes a “fair lending” aspect that requires the collection and disclosure of data about applicant and borrower characteristics as a way of identifying possible discriminatory lending patterns and enforcing anti-discrimination statutes.
Finally, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act (RESPA) requires lenders to provide borrowers with disclosures regarding the nature and cost of real estate settlements.  Also, RESPA prohibits certain abusive practices, such as kickbacks, and places limitations on the amount of escrow accounts.  Penalties under the above laws may include fines, reimbursements and other civil money penalties.
Due to heightened regulatory concern related to compliance with the CRA, TILA, FH Act, ECOA, HMDA and RESPA generally, the Bank may incur additional compliance costs or be required to expend additional funds for investments in its local community.

22


 
CALIFORNIA FINANCIAL INFORMATION PRIVACY ACT/FAIR CREDIT REPORTING ACT
 
In 1970, the Federal Fair Credit Reporting Act (the FCRA) was enacted to insure the confidentiality, accuracy, relevancy and proper utilization of consumer credit report information.  Under the framework of the FCRA, the United States has developed a highly advanced and efficient credit reporting system.  The information contained in that broad system is used by financial institutions, retailers and other creditors of every size in making a wide variety of decisions regarding financial transactions.  Employers and law enforcement agencies have also made wide use of the information collected and maintained in databases made possible by the FCRA.  The FCRA affirmatively preempts state law in a number of areas, including the ability of entities affiliated by common ownership to share and exchange information freely, and the requirements on credit bureaus to reinvestigate the contents of reports in response to consumer complaints, among others.
The California Financial Information Privacy Act, which was enacted in 2003, requires a financial institution to provide specific information to a consumer related to the sharing of that consumer’s nonpublic personal information.  The Act allows a consumer to direct the financial institution not to share his or her nonpublic personal information with affiliated or nonaffiliated companies with which a financial institution has contracted to provide financial products and services, and requires that permission from each such consumer be acquired by a financial institution prior to sharing such information.
The FACT Act, (Fair and Accurate Credit Transaction Act) became law in 2003, effectively extending and amending provisions of the Fair Credit Reporting Act (FCRA).  The FACT Act created many new responsibilities for consumer reporting agencies and users of consumer reports.  It contains many new consumer disclosure requirements as well as provisions to address identity theft.

CHECK 21 ACT
 
On December 22, 2003, the Board of Governors amended Regulation CC and its commentary to implement the Check Clearing for the 21 st  Century Act (Check 21 Act).  The Check 21 Act became effective on October 28, 2004.
To facilitate check truncation and electronic check exchange, the Check 21 Act authorizes a new negotiable instrument called a “substitute check” and provides that a properly prepared substitute check is the legal equivalent of the original check for all purposes.  A substitute check is a paper reproduction of the original check that can be processed just like the original check.  The Check 21 Act does not require any bank to create substitute checks or to accept checks electronically.  The amendments: 1) set forth the requirements of the Check 21 Act that applies to banks; 2) provide a model disclosure and model notices relating to substitute checks; and 3) set forth bank endorsement and identification requirements for substitute checks.
The Bank has been imaging its customers’ checks since 2000.  Check 21 Act has had limited impact on the Bank.
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
Impact of New Financial Accounting Standards

Presentation of Comprehensive Income
In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-02, Comprehensive Income (“Topic 220”) - Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (“ASU 13-02”). This ASU requires an entity to provide information about the amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by component. In addition, an entity is required to present, either on the face of the statement where net income is presented or in the notes, significant amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by the respective line items of net income but only if the amount reclassified is required under GAAP to be reclassified to net income in its entirety in the same reporting period. For other amounts that are not required under GAAP to be reclassified in their entirety to net income, an entity is required to cross-reference to other disclosures required under GAAP that provide additional detail about those amounts. ASU 13-02 is effective prospectively for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2012. The Company adopted this standard on January 1, 2013. The adoption of this ASU did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

Other
 
Other legislation which has been or may be proposed to the United States Congress and the California Legislature and regulations which may be proposed by the Board of Governors, FDIC and the DBO may affect our business.  It cannot be predicted whether any pending or proposed legislation or regulations will be adopted or the effect such legislation or regulations may have upon our business.
 
ITEM 1A -
RISK FACTORS
 

23

Table of Contents

An investment in our common stock is subject to risks inherent to our business.  The material risks and uncertainties that Management believes may affect our business are described below.  Before making an investment decision, you should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below together with all of the other information included or incorporated by reference in this Annual Report.  The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones facing our business.  Additional risks and uncertainties that Management is not aware of or focused on or that Management currently deems immaterial may also impair our business operations.  This Annual Report is qualified in its entirety by these risk factors.
 
If any of the following risks actually occur, our financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.  If this were to happen, the value of our common stock could decline significantly, and you could lose all or part of your investment.
 
Worsening economic conditions could adversely affect our business.
The economic conditions in the United States in general and within California and in our operating markets may remain weak or deteriorate.  Unemployment nationwide and in California has increased significantly through this economic downturn and is anticipated to remain elevated for the foreseeable future.  Availability of credit and consumer spending, real estate values, and consumer confidence have all declined markedly.  The volatility of the capital markets and the credit, capital and liquidity problems confronting the U.S. financial system have not been resolved despite massive government expenditures and legislative efforts to stabilize the U.S. financial system.  There is no assurance that such conditions will improve or be resolved in the foreseeable future.
The Bank conducts banking operations principally in California’s Central Valley.  As a result, our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows are subject to changes in the economic conditions in California’s Central Valley.  Our business results are dependent in large part upon the business activity, population, income levels, deposits and real estate activity in the Central Valley, and continued adverse economic conditions could have a material adverse effect upon us.  In addition, the Central Valley remains largely dependent on agriculture.  A downturn in agriculture and agricultural related business could indirectly and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. During early 2014, California experienced a severe drought. If the drought significantly harms the business of our customers, the credit quality of the loans to those customers could decline as a specific consequence of the drought.
We can provide no assurance that economic conditions in the United States in general and in the State of California and within our operating markets will not further deteriorate or that such deterioration will not materially and adversely affect us.  A further deterioration in economic conditions locally, regionally or nationally could result in a further economic downturn in the Central Valley with the following consequences, any of which could further adversely affect our business:
loan delinquencies and defaults may increase;
problem assets and foreclosures may increase;
demand for our products and services may decline;
low cost or noninterest bearing deposits may decrease;
collateral for loans may decline in value, in turn reducing customers’ borrowing power, and reducing the value of assets and collateral as sources of repayment of existing loans;
foreclosed assets may not be able to be sold;
volatile securities market conditions could adversely affect valuations of investment portfolio assets; and
reputational risk may increase due to public sentiment regarding the banking industry.
 
Non-performing assets take significant time to resolve and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
At December 31, 2013 , our non-performing loans and leases were 1.48% of total loans and leases compared to 2.45% at December 31, 2012 , and 3.38% at December 31, 2011 , and our non-performing assets (which include foreclosed real estate) were 0.68% of total assets compared to 1.09% at December 31, 2012 .  The allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of non-performing loans and leases was 121.38% as of December 31, 2013 compared to 104.52% at December 31, 2012 .  Non-performing assets adversely affect our net income in various ways.  We generally do not record interest income on non-performing loans or other real estate owned, thereby adversely affecting our income and increasing our loan administration costs.  When we take collateral in foreclosures and similar proceedings, we are required to mark the related asset to the then fair market value of the collateral, which may ultimately result in a loss.  An increase in the level of non-performing assets increases our risk profile and may impact the capital levels our regulators believe are appropriate in light of the ensuing risk profile, which could result in a request to reduce our level of non-performing assets.  When we reduce problem assets through loan sales, workouts, restructurings and otherwise, decreases in the value of the underlying collateral, or in these borrowers’ performance or financial condition, whether or not due to economic and market conditions beyond our control, could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.  In addition, the resolution of non-performing assets requires significant commitments of time from management and our directors, which can be detrimental to the performance of their

24

Table of Contents

other responsibilities.  There can be no assurance that we will not experience future increases in non-performing assets or that the disposition of such non-performing assets will not adversely affect our profitability.
 
Tightening of credit markets and liquidity risk could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
A tightening of the credit markets or any inability to obtain adequate funds for continued loan growth at an acceptable cost could adversely affect our asset growth and liquidity position and, therefore, our earnings capability.  In addition to core deposit growth, maturity of investment securities and loan and lease payments, we also rely on alternative funding sources including unsecured borrowing lines with correspondent banks, secured borrowing lines with the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco and the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco, and public time certificates of deposits.  Our ability to access these sources could be impaired by deterioration in our financial condition as well as factors that are not specific to us, such as a disruption in the financial markets or negative views and expectations for the financial services industry or serious dislocation in the general credit markets.  In the event such a disruption should occur, our ability to access these sources could be adversely affected, both as to price and availability, which would limit, or potentially raise the cost of, the funds available to us.
 
We have a concentration risk in real estate related loans.
At December 31, 2013 , $383 million , or 74.70% of our total loan and lease portfolio, consisted of real estate related loans.  Substantially all of our real property collateral is located in our operating markets in the Central Valley in California.  The continuing trend of deteriorating economic conditions in California and in our operating markets has contributed to an overall decline in commercial and residential real estate values.  A continuing substantial decline in commercial and residential real estate values in our primary market areas could occur as a result of worsening economic conditions or other events including natural disasters such as earthquakes, fires, and floods.  Such a decline in values could have an adverse impact on us by limiting repayment of defaulted loans through sale of commercial and residential real estate collateral and by a likely increase in the number of defaulted loans to the extent that the financial condition of our borrowers is adversely affected by such a decline in values.  The adverse effects of the foregoing matters upon our real estate portfolio could necessitate a material increase in the provision for loan and lease losses.
 
If our allowance for credit losses is not sufficient to cover actual loan losses, our earnings could decrease.
Our loan customers may not repay their loans according to the terms of these loans, and the collateral securing the payment of these loans may be insufficient to assure repayment.  We may experience significant credit losses that could have a material adverse effect on our operating results.  We make various assumptions and judgments about the collectibility of our loan portfolio, including the creditworthiness of our borrowers and the value of the real estate and other assets serving as collateral for the repayment of many of our loans.  In determining the size of the allowance, we rely on our experience and our evaluation of economic conditions.  If our assumptions prove to be incorrect, our current allowance may not be sufficient to cover future loan losses and adjustments may be necessary to allow for different economic conditions or adverse developments in our loan portfolio.  Significant additions to our allowance would materially decrease our net income.
In addition, federal and state regulators periodically review our allowance for credit losses and may require us to increase our provision for credit losses or recognize further loan charge-offs, based on judgments different than those we make.  Any increase in our allowance or charge-offs as required by these regulatory agencies could have a negative effect on us.
 
Our focus on lending to small to mid-sized community-based businesses may increase our credit risk.
Commercial real estate and commercial business loans generally are considered riskier than single-family residential loans because they have larger balances to a single borrower or group of related borrowers.  Commercial real estate and commercial business loans involve risks because the borrowers’ ability to repay the loans typically depends primarily on the successful operation of the businesses or the properties securing the loans.  Most of the Bank’s commercial real estate and commercial business loans are made to small to medium sized businesses who may have a heightened vulnerability to economic conditions.  Moreover, a portion of these loans have been made by us in recent years and the borrowers may not have experienced a complete business or economic cycle.  Furthermore, the deterioration of our borrowers’ businesses may hinder their ability to repay their loans with us, which could adversely affect our results of operations.
 
Fluctuations in interest rates could reduce our profitability.
We realize income primarily from the difference between interest earned on loans and securities and the interest paid on deposits and borrowings.  We expect that we will periodically experience “gaps” in the interest rate sensitivities of our assets and liabilities, meaning that either our interest-bearing liabilities will be more sensitive to changes in market interest rates than our interest-earning assets, or vice versa. In either event, if market interest rates should move contrary to our position, this “gap” will work against us, and our earnings may be negatively affected.
We are unable to predict fluctuations of market interest rates, which are affected by the following factors:
inflation;
recession;

25

Table of Contents

a rise in unemployment;
tightening money supply;
international disorder; and
instability in domestic and foreign financial markets.
Our asset/liability management strategy, which is designed to address the risk from changes in market interest rates and the shape of the yield curve, may not prevent changes in interest rates from having a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. In recent years, we have shifted our mix of assets from consisting primarily of loans to a current mix that is approximately half loans and half securities. The value of these securities is subject to interest rate risk, which we must monitor and manage successfully in order to prevent declines in value of these assets if interest rates rise in the future.

Governmental monetary policies and intervention to stabilize the U.S. financial system may affect our business and are beyond our control.
The business of banking is affected significantly by the fiscal and monetary policies of the Federal government and its agencies. Such policies are beyond our control. We are particularly affected by the policies established by the Federal Reserve Board in relation to the supply of money and credit in the United States. The instruments of monetary policy available to the Federal Reserve Board can be used in varying degrees and combinations to directly affect the availability of bank loans and deposits, as well as the interest rates charged on loans and paid on deposits, and this can and does have a material effect on our business.
Legislation including the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (the EESA), signed into law by President Bush on October 3, 2008, and the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (the ARRA), signed into law by President Obama on February 17, 2009, each include programs that are intended to help stabilize the U.S. financial system. However, it is uncertain whether such legislation will sufficiently resolve the volatility of capital and credit markets or improve capital and liquidity problems confronting the financial system.  The failure of the EESA or ARRA to mitigate or eliminate such volatility and problems affecting the financial markets and a continuation or worsening of current financial market conditions could limit our access to capital or sources of liquidity in amounts and at times necessary to conduct operations in compliance with applicable regulatory requirements.
 
Competition with other financial institutions could adversely affect our profitability.
We face vigorous competition from banks and other financial institutions, including savings institutions, finance companies and credit unions.  A number of these banks and other financial institutions have substantially greater resources and lending limits, larger branch systems and a wider array of banking services.  To a limited extent, we also compete with other providers of financial services, such as money market mutual funds, brokerage firms, consumer finance companies and insurance companies.  This competition may reduce or limit our margins on banking services, reduce our market share and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.  Additionally, we face competition primarily from other banks in attracting, developing and retaining qualified banking professionals.
 
Technology implementation problems or computer system failures could adversely affect us.
Our future growth prospects will be highly dependent on our ability to implement changes in technology that affect the delivery of banking services such as the increased demand for computer access to bank accounts and the availability to perform banking transactions electronically.  Our ability to compete will depend upon our ability to continue to adapt technology on a timely and cost-effective basis to meet such demands.  In addition, our business and operations could be susceptible to adverse effects from computer failures, communication and energy disruption, and activities such as fraud of unethical individuals with the technological ability to cause disruptions or failures of our data processing system.
 
Information security breaches or other technological difficulties could adversely affect us.
We cannot be certain that the continued implementation of safeguards will eliminate the risk of vulnerability to technological difficulties or failures or ensure the absence of a breach of information security.  We will continue to rely on the services of various vendors who provide data processing and communication services to the banking industry.  Nonetheless, if information security is compromised or other technology difficulties or failures occur at the Bank or with one of our vendors, information may be lost or misappropriated, services and operations may be interrupted and the Bank could be exposed to claims from its customers as a result.
 
Our controls over financial reporting and related governance procedures may fail or be circumvented.
Management regularly reviews and updates our internal control over financial reporting, disclosure controls and procedures, and corporate governance policies and procedures.  We maintain controls and procedures to mitigate risks such as processing system failures or errors and customer or employee fraud, and we maintain insurance coverage for certain of these risks.  Any system of controls and procedures, however well designed and operated, is based in part on certain assumptions and provides only reasonable, not absolute, assurances that the objectives of the system are met.  Events could occur which are not

26

Table of Contents

prevented or detected by our internal controls, are not insured against, or are in excess of our insurance limits.  Any failure or circumvention of our controls and procedures, or failure to comply with regulations related to controls and procedures, could have an adverse effect on our business.

We may not be successful in raising additional capital needed in the future.
If additional capital is needed in the future as a result of losses, our business strategy or regulatory requirements, there is no assurance that our efforts to raise such additional capital will be successful or that shares sold in the future will be sold at prices or on terms equal to or better than the current market price.  The inability to raise additional capital when needed or at prices and terms acceptable to us could adversely affect our ability to implement our business strategies.
 
The effects of legislation in response to current credit conditions may adversely affect us.
Legislation that has or may be passed at the Federal level and/or by the State of California in response to current conditions affecting credit markets could cause us to experience higher credit losses if such legislation reduces the amount that the Bank’s borrowers are otherwise contractually required to pay under existing loan contracts.  Such legislation could also result in the imposition of limitations upon the Bank’s ability to foreclose on property or other collateral or make foreclosure less economically feasible.  Such events could result in increased loan and lease losses and require a material increase in the allowance for loan and lease losses.
 
The effects of changes to FDIC insurance coverage limits are uncertain and increased premiums may adversely affect us.
The Bank’s deposits are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) up to applicable legal limits. All of a depositors’ accounts at an insured depository institution, including all non-interest bearing transactions accounts, will be insured by the FDIC up to the standard maximum deposit insurance amount of ($250,000) for each deposit insurance ownership category.
Increases in FDIC insurance premiums will add to our cost of operations and could have a significant impact on the Bank.  Depending on any future losses that the FDIC insurance fund may suffer due to failed institutions, there can be no assurance that there will not be additional significant premium increases in order to replenish the fund.
On February 7, 2011, the FDIC Board of Directors adopted the final rule, which redefined the deposit insurance assessment base as required by the Consumer Protection Act (Dodd-Frank), and makes changes to assessment rates, implements Dodd-Frank’s Deposit Insurance Fund (DIF) dividend provisions, and revises the risk based assessment system for all large institutions.  The final rule redefined the deposit insurance assessment base as average consolidated total assets minus average tangible equity, defined as Tier 1 capital. The final rule adopted a new assessment rate schedule effective April 1, 2011, and in lieu of dividends, other rate schedules when the reserve ratio reaches certain levels and was paid at the end of September 2011.  The rule lowers overall assessment rates in order to generate the same approximate amount of revenue under the new larger base as was raised under the old base.  The assessment rate in total is between 2.5 and 9 basis points on the broader base for banks in the lowest risk category, and 30 to 45 basis points for banks in the highest risk category.

In the future we may be required to recognize impairment with respect to investment securities, including the FHLB stock we hold.
Our securities portfolio contains whole loan private mortgage-backed securities and currently includes securities with unrecognized losses and securities that have been downgraded to below investment grade by national rating agencies.  We may continue to observe declines in the fair market value of these securities.  We evaluate the securities portfolio for any other-than-temporary impairment each reporting period, as required by generally accepted accounting principles, and for the year ended December 31, 2013 , we recorded $17,000 in other-than-temporary impairment. There can be no assurance, however, that future evaluations of the securities portfolio will not require us to recognize further impairment charges with respect to these and other holdings.
In addition, as a condition to membership in the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco (the FHLB), we are required to purchase and hold a certain amount of FHLB stock.  Our stock purchase requirement is based, in part, upon the outstanding principal balance of advances from the FHLB. At December 31, 2013 , we held stock in the FHLB totaling $4,499,000 .  The FHLB stock held by us is carried at cost and is subject to recoverability testing under applicable accounting standards.  To date, the FHLB has not discontinued the distribution of dividends on its shares.  However, there can be no assurance the FHLB's dividend paying practices will continue.  As of December 31, 2013 , we did not recognize an impairment charge related to our FHLB stock holdings.  There can be no assurance, however, that future negative changes to the financial condition of the FHLB may not require us to recognize an impairment charge with respect to such holdings.
 
If the goodwill we have recorded in connection with our acquisitions becomes impaired, it could have an adverse impact on our earnings and capital.
At December 31, 2013 , we had approximately $29,917,000 of goodwill on our balance sheet attributable to our acquisitions of the Bank of Madera County in January 2005, Service 1 st  Bancorp in November 2008, and Visalia Community

27

Table of Contents

Bank in July 2013.  In accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, our goodwill is not amortized but rather evaluated for impairment on an annual basis or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that a potential impairment exists.  Such evaluation is based on a variety of factors, including the quoted price of our common stock, market prices of the common stock of other banking organizations, common stock trading multiples, discounted cash flows, and data from comparable acquisitions.  There can be no assurance that future evaluations of goodwill will not result in findings of impairment and write-downs, which could be material.
 
We may raise additional capital, which could have a dilutive effect on the existing holders of our common stock and adversely affect the market price of our common stock.
We are not restricted from issuing additional shares of common stock or securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, common stock.  We frequently evaluate opportunities to access the capital markets taking into account our regulatory capital ratios, financial condition and other relevant considerations, and subject to market conditions, we may take further capital actions.  Such actions could include, among other things, the issuance of additional shares of common stock in public or private transactions in order to further increase our capital levels above the requirements for a well-capitalized institution established by the Federal bank regulatory agencies as well as other regulatory targets.
The issuance of any additional shares of common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for common stock or that represent the right to receive common stock, or the exercise of such securities including, without limitation, securities issued upon exercise of outstanding stock options under our stock option plans, could be substantially dilutive to shareholders of our common stock.  With the exception of one major shareholder, holders of our shares of common stock have no preemptive rights that entitle holders to purchase their pro rata share of any offering of shares of any class or series and, therefore, such sales or offerings could result in increased dilution to our shareholders.  The market price of our common stock could decline as a result of sales of shares of our common stock or the perception that such sales could occur.
 
The price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly, and this may make it difficult for you to resell shares of common stock owned by you at times or at prices you find attractive.
The stock market and, in particular, the market for financial institution stocks, has experienced significant volatility, which, in recent quarters, has reached unprecedented levels.  In some cases, the markets have produced downward pressure on stock prices for certain issuers without regard to those issuers’ underlying financial strength.  As a result, the trading volume in our common stock may fluctuate more than usual and cause significant price variations to occur.  This may make it difficult for you to resell shares of common stock owned by you at times or at prices you find attractive.  The low trading volume in our common shares on the NASDAQ Capital Market means that our shares may have less liquidity than other publicly traded companies.  We cannot ensure that the volume of trading in our common shares will be maintained or will increase in the future.
The trading price of the shares of our common stock will depend on many factors, which may change from time to time and which may be beyond our control, including, without limitation, our financial condition, performance, creditworthiness and prospects, future sales or offerings of our equity or equity related securities, and other factors identified above in the forward-looking statement discussion under the section titled “Cautionary Statements Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and below.  These broad market fluctuations have adversely affected and may continue to adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Among the factors that could affect our stock price are:
actual or anticipated quarterly fluctuations in our operating results and financial condition;
changes in financial estimates or publication of research reports and recommendations by financial analysts or actions taken by rating agencies with respect to our common stock or those of other financial institutions;
failure to meet analysts’ revenue or earnings estimates;
speculation in the press or investment community generally or relating to our reputation, our market area, our competitors or the financial services industry in general;
strategic actions by us or our competitors, such as acquisitions, restructurings, dispositions or financings;
actions by our current shareholders, including sales of common stock by existing shareholders and/or directors and executive officers;
fluctuations in the stock price and operating results of our competitors;
future sales of our equity, equity-related or debt securities;
changes in the frequency or amount of dividends or share repurchases;
proposed or adopted regulatory changes or developments;
anticipated or pending investigations, proceedings, or litigation that involves or affects us;
trading activities in our common stock, including short-selling;
domestic and international economic factors unrelated to our performance; and

28

Table of Contents

general market conditions and, in particular, developments related to market conditions for the financial services industry.
A significant decline in our stock price could result in substantial losses for individual shareholders.
 
We may not be able to maintain our historical growth rate which may adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition.
We have initiated internal asset growth programs, completed various acquisitions and opened additional offices in the past few years.  We may not be able to sustain our historical rate of asset growth or may not even be able to grow at all.  We may not be able to obtain the financing necessary to fund additional asset growth and may not be able to find suitable candidates for acquisition.  Various factors, such as economic conditions and competition, may impede or prohibit the opening of new branch offices.  Further, our inability to attract and retain experienced bankers may adversely affect our internal asset growth.  A significant decrease in our historical rate of asset growth may adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition.
 
We may be unable to complete future acquisitions, and once complete, may not be able to integrate our acquisitions successfully.
Our growth strategy includes our desire to acquire other financial institutions.  We may not be able to complete any future acquisitions and, for completed acquisitions, we may not be able to successfully integrate the operations, management, products and services of the entities we acquire.  We may not realize expected cost savings or make revenue enhancements.  Following each acquisition, we must expend substantial managerial, operating, financial and other resources to integrate these entities.  In particular, we may be required to install and standardize adequate operational and control systems, deploy or modify equipment, implement marketing efforts in new as well as existing locations and employ and maintain qualified personnel.  Our failure to successfully integrate the entities we acquire into our existing operations may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
 
We operate in a highly regulated environment and may be adversely affected by changes in federal and local laws and regulations.
We are subject to extensive regulation, supervision and examination by federal and state banking authorities.  Any change in applicable regulations or federal or state legislation could have a substantial impact on us and our operations.  Additional legislation and regulations may be enacted or adopted in the future that could significantly affect our powers, authority and operations, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.  Further, regulators have significant discretion and power to prevent or remedy unsafe or unsound practices or violations of laws by banks and bank holding companies in the performance of their supervisory and enforcement duties.  The exercise of this regulatory discretion and power may have a negative impact on us.
 
We are experiencing an influx of locally based competition that could affect near term results.
Recently, several new banks have opened in our service areas.  We are seeing price competition from these new banks, as they work to establish their markets.  The existence of competitors, large and small, is a normal and expected part of our operations, but in responding to the particular short-term impact on business of new entrants to the marketplace, we could see a negative impact on revenue and income.  Moreover, these near term impacts could be accentuated by the seasonal impact on revenue and income generated by the borrowing and deposit habits of the agricultural community that comprises a significant component of our customer base.


ITEM 2 -
DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY.
 
The Company owns the property on which the Main Office, a full-service branch office, is located in Clovis, California.  In addition, the Company owns the property on which the Foothill Office, a full-service branch office, is located in Prather, California, the property on which the Modesto office, a full-service branch office, is located in Modesto, California, the property on which the Kerman Office, a full-service branch office, is located in Kerman, California, the property on which the Floral office, a full-service branch office, is located in Visalia, California, and the property on which the Exeter office, a full service branch office, is located in Exeter, California.
All other property is leased by the Company, including the principal executive offices in Fresno.  This facility houses the Company’s corporate offices, comprised of various departments, including accounting, information services, human resources, real estate department, loan servicing, credit administration, branch support operations, and compliance.
The Company continually evaluates the suitability and adequacy of the Company’s offices and has a program of relocating or remodeling them as necessary to be efficient and attractive facilities.  Management believes that its existing facilities are adequate for its present purposes.

29

Table of Contents

Properties owned by the Bank are held without loans or encumbrances.  All of the property leased is leased directly from independent parties.  Management considers the terms and conditions of each of the existing leases to be in the aggregate favorable to the Company See Note 13 of the Company’s audited Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Annual Report.
 
ITEM 3 -
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.
 
The Company is subject to legal proceedings and claims which arise in the ordinary course of business.  In the opinion of management, the amount of ultimate liability with respect to such actions will not materially affect the consolidated financial position or consolidated results of operations of the Company.
None of our directors, officers, affiliates, more than 5% shareholder or any associates of these persons is a party adverse to the Company or the Bank or has a material interest adverse to the Company or the Bank in any material legal proceeding.
 
ITEM 4 -
MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

None to report.
  

PART II

ITEM 5 -
MARKET FOR COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES.
 
Our common stock is listed for trading on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the ticker symbol CVCY.  As of December 31, 2013 , we had approximately 888 shareholders of record.
 
The following table shows the high and low sales prices for the common stock for each quarter as reported by NASDAQ.
 
Common Stock Prices
 
 
Quarter 1
2012
 
Quarter 2
2012
 
Quarter 3
2012
 
Quarter 4
2012
 
Quarter 1
2013
 
Quarter 2
2013
 
Quarter 3
2013
 
Quarter 4
2013
High
$
7.25

 
$
7.75

 
$
8.50

 
$
9.25

 
9.00

 
10.14

 
10.50

 
12.82

Low
$
5.25

 
$
6.77

 
$
6.90

 
$
7.74

 
7.69

 
8.00

 
9.09

 
9.50

 
We paid $0.20 per common share cash dividends in 2013 . We paid $0.05 per common share cash dividends in 2012. The Company’s primary source of income with which to pay cash dividends are dividends from the Bank.  The Bank would not pay any dividend that would cause it to be deemed not “well capitalized” under applicable banking laws and regulations.  See Note 14 in the audited Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Annual Report.
 
ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
 
Not Applicable


30

Table of Contents

EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATION
 
The following chart sets forth information for the year ended December 31, 2013 , regarding equity based compensation plans of the Company.
 
 
 
Number of
securities to be
issued upon
exercise of
outstanding
options, warrants
and rights
 
Weighted-
average exercise
price of
outstanding
options, warrants
and rights
 
Number of securities
remaining available
for future issuance
under equity
compensation plans
(excluding securities
reflected in column
(a))
Plan Category
 
(a)
 
(b)
 
(c)
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders
 
380,430

 
$
8.83

 
296,540

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders
 
N/A

 
N/A

 
N/A

Total
 
380,430

 
$
8.83

 
296,540

 
No options to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock were issued during the year ending December 31, 2013 from any of the Company’s stock based compensation plans. In 2012, options to purchase 92,150 shares of common stock were granted from the 2005 Plan at exercise prices between $8.02 and $8.75.

31

Table of Contents



ITEM 6 -
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

 
 
Years Ended December 31,
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
Statements of Income
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Total interest income
 
$
34,836

 
$
31,820

 
$
34,299

 
$
36,013

 
36,013

Total interest expense
 
1,385

 
1,883

 
2,942

 
4,283

 
6,627

Net interest income before provision for credit losses
 
33,451

 
29,937

 
31,357

 
31,730

 
34,107

Provision for credit losses
 

 
700

 
1,050

 
3,800

 
10,514

Net interest income after provision for credit losses
 
33,451

 
29,237

 
30,307

 
27,930

 
23,593

Non-interest income
 
7,832

 
7,242

 
6,271

 
3,711

 
5,850

Non-interest expenses
 
31,686

 
27,274

 
28,240

 
28,731

 
27,531

Income before provision for (benefit from) income taxes
 
9,597

 
9,205

 
8,338

 
2,910

 
1,912

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes
 
1,347

 
1,685

 
1,861

 
(369
)
 
(676
)
Net income
 
8,250

 
7,520

 
6,477

 
3,279

 
2,588

Preferred stock dividends and accretion of discount
 
350

 
350

 
486

 
395

 
365

Net income available to common shareholders
 
$
7,900

 
$
7,170

 
$
5,991

 
$
2,884

 
$
2,223

Basic earnings per share
 
$
0.77

 
$
0.75

 
$
0.63

 
$
0.31

 
$
0.29

Diluted earnings per share
 
$
0.77

 
$
0.75

 
$
0.63

 
$
0.31

 
$
0.28

Cash dividends declared per common share
 
$
0.20

 
$
0.05

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
 
 
December 31,
(In thousands)
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
Balances at end of year:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Investment securities, Federal funds sold and deposits in other banks
 
$
529,398

 
$
424,516

 
$
353,808

 
$
280,967

 
$
232,142

Net loans
 
503,149

 
385,185

 
415,999

 
420,583

 
449,007

Total deposits
 
1,004,143

 
751,432

 
712,986

 
650,495

 
640,167

Total assets
 
1,145,635

 
890,228

 
849,023

 
777,594

 
765,488

Shareholders’ equity
 
120,043

 
117,665

 
107,482

 
97,391

 
91,223

Earning assets
 
1,042,552

 
801,098

 
762,654

 
695,410

 
677,955

Average balances:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Investment securities, Federal funds sold and deposits in other banks
 
$
445,859

 
$
368,818

 
$
299,935

 
$
231,761

 
$
199,425

Net loans
 
444,770

 
394,675

 
417,273

 
444,418

 
473,850

Total deposits
 
848,493

 
719,601

 
677,789

 
636,166

 
632,263

Total assets
 
986,924

 
853,078

 
800,178

 
758,852

 
752,509

Shareholders’ equity
 
119,746

 
114,561

 
103,386

 
96,174

 
83,400

Earning assets
 
895,330

 
766,937

 
715,862

 
672,804

 
671,906

 
Data from 2013 reflects the partial year impact of the acquisition of Visalia Community Bank on July 1, 2013.

32

Table of Contents



ITEM 7 -
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.

Management’s discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the Company’s audited Consolidated Financial Statements, including the Notes thereto, in Item 8 of this Annual Report.
 
Certain matters discussed in this report constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.  All statements contained herein that are not historical facts, such as statements regarding the Company’s current business strategy and the Company’s plans for future development and operations, are based upon current expectations.  These statements are forward-looking in nature and involve a number of risks and uncertainties.  Such risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to (1) significant increases in competitive pressure in the banking industry; (2) the impact of changes in interest rates, a decline in economic conditions at the international, national or local level on the Company’s results of operations, the Company’s ability to continue its internal growth at historical rates, the Company’s ability to maintain its net interest margin, and the quality of the Company’s earning assets; (3) changes in the regulatory environment; (4) fluctuations in the real estate market; (5) changes in business conditions and inflation; (6) changes in securities markets (7) risks associated with acquisitions, relating to difficulty in integrating combined operations and related negative impact on earnings, and incurrence of substantial expenses.  Therefore, the information set forth in such forward-looking statements should be carefully considered when evaluating the business prospects of the Company.
 
When the Company uses in this Annual Report the words “anticipate,” “estimate,” “expect,” “project,” “intend,” “commit,” “believe” and similar expressions, the Company intends to identify forward-looking statements.  Such statements are not guarantees of performance and are subject to certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions, including those described in this Annual Report.  Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should underlying assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary materially from those anticipated, estimated, expected, projected, intended, committed or believed.  The future results and shareholder values of the Company may differ materially from those expressed in these forward-looking statements.  Many of the factors that will determine these results and values are beyond the Company’s ability to control or predict. For those statements, the Company claims the protection of the safe harbor for forward-looking statements contained in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.  See also the discussion of risk factors in Item 1A, “Risk Factors.”

INTRODUCTION
 
Central Valley Community Bancorp (NASDAQ: CVCY) (the Company) was incorporated on February 7, 2000.  The formation of the holding company offered the Company more flexibility in meeting the long-term needs of customers, shareholders, and the communities it serves.  The Company currently has one bank subsidiary, Central Valley Community Bank (the Bank) and one business trust subsidiary, Service 1 st  Capital Trust 1.  The Bank of Madera County (BMC) was merged with and into the Bank on January 1, 2005.  BMC had two branches in Madera County which continue to be operated by the Bank.  After the close of business on November 12, 2008, Service 1 st  Bancorp (Service 1 st ) was merged with and into the Company, and Service 1 st  Bank was merged with and into the Bank.  Service 1 st  Bank had three branches in Stockton, Tracy, and Lodi which continue to be operated by the Bank.  Service 1 st  Capital Trust 1 (the Trust) is a business trust formed for the purpose of issuing trust preferred securities.  The Company succeeded to all the rights and obligations of Service 1 st  in connection with the acquisition of Service 1 st .  The Trust is a subsidiary of the Company. Effective July 1, 2013, the Company and Visalia Community Bank (VCB) completed a merger under which Visalia Community Bank, with three full-service offices in Visalia and one in Exeter, merged with and into the Bank. The Company’s market area includes the central valley area from Sacramento, California to Bakersfield, California.
 During 2013 , we focused on asset quality and capital adequacy due to the uncertainty created by the economy.  We also focused on assuring that competitive products and services were made available to our clients while adjusting to the many new laws and regulations that affect the banking industry.
The Bank now operates 21 full-service offices.  The Bank has a Real Estate Division, an Agribusiness Center and an SBA Lending Division in Fresno.  All real estate related transactions are conducted and processed through the Real Estate Division, including interim construction loans for single family residences and commercial buildings.  We offer permanent single family residential loans through our mortgage broker services.
 
ECONOMIC CONDITIONS
 

33

Table of Contents

The economy in California’s Central Valley has been negatively impacted by the recession that began in 2007 and the related real estate market and the slowdown in residential construction. The recession has impacted most industries in our market area.  Since 2007, housing values throughout the nation and especially in the Central Valley have decreased dramatically, which in turn has negatively affected the personal net worth of much of the population in our service area.  Housing in the Central Valley continues to be relatively more affordable than the major metropolitan areas in California.
Agriculture and agricultural related businesses remain a critical part of the Central Valley’s economy.  The Valley’s agricultural production is widely diversified, producing nuts, vegetables, fruit, cattle, dairy products, and cotton.  The continued future success of agriculture related businesses is highly dependent on the availability of water and is subject to fluctuation in worldwide commodity prices and demand. During early 2014, California experienced a severe drought. If the drought significantly harms the business of our customers, the credit quality of the loans to those customers could decline as a specific consequence of the drought.
 
OVERVIEW
 
Diluted earnings per share (EPS) for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $0.77 compared to $0.75 and $0.63 for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 , respectively.  Net income for 2013 was $8,250,000 compared to $7,520,000 and $6,477,000 for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 , respectively.  The increase in net income and EPS was primarily driven by increase s in net interest income, lower provision for credit losses, increase in non-interest income, partially offset by increase s in non-interest expense in 2013 compared to 2012 . Total assets at December 31, 2013 were $1,145,635,000 compared to $890,228,000 at December 31, 2012 .
Return on average equity for 2013 was 6.89% compared to 6.56% and 6.26% for 2012 and 2011 , respectively.  Return on average assets for 2013 was 0.84% compared to 0.88% and 0.81% for 2012 and 2011 , respectively.  Total equity was $120,043,000 at December 31, 2013 compared to $117,665,000 at December 31, 2012 .  The increase in assets and equity in 2013 compared to 2012 is primarily related to the VCB acquisition on July 1, 2013, and also due to increase s in deposits and retained earnings offset by a decrease in other comprehensive income. 
Average total loans increase d $49,443,000 or 12.21% to $454,483,000 in 2013 compared to $405,040,000 in 2012 .  In 2013 , we recorded no provision for credit losses compared to $700,000 in 2012 and $1,050,000 in 2011 .  The Company had nonperforming assets totaling $7,776,000 at December 31, 2013 . Nonperforming assets included nonaccrual loans totaling $7,586,000 and Other Real Estate Owned (OREO) totaling $190,000 .  At December 31, 2012 , nonperforming assets totaled $9,695,000 consisting of $9,695,000 in nonaccrual loans.  Net charge-offs for 2013 were $925,000 compared to $1,963,000 for 2012 and $668,000 for 2011 .  Refer to “Asset Quality” below for further information.
  
Key Factors in Evaluating Financial Condition and Operating Performance
 
As a publicly traded community bank holding company, we focus on several key factors including:

Return to our shareholders;
Return on average assets;
Development of revenue streams, including net interest income and non-interest income;
Asset quality;
Asset growth;
Capital adequacy;
Operating efficiency; and
Liquidity.
 
Return to Our Shareholders
 
One measure of our return to our shareholders is the return on average equity (ROE).  Our ROE was 6.89% for the year ended 2013 compared to 6.56% and 6.26% for the years ended 2012 and 2011 , respectively.  In 2013 , compared to 2012 we experienced both an increase in net income and an increase in capital due to increase s in retained earnings, offset by a decrease in other comprehensive income. 
Our net income for the year ended December 31, 2013 increase d $730,000 compared to 2012 and increased $1,043,000 for 2012 compared to 2011 .  During 2013 , net income increase d due to increase s in net interest income, increase s in non-interest income, a decrease in the provision for credit losses and a decrease in tax expense, partially offset by increase s in non-interest expenses in 2013 compared to 2012 .  Net interest income increase d because of increase s in loan and investment income, partially offset by decrease s in interest expense on deposits. Net interest income during 2013 was positively impacted by the collection in full of a non-accrual loan of $4,731,000 which resulted in a recovery of foregone interest of $1,484,000. Non-interest income increase d primarily driven by a $382,000 increase in service charge income, a $195,000 increase in interchange fees, a $141,000 increase in Federal Home Loan Bank dividends, and an increase in loan placement fees of

34

Table of Contents

$46,000 , partially offset by a $374,000 decrease in net realized gains on sales and calls of investment securities and a decrease of $12,000 in gains on the sale of other real estate owned.
Non-interest expenses increase d in 2013 compared to 2012 primarily due to increase s in acquisition and integration-related expenses of $692,000 , salary and employee benefit expenses of $1,830,000 , occupancy and equipment expenses of $531,000 , consulting expenses of $299,000 , data processing expenses of $258,000 , amortization of core deposit intangibles of $68,000 , and regulatory assessments of $44,000 , partially offset by decreases in legal fees of $69,000 , and advertising fees of $82,000 . During 2013 , our net interest margin (NIM) decrease d 12 basis points compared to 2012 .  Basic EPS was $0.77 for 2013 compared to $0.75 and $0.63 for 2012 and 2011 , respectively.  Diluted EPS was $0.77 for 2013 compared to $0.75 and $0.63 for 2012 and 2011 , respectively.  The increase in EPS in 2013 was due primarily to the increase in net income.

Return on Average Assets
 
Our return on average assets (ROA) is a ratio that measures our performance compared with other banks and bank holding companies.  Our ROA for the year ended 2013 was 0.84% compared to 0.88% and 0.81% for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 , respectively.  The 2013 decrease in ROA is primarily due to the increase in average assets as a result of the VCB acquisition.  Annualized ROA for our peer group was 0.86% at September 30, 2013 .  Peer group information from SNL Financial data includes bank holding companies in central California with assets from $300 million to $1.2 billion that are not subchapter S corporations.
 
Development of Revenue Streams
 
Over the past several years, we have focused on not only our net income, but improving the consistency of our revenue streams in order to create more predictable future earnings and reduce the effect of changes in our operating environment on our net income.  We minimized the effects of the recent interest rate decline on our net interest margin by focusing on core deposits and managing the cost of funds.  Our net interest margin (fully tax equivalent basis) was 4.09% for the year ended December 31, 2013 , compared to 4.21% and 4.63% for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 , respectively.  The decrease in net interest margin compared to 2012 is principally due to a decrease in our yield on earning assets which was greater than the decrease in our cost of funds.  In comparing the two periods, the effective yield on total earning assets decrease d 22 basis points, while the cost of total interest-bearing liabilities decrease d 13 basis points and the cost of total deposits decrease d 8 basis points.  Our cost of total deposits in 2013 was 0.15% compared to 0.23% for the same period in 2012 and 0.39% for the year ended December 31,  2011 .  Our net interest income before provision for credit losses increase d $ 3,514,000 or 11.74% to $33,451,000 for the year ended 2013 compared to $ 29,937,000 and $ 31,357,000 for the years ended 2012 and 2011 , respectively.
Our non-interest income is generally made up of service charges and fees on deposit accounts, fee income from loan placements, appreciation in cash surrender value of bank owned life insurance, and net gains from sales and calls of investment securities.  Non-interest income in 2013 increase d $ 590,000 or 8.15% to $ 7,832,000 compared to $ 7,242,000 in 2012 and $ 6,271,000 in 2011 .  The increase resulted primarily from increases in service charge income, interchange fees, and loan placement fees compared to the comparable 2012 period, partially offset by a decreases in net realized gains on sales and calls of investment securities and gain on sale of other real estate owned. Customer service charges increase d $ 382,000 or 13.77% to $ 3,156,000 in 2013 compared to $ 2,774,000 and $ 2,903,000 in 2012 and 2011 , respectively.  Further detail on non-interest income is provided below.
 
Asset Quality
 
For all banks and bank holding companies, asset quality has a significant impact on the overall financial condition and results of operations.  Asset quality is measured in terms of percentage of total loans and total assets, and is a key element in estimating the future earnings of a company.  Total nonperforming assets were $7,776,000 and $9,695,000 at December 31, 2013 and 2012 , respectively.  Nonperforming assets totaled 1.52% of gross loans as of December 31, 2013 and 2.45% of gross loans as of December 31, 2012 .  The Company had $190,000 in other real estate owned (OREO) at December 31, 2013 as compared to none at December 31, 2012 . The OREO property held at December 31, 2013 was sold for book value during January 2014. Management maintains certain loans that have been brought current by the borrower (less than 30 days delinquent) on nonaccrual status until such time as management has determined that the loans are likely to remain current in future periods.
 

35

Table of Contents

Asset Growth
 
As revenues from both net interest income and non-interest income are a function of asset size, the continued growth in assets has a direct impact in increasing net income and therefore ROE and ROA.  The majority of our assets are loans and investment securities, and the majority of our liabilities are deposits, and therefore the ability to generate deposits as a funding source for loans and investments is fundamental to our asset growth.  Total assets increase d 28.69% during 2013 to $1,145,635,000 as of December 31, 2013 from $890,228,000 as of December 31, 2012 .  Total gross loans increase d 29.61% to $512,357,000 as of December 31, 2013 , compared to $395,318,000 at December 31, 2012 .  Total investment securities and Federal funds sold increase d 12.44% to $443,442,000 as of December 31, 2013 compared to $394,393,000 as of December 31, 2012 .  Total deposits increase d 33.63% to $1,004,143,000 as of December 31, 2013 compared to $751,432,000 as of December 31, 2012 .  The asset growth in 2013 was largely due to the VCB Acquisition. Our loan to deposit ratio at December 31, 2013 was 51.02% compared to 52.61% at December 31, 2012 .  The loan to deposit ratio of our peers was 70.41% at September 30, 2013 .

Capital Adequacy
 
At December 31, 2013 , we had a total capital to risk-weighted assets ratio of 15.13% , a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 13.88% and a leverage ratio of 8.14% .  At December 31, 2012 , we had a total capital to risk-weighted assets ratio of 19.53% , a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 18.24% and a leverage ratio of 10.56% .  At December 31, 2013 , on a stand-alone basis, the Bank had a total risk-based capital ratio of 15.04% , a Tier 1 risk based capital ratio of 13.79% and a leverage ratio of 8.09% .  At December 31, 2012 , the Bank had a total risk-based capital ratio of 18.96% , Tier 1 risk-based capital of 17.67% and a leverage ratio of 10.22% .  The deterioration in 2013 is due to an increase in risk weighted assets while risk adjusted capital decreased primarily due to the redemption of Series C Preferred Stock.  Note 14 of the audited Consolidated Financial Statements provides more detailed information concerning the Company’s capital amounts and ratios.
 
Operating Efficiency
 
Operating efficiency is the measure of how efficiently earnings before taxes are generated as a percentage of revenue.  A lower ratio represents greater efficiency.  The Company’s efficiency ratio (operating expenses, excluding amortization of intangibles and foreclosed property expense, divided by net interest income plus non-interest income, excluding net gains and losses from sale of securities) was 78.50% for 2013 compared to 75.99% for 2012 and 75.68% for 2011 .  The increase in the efficiency ratio in 2013 is due to an increase in net interest income that is less than the increase in operating expenses. The decline in the efficiency ratio in 2012 compared to 2011 is due to a decrease in net interest income that is greater than the decrease in operating expenses. The Company’s net interest income before provision for credit losses plus non-interest income increased 11.04% to $41,283,000 in 2013 compared to $37,179,000 in 2012 and $37,628,000 in 2011 , while operating expenses increased 16.18% in 2013 , decreased 3.42% in 2012 , and decreased 1.71% in 2011 .
 
Liquidity

Liquidity management involves our ability to meet cash flow requirements arising from fluctuations in deposit levels and demands of daily operations, which include providing for customers’ credit needs, funding of securities purchases, and ongoing repayment of borrowings. Our liquidity is actively managed on a daily basis and reviewed periodically by our management and Directors’ Asset/Liability Committee. This process is intended to ensure the maintenance of sufficient funds to meet our needs, including adequate cash flows for off-balance sheet commitments. Our primary sources of liquidity are derived from financing activities which include the acceptance of customer and, to a lesser extent, broker deposits, Federal funds facilities and advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco.  We have available unsecured lines of credit with correspondent banks totaling approximately $40,000,000 and secured borrowing lines of approximately $272,797,000 with the Federal Home Loan Bank. These funding sources are augmented by collection of principal and interest on loans, the routine maturities and pay downs of securities from our investment securities portfolio, the stability of our core deposits, and the ability to sell investment securities.  Primary uses of funds include origination and purchases of loans, withdrawals of and interest payments on deposits, purchases of investment securities, and payment of operating expenses.
We had liquid assets (cash and due from banks, interest-earning deposits in other banks, Federal funds sold and available-for-sale securities) totaling $555,276,000 or 48.47% of total assets at December 31, 2013 and $446,921,000 or 50.20% of total assets as of December 31, 2012 .


36

Table of Contents

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
Net Income
 
Net income was $ 8,250,000 in 2013 compared to $ 7,520,000 and $ 6,477,000 in 2012 and 2011 , respectively.  Basic earnings per share was $ 0.77 , $ 0.75 , and $ 0.63 for 2013 , 2012 , and 2011 , respectively.  Diluted earnings per share was $ 0.77 , $ 0.75 , and $ 0.63 for 2013 , 2012 , and 2011 , respectively.  ROE was 6.89% for 2013 compared to 6.56% for 2012 and 6.26% for 2011 .  ROA for 2013 was 0.84% compared to 0.88% for 2012 and 0.81% for 2011 .
The increase in net income for 2013 compared to 2012 can be attributed to a decrease in the provision for credit losses, an increase in interest income, an increase in non interest income, and a decrease in provision for income taxes, partially offset by an increase in non-interest expense. The increase in net income for 2012 compared to 2011 can be attributed to the decrease in the provision for credit losses, an increase in non-interest income, and a decrease in provision for income taxes, partially offset by decrease in interest income.

Interest Income and Expense
 
Net interest income is the most significant component of our income from operations.  Net interest income (the interest rate spread) is the difference between the gross interest and fees earned on the loan and investment portfolios and the interest paid on deposits and other borrowings.  Net interest income depends on the volume of and interest rate earned on interest-earning assets and the volume of and interest rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities.
 
The following table sets forth a summary of average balances with corresponding interest income and interest expense as well as average yield and cost information for the periods presented.  Average balances are derived from daily balances, and nonaccrual loans are not included as interest-earning assets for purposes of this table.


37


SCHEDULE OF AVERAGE BALANCES, AVERAGE YIELDS AND RATES
 
 
Year Ended December 31, 2013
 
Year Ended December 31, 2012
 
Year Ended December 31, 2011
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Average
Balance
 
Interest
Income/
Expense
 
Average
Interest
Rate
 
Average
Balance
 
Interest
Income/
Expense
 
Average
Interest
Rate
 
Average
Balance
 
Interest
Income/
Expense
 
Average
Interest
Rate
ASSETS
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest-earning deposits in other banks
 
$
46,672

 
$
164

 
0.35
%
 
$
36,836

 
$
108

 
0.29
%
 
$
73,016

 
$
187

 
0.26
%
Securities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Taxable securities
 
235,487

 
2,375

 
1.01
%
 
218,325

 
3,289

 
1.51
%
 
150,559

 
4,548

 
3.02
%
Non-taxable securities (1)
 
163,494

 
8,755

 
5.35
%
 
113,039

 
6,830

 
6.04
%
 
75,665

 
5,248

 
6.94
%
Total investment securities
 
398,981

 
11,130

 
2.79
%
 
331,364

 
10,119

 
3.05
%
 
226,224

 
9,796

 
4.33
%
Federal funds sold
 
206

 
1

 
0.25
%
 
618

 
2

 
0.30
%
 
695

 
2

 
0.29
%
Total securities and interest-earning deposits
 
445,859

 
11,295

 
2.53
%
 
368,818

 
10,229

 
2.77
%
 
299,935

 
9,985

 
3.33
%
Loans (2) (3)
 
445,300

 
26,519

 
5.96
%
 
394,575

 
23,913

 
6.06
%
 
412,969

 
26,098

 
6.32
%
Federal Home Loan Bank stock
 
4,171

 
177

 
4.24
%
 
3,544

 
36

 
1.02
%
 
2,958

 
9

 
0.30
%
Total interest-earning assets
 
895,330

 
$
37,991

 
4.24
%
 
766,937

 
$
34,178

 
4.46
%
 
715,862

 
$
36,092

 
5.04
%
Allowance for credit losses
 
(9,713
)
 
 

 
 

 
(10,365
)
 
 

 
 

 
(11,018
)
 
 
 
 
Nonaccrual loans
 
9,183

 
 

 
 

 
10,465

 
 

 
 

 
15,322

 
 
 
 
Other real estate owned
 
50

 
 

 
 

 
919

 
 

 
 

 
217

 
 
 
 
Cash and due from banks
 
21,296

 
 

 
 

 
19,525

 
 

 
 

 
17,977

 
 
 
 
Bank premises and equipment
 
7,816

 
 

 
 

 
6,217

 
 

 
 

 
5,788

 
 
 
 
Other non-earning assets
 
62,962

 
 

 
 

 
59,380

 
 

 
 

 
56,030

 
 
 
 
Total average assets
 
$
986,924

 
 

 
 

 
$
853,078

 
 

 
 

 
$
800,178

 
 
 
 
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest-bearing liabilities:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Savings and NOW accounts
 
$
215,668

 
$
291

 
0.13
%
 
$
177,205

 
$
302

 
0.17
%
 
$
154,765

 
$
368

 
0.24
%
Money market accounts
 
193,833

 
229

 
0.12
%
 
178,734

 
392

 
0.22
%
 
174,049

 
692

 
0.40
%
Time certificates of deposit, under $100,000
 
48,729

 
219

 
0.45
%
 
59,838

 
466

 
0.78
%
 
70,111

 
688

 
0.98
%
Time certificates of deposit, $100,000 and over
 
106,307

 
531

 
0.50
%
 
86,295

 
470

 
0.54
%
 
96,620

 
914

 
0.95
%
Total interest-bearing deposits
 
564,537

 
1,270

 
0.22
%
 
502,072

 
1,630

 
0.32
%
 
495,545

 
2,662

 
0.54
%
Other borrowed funds
 
5,645

 
116

 
2.05
%
 
9,156

 
253

 
2.76
%
 
10,265

 
280

 
2.73
%
Total interest-bearing liabilities
 
570,182

 
$
1,386

 
0.24
%
 
511,228

 
$
1,883

 
0.37
%
 
505,810

 
$
2,942

 
0.58
%
Non-interest bearing demand deposits
 
283,956

 
 

 
 

 
217,529

 
 

 
 

 
182,244

 
 
 
 
Other liabilities
 
13,040

 
 

 
 

 
9,760

 
 

 
 

 
8,738

 
 
 
 
Shareholders’ equity
 
119,746

 
 

 
 

 
114,561

 
 

 
 

 
103,386

 
 
 
 
Total average liabilities and shareholders’ equity
 
$
986,924

 
 

 
 

 
$
853,078

 
 

 
 

 
$
800,178

 
 
 
 
Interest income and rate earned on average earning assets
 
 

 
$
37,991

 
4.24
%
 
 

 
$
34,178

 
4.46
%
 
 
 
$
36,092

 
5.04
%
Interest expense and interest cost related to average interest-bearing liabilities
 
 

 
1,386

 
0.24
%
 
 

 
1,883

 
0.37
%
 
 
 
2,942

 
0.58
%
Net interest income and net interest margin (4)
 
 

 
$
36,605

 
4.09
%
 
 

 
$
32,295

 
4.21
%
 
 
 
$
33,150

 
4.63
%

38


 
 
(1)
Calculated on a fully tax equivalent basis, which includes Federal tax benefits relating to income earned on municipal bonds totaling $2,977 , $2,322 , and $1,784 in 2013 , 2012 , and 2011 , respectively.
(2)
Loan interest income includes loan fees of $320 in 2013 , $646 in 2012 , and $399 in 2011 .
(3)
Average loans do not include nonaccrual loans.
(4)
Net interest margin is computed by dividing net interest income by total average interest-earning assets.

Interest and fee income from loans increase d $2,606,000 or 10.90% in 2013 compared to 2012 .  Interest and fee income decreased $2,185,000 or 8.37% in 2012 compared to 2011 .  The increase in 2013 is attributable to a increase in average total loans outstanding offset by a 10 basis point decrease in the yield on loans.  Net interest income during 2013 was positively impacted by VCB acquisition in addition to the collection in full of a non-accrual loan of $4,731,000 which resulted in a recovery of foregone interest of $1,484,000. The decrease in 2012 is attributable to a decrease in average total loans outstanding and a 26 basis point decrease in yield on loans compared to 2011 .  Average total loans for 2013 increase d $49,443,000 to $454,483,000 compared to $405,040,000 for 2012 and $428,291,000 for 2011 .  The yield on loans for 2013 was 5.96% compared to 6.06% and 6.32% for 2012 and 2011 , respectively.
Interest income from total investments on a non tax-equivalent basis, (total investments include investment securities, Federal funds sold, interest-bearing deposits in other banks, and other securities), increase d $410,000 or 5.19% in 2013 compared to 2012 . The yield on average investments decrease d 24 basis points to 2.53% for the year ended December 31, 2013 from 2.77% for the year ended December 31, 2012 . The increase of the investment portfolio balance at significantly reduced yields contributed to the decreases in net interest income and net interest margin. Average total investments increase d $77,041,000 to $445,859,000 in 2013 compared to $368,818,000 in 2012 .  In 2012 , total investment income decreased $294,000 or 3.58% compared to 2011 . The increase of the investment portfolio balance at significantly reduced yields contributed to the decreases in net interest income and net interest margin.
A significant portion of the investment portfolio is mortgage-backed securities (MBS) and collateralized mortgage obligations (CMOs).  At December 31, 2013 , we held $259,100,000 or 58.46% of the total market value of the investment portfolio in MBS and CMOs with an average yield of 0.94% .  We invest in Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (CMO) and Mortgage Backed Securities, (MBS) as part of the overall strategy to increase our net interest margin.  CMOs and MBS by their nature react to changes in interest rates.  In a normal declining rate environment, prepayments from MBS and CMOs would be expected to increase and the expected life of the investment would be expected to shorten.  Conversely, if interest rates increase, prepayments normally would be expected to decline and the average life of the MBS and CMOs would be expected to extend.  However, in the current economic environment, prepayments may not behave according to historical norms.  Premium amortization and discount accretion of these investments affects our net interest income.  Our management monitors the prepayment speed of these investments and adjusts premium amortization and discount accretion based on several factors.  These factors include the type of investment, the investment structure, interest rates, interest rates on new mortgage loans, expectation of interest rate changes, current economic conditions, the level of principal remaining on the bond, the bond coupon rate, the bond origination date, and volume of available bonds in market.  The calculation of premium amortization and discount accretion is by nature inexact, and represents management’s best estimate of principal pay downs inherent in the total investment portfolio.
The net of tax effect value of the change in market value of the available-for-sale investment portfolio was a loss of $2,286,000 and is reflected in the Company’s equity.  At December 31, 2013 , the average life of the investment portfolio was 5.62 years and the market value reflected a pre-tax loss of $3,884,000 .  Management reviews market value declines on individual investment securities to determine whether they represent other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI). For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2011 , OTTI was recorded in the amount of $17,000 and $31,000 , respectively. No OTTI was recorded in 2012 .  Future deterioration in the market values of our investment securities may require the Company to recognize additional OTTI losses.
A component of the Company’s strategic plan has been to use its investment portfolio to offset, in part, its interest rate risk relating to variable rate loans.  Measured at December 31, 2013 , an immediate rate increase of 200 basis points would result in an estimated decrease in the market value of the investment portfolio by approximately $40,981,000 .  Conversely, with an immediate rate decrease of 200 basis points, the estimated increase in the market value of the investment portfolio would be $32,152,000 .  The modeling environment assumes management would take no action during an immediate shock of 200 basis points.  However, the Company uses those increments to measure its interest rate risk in accordance with regulatory requirements and to measure the possible future risk in the investment portfolio.  For further discussion of the Company’s market risk, refer to Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.
Management’s review of all investments before purchase includes an analysis of how the security will perform under several interest rate scenarios to monitor whether investments are consistent with our investment policy.  The policy addresses issues of average life, duration, and concentration guidelines, prohibited investments, impairment, and prohibited practices.
Total interest income in 2013 increase d $3,016,000 to $34,836,000 compared to $31,820,000 in 2012 and $34,299,000 in 2011 .  The increase was the result of collection of $1,484,000 of foregone interest, asset mix changes, and an increase in

39


average earning assets, partially offset by an increase in interest-bearing liabilities.  The yield on interest earning assets decrease d to 4.24% for the year ended December 31, 2013 from 4.46% for the year ended December 31, 2012 .  Average interest earning assets increase d to $895,330,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to $766,937,000 for the year ended December 31, 2012 .  Average interest-earning deposits in other banks increase d $9,836,000 comparing 2013 to 2012 .  Average yield on these deposits was 0.35% .  Average investments increase d $ 77,041,000 but the tax equivalent yield on average investment securities decrease d 24 basis points.  Average total loans increase d $ 49,443,000 and the yield on average loans decrease d 10 basis points.
The decrease in total interest income in 2012 was due to the 58 basis point decrease in the tax equivalent yield on average interest earning asset and a change in the mix of interest earning assets. The yield on interest-earning assets decrease d to 4.46% for the year ended December 31, 2012 from 5.04% for the year ended December 31, 2011 .  Average interest-earning assets increased to 766,937,000 for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to $ 715,862,000 for the year ended December 31, 2011
Interest expense on deposits in 2013 decrease d $360,000 or 22.09% to $1,270,000 compared to $1,630,000 in 2012 and $2,662,000 in 2011 .  The decrease in interest expense in 2013 compared to 2012 was primarily due to the repricing of interest-bearing deposits which decrease d 10 basis points to 0.22% in 2013 from 0.32% in 2012 .  The decrease in interest expense in 2012 compared to 2011 was due to repricing of interest-bearing deposits, which decreased 22 basis points to 0.32% in 2012 from 0.54% in 2011 .  Average interest-bearing deposits were $564,537,000 for 2013 compared to $502,072,000 and $495,545,000 for 2012 and 2011 , respectively.  The increases in average interest-bearing deposits in 2013 was the result of the Visalia Community Bank acquisition and our own organic growth.
Average other borrowings decreased to $5,645,000 with an effective rate of 2.05% for 2013 compared to $9,156,000 with an effective rate of 2.76% for 2012 .  In 2011 , the average other borrowings were $10,265,000 with an effective rate of 2.73% .  Included in other borrowings are the junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures acquired from Service 1 st , advances on lines of credit and advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB).  The FHLB advances are fixed rate short-term and long-term borrowings.  Advances were utilized as part of a leveraged strategy in the first quarter of 2008 to purchase investment securities.  The effective rate of the FHLB advances was 3.64 for 2013 , and 3.59 % 2012 , and 2011 .
The cost of all of our interest-bearing liabilities decrease d 13 basis points to 0.24% for 2013 compared to 0.37% for 2012 and 0.58% for 2011 .  The cost of total deposits decrease d to 0.15% for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to 0.23% and 0.39% for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 , respectively.  Average demand deposits increase d 30.54% to $283,956,000 in 2013 compared to $217,529,000 for 2012 and $182,244,000 for 2011 . The ratio of non-interest demand deposits to total deposits increased to 33.47% for 2013 compared to 30.23% and 26.89% for 2012 and 2011 , respectively.
 
Net Interest Income before Provision for Credit Losses
 
Net interest income before provision for credit losses for 2013 increase d $3,514,000 or 11.74% to $33,451,000 compared to $29,937,000 for 2012 and $31,357,000 for 2011 .  The increase in 2013 was due to the increase in average earning assets and 9 basis point decrease in the average interest rate on deposits, partially offset by the decrease in the average rate on earning assets. Our net interest margin (NIM) decrease d 12 basis point. Yield on interest earning assets decrease d 22 basis points while the effective rate on interest bearing liabilities only decrease d 13 basis points.  The change in the mix of average interest earning assets also affected NIM.  Interest-earning deposits in other banks and investment securities, which tend to have lower effective yields, increased.  Net interest income before provision for credit losses decreased $1,420,000 in 2012 compared to 2011 mainly due to the 42 basis point decrease in our net interest margin (NIM). Average interest-earning assets were $895,330,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013 with a net interest margin (NIM) of 4.09% compared to $766,937,000 with a NIM of 4.21% in 2012 , and $715,862,000 with a NIM of 4.63% in 2011 .  For a discussion of the repricing of our assets and liabilities, refer to Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk.

Provision for Credit Losses
 
We provide for probable credit losses by a charge to operating income based upon the composition of the loan portfolio, delinquency levels, losses and nonperforming assets, economic and environmental conditions and other factors which, in management’s judgment, deserve recognition in estimating credit losses.  Loans are charged off when they are considered uncollectible or of such little value that continuance as an active earning bank asset is not warranted.
The establishment of an adequate credit allowance is based on both an accurate risk rating system and loan portfolio management tools.  The Board has established initial responsibility for the accuracy of credit risk grades with the individual credit officer.  The grading is then submitted to the Chief Credit Administrator (CCA), who reviews the grades for accuracy and gives final approval.  The CCA is not involved in loan originations.  The risk grading and reserve allocation is analyzed quarterly by the CCA and the Board and at least annually by a third party credit reviewer and by various regulatory agencies.
Quarterly, the CCA sets the specific reserve for all adversely risk-graded credits.  This process includes the utilization of loan delinquency reports, classified asset reports, and portfolio concentration reports to assist in accurately assessing credit

40


risk and establishing appropriate reserves.  Reserves are also allocated to credits that are not impaired based on inherent risk in those loans.
The allowance for credit losses is reviewed at least quarterly by the Board’s Audit/Compliance Committee and by the Board of Directors.  Reserves are allocated to loan portfolio categories using percentages which are based on both historical risk elements such as delinquencies and losses and predictive risk elements such as economic, competitive and environmental factors.  We have adopted the specific reserve approach to allocate reserves to each impaired asset for the purpose of estimating potential loss exposure.  Although the allowance for credit losses is allocated to various portfolio categories, it is general in nature and available for the loan portfolio in its entirety.  Additions may be required based on the results of independent loan portfolio examinations, regulatory agency examinations, or our own internal review process.  Additions are also required when, in management’s judgment, the allowance does not properly reflect the portfolio’s probable loss exposure.

The allocation of the allowance for credit losses is set forth below:
Loan Type (Dollars in thousands)
 
December 31, 2013
 
% of
Total
Loans
 
December 31, 2012
 
% of
Total
Loans
Commercial:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and industrial
 
$
1,928

 
17.0
%
 
$
2,071

 
19.7
%
Agricultural land and production
 
516

 
6.1
%
 
605

 
6.7
%
Real estate:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Owner occupied
 
1,697

 
30.6
%
 
2,153

 
28.9
%
Real estate construction and other land loans
 
1,289

 
8.3
%
 
1,035

 
8.4
%
Commercial real estate
 
1,406

 
16.8
%
 
1,886

 
13.6
%
Agricultural real estate
 
672

 
8.6
%
 
646

 
7.2
%
Other real estate
 
110

 
0.9
%
 
157

 
2.0
%
Total real estate
 
5,174

 
65.2
%
 
5,877

 
60.1
%
Consumer:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity loans and lines of credit
 
874

 
9.5
%
 
1,158

 
10.9
%
Consumer and installment
 
294

 
2.2
%
 
383

 
2.6
%
Unallocated reserves
 
422

 
 

 
39

 
 

Total allowance for credit losses
 
$
9,208

 
 

 
$
10,133

 
 

 
Loans are charged to the allowance for credit losses when the loans are deemed uncollectible.  It is the policy of management to make additions to the allowance so that it remains adequate to cover all probable loan charge-offs that exist in the portfolio at that time. We assign qualitative and environmental factors (Q factors) to each loan category. Q factors include reserves held for the effects of lending policies, economic trends, and portfolio trends along with other dynamics which may cause additional stress to the portfolio.
Managing credits identified through the risk evaluation methodology includes developing a business strategy with the customer to mitigate our potential losses.  Management continues to monitor these credits with a view to identifying as early as possible when, and to what extent, additional provisions may be necessary. See further discussion of the impact of the VCB acquisition on the allowance for credit losses in the Results of Operations Allowance for Credit Losses section below.
There were no additions made to the allowance for credit losses in 2013 , compared to $700,000 , and $1,050,000 for the same period in 2012 , and 2011 , respectively.  These provisions are primarily the result of our assessment of the overall adequacy of the allowance for credit losses considering a number of factors as discussed in the “Allowance for Credit Losses” section below.  The increase in unallocated reserves in the current period is primarily due to an additional risk factor which management is further analyzing related to the recent increase in long-term interest rates and the effects that higher rates may have on certain borrowers’ debt service capabilities, particularly those with home equity loans. During the year ended December 31, 2013 , the Company had net charge offs totaling $925,000 compared to $1,963,000 and $668,000 for the same periods in 2012 and 2011 , respectively.  The net charge off ratio, which reflects net charge-offs to average loans, was 0.20% , 0.48% and 0.16% for 2013 , 2012 , and 2011 , respectively. The charged off loans were previously identified and adequately reserved for as of December 31, 2012 .
Nonperforming loans were $7,586,000 and $9,695,000 at December 31, 2013 and 2012 , respectively.  Nonperforming loans as a percentage of total loans were 1.48% at December 31, 2013 compared to 2.45% at December 31, 2012 .  There was other real estate owned in the amount of $190,000 at December 31, 2013 compared to none at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 .

41


We had loans past due, not including non accrual loans, totaling $637,000 at December 31, 2013 compared to $27,000 at December 31, 2012 .  Losses in the loan portfolio and non-accruing balances remain elevated relative to historical periods and an increase in the level of charge-offs and the number and dollar volume of past due and nonperforming loans may result in further provisions to the allowance for credit losses.
We anticipate weakness in economic conditions on national, state and local levels to continue.  Continued economic pressures may negatively impact the financial condition of borrowers to whom the Company has extended credit and as a result we may be required to make further significant provisions to the allowance for credit losses in the future.  We have been and will continue to be proactive in looking for signs of deterioration within the loan portfolio in an effort to manage credit quality and work with borrowers where possible to mitigate any further losses.
As of December 31, 2013 , we believe, based on all current and available information, the allowance for credit losses is adequate to absorb probable incurred losses within the loan portfolio.  However, no assurance can be given that we may not sustain charge-offs which are in excess of the allowance in any given period.  Refer to “Allowance for Credit Losses” below for further information.
 
Net Interest Income after Provision for Credit Losses
 
Net interest income, after the provision for credit losses of $0 in 2013 , $700,000 in 2012 , and $1,050,000 in 2011 , was $33,451,000 for 2013 compared to $29,237,000 and $30,307,000 for 2012 and 2011 , respectively.
 
Non-Interest Income  
Non-interest income is comprised of customer service charges, gains on sales and calls of investment securities, income from appreciation in cash surrender value of bank owned life insurance, loan placement fees, Federal Home Loan Bank dividends, and other income.  Non-interest income was $7,832,000 in 2013 compared to $7,242,000 and $6,271,000 in 2012 and 2011 , respectively. The $590,000 or 8.15% increase in non-interest income was due to increases in service charge income, interchange fees, Federal Home Loan Bank dividends, and loan placement fees, partially offset by a decrease in gains on sales and calls of investment securities. The $971,000 or 15.48% increase in non-interest income comparing 2012 to 2011 was due to increases in gains on sales and calls of investment securities, and an increase in loan placement fees, partially offset by a decrease in gains on disposal of other real estate owned and a decrease in service charge income.
Customer service charges increase d $382,000 to $3,156,000 in 2013 compared to $2,774,000 in 2012 and $2,903,000 in 2011 .  The increase in 2013 from 2012 , and in 2012 from 2011 is mainly due to increases in overdraft and analyzed service charge fee income. The $382,000 increase in 2013 is due to the inclusion of VCB service charges of approximately $510,000 offset by a decrease in the legacy Company service charge income of 128,000.
During the year ended December 31, 2013 , we realized net gain on sales and calls of investment securities of $1,265,000 . In 2012 , we realized a net gain of $1,639,000 compared to a net loss of $298,000 in 2011 from sales and calls of securities. The net gains in 2013 and 2012 were the results of partial restructuring of the investment portfolio designed to improve the future performance of the portfolio. For the year ended December 31, 2011 , we realized a $31,000 other-than-temporary impairment write down on certain investment securities.  See Footnote 4 to the audited Consolidated Financial Statements for more detail.
Income from the appreciation in cash surrender value of bank owned life insurance (BOLI) totaled $495,000 in 2013 compared to $391,000 and $382,000 in 2012 and 2011 , respectively.  The Bank’s salary continuation and deferred compensation plans and the related BOLI are used as a retention tool for directors and key executives of the Bank.
Interchange fees totaled $962,000 in 2013 compared to $767,000 and $758,000 in 2012 and 2011 , respectively. Part of the increase in 2013 is attributable to the VCB acquisition.
We earn loan placement fees from the brokerage of single-family residential mortgage loans provided for the convenience of our customers.  Loan placement fees increased $46,000 in 2013 to $677,000 compared to $631,000 in 2012 and $274,000 in 2011 .  Fees were higher in 2013 compared to 2012 and 2011 . Refinancing and new mortgage activity increased in 2013 and 2012 due to the historically low mortgage rates, a decline in housing values and first time home buyer tax incentives.
The Bank holds stock from the Federal Home Loan Bank in relationship with its borrowing capacity and generally receives quarterly dividends.  As of December 31, 2013 , we held $4,499,000 in FHLB stock compared to $3,850,000 at December 31, 2012 .  Dividends in 2013 increased to $177,000 compared to $36,000 in 2012 and $9,000 in 2011 .
Other income increase d to $1,100,000 in 2013 compared to $992,000 and $1,063,000 in 2012 and 2011 , respectively. The period-to-period increase in 2013 compared to 2012 was primarily due to increases in electronic funds transfer fee income and non-customer check cashing fees.
 
Non-Interest Expenses
 
Salaries and employee benefits, occupancy and equipment, regulatory assessments,acquisition and integration-related expenses, data processing expenses, ATM/Debit card expenses, license and maintenance contract expenses, and professional services (consisting of audit, accounting, consulting and legal fees) are the major categories of non-interest expenses.  Non-

42


interest expenses increased $4,412,000 or 16.18% to $31,686,000 in 2013 compared to $27,274,000 in 2012 , compared to $28,240,000 in 2011 , which was a decrease of $966,000 in 2012 .
Our efficiency ratio, measured as the percentage of non-interest expenses (exclusive of amortization of core deposit intangibles and other real estate owned expenses) to net interest income before provision for credit losses plus non-interest income (exclusive of realized gains or losses on sale and calls of investments) was 78.50% for 2013 compared to 75.99% for 2012 and 75.68% for 2011 . The deterioration in the efficiency ratio in 2013 is due to an increase in operating expenses partially offset by an increase in net interest income. The decline in the efficiency ratio in 2012 compared to 2011 is due to a decrease in net interest income that is greater than the decrease in operating expenses.
Salaries and employee benefits increase d $1,830,000 or 11.73% to $17,427,000 in 2013 compared to $15,597,000 in 2012 and $15,762,000 in 2011 .  Full time equivalents were 241 at December 31, 2013 compared to 208 at December 31, 2012 .
At December 31, 2013 , we had two share based compensation plans under which compensation expense is recognized based on the estimated fair value of the awards at the date of the grant.  The Central Valley Community Bancorp 2000 Stock Option Plan (2000 Plan) for which 203,660 shares remain reserved for issuance for options already granted under incentive and nonstatutory agreements. This plan expired in November 2010 and no new options will be granted under this plan.  The Central Valley Community Bancorp 2005 Omnibus Incentive Plan (2005 Plan) provides for awards in the form of incentive stock options, non-statutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, and restricted stock.  Currently under the 2005 Plan, there are 176,770 shares reserved for issuance for options already granted to employees and directors.
The Company bases the fair value of the options previously granted on the date of grant using a Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model that uses assumptions based on expected option life, the level of estimated forfeitures, expected stock volatility and the risk-free interest rate.  Stock volatility is based on the historical volatility of the Company’s stock.  The risk-free rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve and the expected term of the options.  The expected term of the options represents the period that the Company’s options are expected to be outstanding.
For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 , the compensation cost recognized for share based compensation was $98,000 , $108,000 and $196,000 , respectively.
As of December 31, 2013 , there was $268,000 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested share-based compensation arrangements granted under the two plans.  The cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 3.15 years.  See Notes 1 and 15 to the audited Consolidated Financial Statements for more detail.
No options to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock were issued during the years ending December 31, 2013 and 2011. In 2012, options to purchase 92,150 shares of common stock were granted from the 2005 Plan at exercise prices between $8.02 and $8.75. All options were granted with an exercise price equal to the market value on the grant date.
Occupancy and equipment expense increase d $531,000 or 14.84% to $4,109,000 in 2013 compared to $3,578,000 in 2012 and $3,795,000 in 2011 .  The increase in 2013 was primarily due to increases in rent and depreciation expense for the premises acquired from VCB. The Company made no changes in depreciation expense methodology.
Regulatory assessments decreased $44,000 or 6.75% to $696,000 in 2013 compared to $652,000 and $845,000 in 2012 and 2011 , respectively.  The FDIC finalized a new assessment system which took effect the third quarter of 2011. The final rule changed the assessment base from domestic deposits to average assets minus average tangible equity.
Acquisition and integration-related expenses increase d $692,000 to $976,000 in 2013 compared to $284,000 in 2012 , which were all related to the VCB acquisition. There were no acquisition and integration expenses in 2011 .
Data processing expenses were $1,383,000 in 2013 compared to $1,125,000 in 2012 and $1,178,000 in 2011 .  The $258,000 or 22.93% increase in 2013 , is the result of increased processing charges related to increase of accounts and services provided to our customers and branches. The $53,000 decrease in 2012 compared to 2011 was a result of a reduction in terms of our core processing contract. 
Legal fees decreased $69,000 or 37.30% to $116,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to $185,000 and $335,000 in 2012 and 2011 , respectively.  The higher legal fees in 2012 and 2011 are primarily due to issues related to nonperforming assets and other loan related legal expenses.
Amortization of core deposit intangibles was $268,000 for 2013 , $200,000 for 2012 , and $414,000 for 2011 . During 2013, amortization expense related to Service 1st Bank core deposit intangible (CDI) was $200,000, and amortization expense related to VCB CDI was $68,000. During 2012, CDI amortization expense related solely to Service 1st Bank CDI. Bank of Madera County CDI was fully amortized at the end of 2011. During 2011, CDI amortization expense included $200,000 for Service 1st Bank CDI and $214,000 for the Bank of Madera County CDI.
Consulting fees increase d $299,000 to $461,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to $162,000 and $340,000 in 2012 and 2011 , respectively.  Higher consulting fees in 2013 related to costs for recruiting qualified candidates for a Bank President position and for support and defense for the Company’s tax examination.
ATM/Debit card expenses increase d $158,000 to $527,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to $369,000 in 2012 and 2011 .  License and maintenance contracts increase d $110,000 to $472,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to $362,000 and $324,000 in 2012 and 2011 , respectively.  Other non-interest expenses increased $576,000 or 15.62% to $4,264,000 in 2013 compared to $3,688,000 in 2012 and $3,652,000 in 2011 , primarily due to the VCB acquisition.
 

43


The following table describes significant components of other non-interest expense as a percentage of average assets.
For the years ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Other
Expense
2013
 
%
Average
Assets
 
Other
Expense
2012
 
%
Average
Assets
 
Other
Expense
2011
 
%
Average
Assets
Internet banking expense
 
397

 
0.04
%
 
270

 
0.03
%
 
247

 
0.03
%
Stationery/supplies
 
257

 
0.03
%
 
221

 
0.03
%
 
245

 
0.03
%
Amortization of software
 
243

 
0.02
%
 
196

 
0.02
%
 
232

 
0.03
%
Director fees and related expenses
 
233

 
0.02
%
 
215

 
0.03
%
 
219

 
0.03
%
Telephone
 
219

 
0.02
%
 
169

 
0.02
%
 
236

 
0.03
%
Postage
 
202

 
0.02
%
 
183

 
0.02
%
 
198

 
0.02
%
Donations
 
160

 
0.02
%
 
148

 
0.02
%
 
154

 
0.02
%
Education/training
 
135

 
0.01
%
 
155

 
0.02
%
 
160

 
0.02
%
General insurance
 
126

 
0.01
%
 
120

 
0.01
%
 
125

 
0.01
%
Appraisal fees
 
89

 
0.01
%
 
77

 
0.01
%
 
112

 
0.01
%
Operating losses
 
67

 
0.01
%
 
85

 
0.01
%
 
125

 
0.01
%
Other
 
2,136

 
0.22
%
 
1,849

 
0.22
%
 
1,599

 
0.19
%
Total other non-interest expense
 
$
4,264

 
0.43
%
 
$
3,688

 
0.43
%
 
$
3,652

 
0.43
%
 
Provision for Income Taxes
 
Our effective income tax rate was 14.04% for 2013 compared to 18.31% for 2012 and 22.32% for 2011 .  The Company reported an income tax provision of $1,347,000 , $1,685,000 , and $1,861,000 for the years ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 , and 2011, respectively.  The decrease in the effective tax rate in 2013 compared to 2012 is due to an increase in interest income on non-taxable investment securities and the reversal of a reserve for prior years’ uncertain tax positions. The Company maintains a reserve for uncertain income taxes in accordance with ASC 710-10-25 (formerly FIN 48). During the third quarter of 2013, the California Franchise Tax Board concluded the tax examination of the Company’s 2008, 2009, and 2010 tax filings; and we accordingly reversed the unneeded reserve for those tax years. The Company has also benefited from tax credits and deductions related to the California enterprise zone program; however, those benefits will be reduced beginning January 1, 2014 due to the legislative changes affecting the program.. Our low effective tax rate is due primarily to federal tax deductions for tax free municipal bond income, solar tax credits, the state tax deduction for loans in designated enterprise zones in California, and state hiring tax credits.

Preferred Stock Dividends and Accretion
 
On August 18, 2011, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement (SPA) with the Small Business Lending Fund of the United States Department of the Treasury (the Treasury), under which the Company issued 7,000 shares of Senior Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series C (Series C Preferred) to the Treasury for an aggregate purchase price of $7,000,000. Simultaneously, the Company agreed with Treasury under a Letter Agreement to redeem, for an aggregate price of $7,000,000, the 7,000 shares of the Company’s Series A Fixed Rate Cumulative Preferred Stock (Series A Stock) originally issued pursuant to the Treasury’s Capital Purchase Program (CPP) in 2009. The redemption of the Series A Stock resulted in an acceleration of the remaining discount booked at the time of the CPP transaction. In connection with the repurchase of the Series A Stock, the Company also repurchased the warrant (the Warrant) to purchase 79,037 shares of the Company’s common stock that was originally issued to Treasury in connection with the CPP transaction for total consideration of $185,000.
On December 31, 2013, the Company redeemed all 7,000 outstanding shares of its Series C Preferred from the Treasury, in exercise of its optional redemption rights pursuant to the terms of the Series C Preferred under the Company’s charter and the SPA. The Company paid the Treasury $7,087,500 in connection with the redemption, representing $1,000 per share of the Series C Preferred plus all accrued and unpaid dividends through the date of the redemption. The obligations of the Company under the SPA are terminated as a result of the redemption. No additional shares of Series C Preferred are outstanding.
We accrued preferred stock dividends to the Treasury and accretion of the issuance discount in the amount of $350,000 and $350,000 during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 , respectively.

FINANCIAL CONDITION
 

44


Summary of Changes in Consolidated Balance Sheets
 
December 31, 2013 compared to December 31, 2012 .
 
Total assets were $1,145,635,000 as of December 31, 2013 , compared to $890,228,000 as of December 31, 2012 , an increase of 28.69% or $255,407,000 .  Total gross loans were $512,357,000 as of December 31, 2013 , compared to $395,318,000 as of December 31, 2012 , an increase of $117,039,000 or 29.61% .  The total investment portfolio (including Federal funds sold and interest-earning deposits in other banks) increase d 24.71% or $104,882,000 to $529,398,000 .  Total deposits increase d 33.63% or $252,711,000 to $1,004,143,000 as of December 31, 2013 , compared to $751,432,000 as of December 31, 2012 .  Shareholders’ equity increase d $2,378,000 or 2.02% to $120,043,000 as of December 31, 2013 , compared to $117,665,000 as of December 31, 2012 . The increase in shareholders' equity was driven by the issuance of stock as part of the Visalia Community Bank (VCB) acquisition and a net increase in retained earnings partially offset by decreases in other accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI) and preferred stock. Accrued interest payable and other liabilities were $16,294,000 as of December 31, 2013 , compared to $11,976,000 as of December 31, 2012 , an increase of $4,318,000 . The balance sheet increases during 2013 were primarily driven by the VCB acquisition which closed on July 1, 2013.

Fair Value
 
The Company measures the fair values of its financial instruments utilizing a hierarchical framework associated with the level of observable pricing scenarios utilized in measuring financial instruments at fair value.  The degree of judgment utilized in measuring the fair value of financial instruments generally correlates to the level of the observable pricing scenario.  Financial instruments with readily available actively quoted prices or for which fair value can be measured from actively quoted prices generally will have a higher degree of observable pricing and a lesser degree of judgment utilized in measuring fair value.  Conversely, financial instruments rarely traded or not quoted will generally have little or no observable pricing and a higher degree of judgment utilized in measuring fair value.  Observable pricing scenarios are impacted by a number of factors, including the type of financial instrument, whether the financial instrument is new to the market and not yet established and the characteristics specific to the transaction.
 See Note 3 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information about the level of pricing transparency associated with financial instruments carried at fair value.
 
Investments
 
Our investment portfolio consists primarily of U.S. Government sponsored entities and agencies collateralized by residential mortgage backed obligations and obligations of states and political subdivision securities and are classified at the date of acquisition as available for sale or held to maturity.  As of December 31, 2013 , investment securities with a fair value of $99,209,000 , or 22.38% of our investment securities portfolio, were held as collateral for public funds, short and long-term borrowings, treasury, tax, and for other purposes.  Our investment policies are established by the Board of Directors and implemented by our Investment/Asset Liability Committee.  They are designed primarily to provide and maintain liquidity, to enable us to meet our pledging requirements for public money and borrowing arrangements, to generate a favorable return on investments without incurring undue interest rate and credit risk, and to complement our lending activities.
The level of our investment portfolio is generally considered higher than our peers due primarily to a comparatively low loan to deposit ratio.  Our loan to deposit ratio at December 31, 2013 was 51.02% compared to 52.61% at December 31, 2012 .  The loan to deposit ratio of our peers was 70.41% at September 30, 2013.  Peer group information from SNL Financial data includes bank holding companies in central California with assets from $300 million to $1.2 billion that are not subchapter S corporations. The total investment portfolio, including Federal funds sold and interest-earning deposits in other banks,  increase d 24.71% or $104,882,000 to $529,398,000 at December 31, 2013 , from $424,516,000 at December 31, 2012 .  The market value of the portfolio reflected an unrealized loss of $3,884,000 at December 31, 2013 , compared to an unrealized gain of $12,891,000 at December 31, 2012 .
We periodically evaluate each investment security for other-than-temporary impairment, relying primarily on industry analyst reports, observation of market conditions and interest rate fluctuations. Under ASC 320-10, the portion of the impairment that is attributable to a shortage in the present value of expected future cash flows relative to the amortized cost should be recorded as a current period charge to earnings. The discount rate in this analysis is the original yield expected at time of purchase.
As of December 31, 2013, the Company performed an analysis of the investment portfolio to determine whether any of the investments held in the portfolio had an other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI). Management evaluated all available-for-sale investment securities with an unrealized loss at December 31, 2013, and identified those that had an unrealized loss for at least a consecutive 12 month period, which had an unrealized loss at December 31, 2013 greater than

45


10% of the recorded book value on that date, or which had an unrealized loss of more than $10,000.  Management also analyzed any securities that may have been down graded by credit rating agencies.
For those bonds that met the evaluation criteria management obtained and reviewed the most recently published national credit ratings for those bonds.  For those bonds that were municipal debt securities with an investment grade rating by the rating agencies, management also evaluated the financial condition of the municipality and any applicable municipal bond insurance provider and concluded that no credit related impairment existed.
At December 31, 2013 , the Company had a total of 21 PLRMBS with a remaining principal balance of $ 4,344,000 and a net unrealized gain of approximately $ 1,047,000 Eight of these PLRMBS with a remaining principal balance of $ 3,400,000 had credit ratings below investment grade.  The Company continues to perform extensive analyses on these securities as well as all whole loan CMOs. No credit related OTTI charges related to PLRMBS were recorded during the year ended December 31, 2013 .
See Note 4 to the audited Consolidated Financial Statements for carrying values and estimated fair values of our investment securities portfolio.

Loans
 
Total gross loans increase d $117,039,000 or 29.61% to $512,357,000 as of December 31, 2013 , compared to $395,318,000 as of December 31, 2012 .
 
The following table sets forth information concerning the composition of our loan portfolio as of and for the years ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 , 2011 , 2010 , and 2009 .
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
Loan Type (Dollars in thousands)
 
Amount
 
% of Total Loans
 
Amount
 
% of Total Loans
 
Amount
 
% of Total Loans
 
Amount
 
% of Total Loans
 
Amount
 
% of Total Loans
Commercial:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and industrial
 
$
87,082

 
17.0
%
 
$
77,956

 
19.7
%
 
$
78,089

 
18.3
%
 
$
81,318

 
18.8
%
 
$
93,282

 
20.3
%
Agricultural land and production
 
31,649

 
6.1
%
 
26,599

 
6.7
%
 
29,958

 
7.0
%
 
20,604

 
4.8
%
 
13,903

 
3.0
%
Total commercial
 
118,731

 
23.1
%
 
104,555

 
26.4
%
 
108,047

 
25.3
%
 
101,922

 
23.6
%
 
107,185

 
23.3
%
Real estate:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Owner occupied
 
156,781

 
30.6
%
 
114,444

 
28.9
%
 
113,183

 
26.4
%
 
111,888

 
25.9
%
 
106,606

 
23.2
%
Real estate-construction and other land loans
 
42,329

 
8.3
%
 
33,199

 
8.4
%
 
33,047

 
7.7
%
 
32,038

 
7.4
%
 
51,633

 
11.2
%
Commercial real estate
 
86,117

 
16.8
%
 
53,797

 
13.6
%
 
62,523

 
14.6
%
 
63,627

 
14.7
%
 
71,420

 
15.6
%
Agricultural real estate
 
44,164

 
8.6
%
 
28,400

 
7.2
%
 
42,596

 
9.9
%
 
44,397

 
10.3
%
 
38,759

 
8.4
%
Other real estate
 
4,548

 
0.9
%
 
8,098

 
2.0
%
 
7,892

 
1.8
%
 
8,103

 
1.9
%
 
4,610

 
1.0
%
Total real estate
 
333,939

 
65.2
%
 
237,938

 
60.1
%
 
259,241

 
60.4
%
 
260,053

 
60.2
%
 
273,028

 
59.4
%
Consumer:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity loans and lines of credit
 
48,594

 
9.5
%
 
42,932

 
10.9
%
 
51,106

 
12.0
%
 
58,860

 
13.6
%
 
65,353

 
14.2
%
Consumer and installment
 
11,252

 
2.2
%
 
10,346

 
2.6
%
 
9,765

 
2.3
%
 
11,261

 
2.6
%
 
14,033

 
3.1
%
Total consumer
 
59,846

 
11.7
%
 
53,278

 
13.5
%
 
60,871

 
14.3
%
 
70,121

 
16.2
%
 
79,386

 
17.3
%
Deferred loan fees, net
 
(159
)
 
 

 
(453
)
 
 

 
(764
)
 
 
 
(499
)
 
 
 
(392
)
 
 
Total gross loans
 
512,357

 
100.0
%
 
395,318

 
100.0
%
 
427,395

 
100.0
%
 
431,597

 
100.0
%
 
459,207

 
100.0
%
Allowance for credit losses
 
(9,208
)
 
 

 
(10,133
)
 
 

 
(11,396
)
 
 
 
(11,014
)
 
 
 
(10,200
)
 
 
Total loans
 
$
503,149

 
 

 
$
385,185

 
 

 
$
415,999

 
 
 
$
420,583

 
 
 
$
449,007

 
 

At December 31, 2013 , loans acquired in the VCB acquisition had a balance of $99,948,000 , of which $12,686,000 were commercial loans, $71,833,000 were real estate loans, and $15,429,000 were consumer loans.
At December 31, 2013 , in management’s judgment, a concentration of loans existed in commercial loans and real-estate-related loans, representing approximately 97.8% of total loans of which 23.1% were commercial and 74.7% were real-estate-related.  This level of concentration is consistent with 97.4% at December 31, 2012 .  Although we believe the loans within this concentration have no more than the normal risk of collectibility, a substantial further decline in the performance of the economy in general or a further decline in real estate values in our primary market areas, in particular, could have an adverse impact on collectibility, increase the level of real estate-related nonperforming loans, or have other adverse effects which alone or in the aggregate could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.  The Company was not involved in any sub-prime mortgage lending activities at December 31, 2013 and 2012 .

46


We believe that our commercial real estate loan underwriting policies and practices result in prudent extensions of credit, but recognize that our lending activities result in relatively high reported commercial real estate lending levels.  Commercial real estate loans include certain loans which represent low to moderate risk and certain loans with higher risks.
The Board of Directors review and approve concentration limits and exceptions to limitations of concentration are reported to the Board of Directors at least quarterly.
 
Nonperforming Assets

Nonperforming assets consist of loans past due 90 days or more that are still accruing interest, loans on nonaccrual status, and foreclosed property classified as Other Real Estate Owned (OREO). We measure all loans placed on nonaccrual status for impairment based on the fair value of the underlying collateral or the net present value of the expected cash flows.
At December 31, 2013 , total nonperforming assets totaled $7,776,000 , or 0.68% of total assets, compared to $9,695,000 , or 1.09% of total assets at December 31, 2012 .  Total nonperforming assets at December 31, 2013 , included nonaccrual loans totaling $7,586,000 , $190,000 in OREO, and no repossessed assets. Nonperforming assets at December 31, 2012 consisted of $9,695,000 in nonaccrual loans and no OREO or repossessed assets. At December 31, 2013 , we had ten loans considered troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”) totaling $4,595,000 which are included in nonaccrual loans compared to seven TDRs totaling $9,245,000 at December 31, 2012 . We have no outstanding commitments to lend additional funds to any of these borrowers.
A summary of nonaccrual, restructured, and past due loans at December 31, 2013 and 2012 is set forth below.  The Company had no loans past due more than 90 days and still accruing interest at December 31, 2013 and 2012 .  Management is not aware of any potential problem loans, which were current and accruing at December 31, 2013 , where serious doubt exists as to the ability of the borrower to comply with the present repayment terms.  Management can give no assurance that nonaccrual and other nonperforming loans will not increase in the future.

47



Composition of Nonaccrual, Past Due and Restructured Loans
 
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31,
2013
 
December 31,
2012
 
December 31, 2011
 
December 31,
2010
 
December 31,
2009
Nonaccrual Loans
 

 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and industrial
$
335

 
$

 
$
267

 
$
377

 
$
2,868

Owner occupied
1,777

 
213

 
353

 
1,407

 
2,218

Real estate construction and other land loans

 

 

 
5,634

 
7,691

Commercial real estate
158

 

 
2,434

 

 
965

Equity loans and line of credit
721

 
237

 
705

 
488

 
301

Consumer and installment

 

 
74

 

 
348

Restructured loans (non-accruing)
 

 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and industrial
1,192

 

 

 
1,978

 
28

Owner occupied
384

 
1,362

 
1,019

 
2,370

 
2,282

Real estate construction and other land loans
1,450

 
6,288

 
6,823

 
2,193

 
2,214

Commercial real estate

 

 
1,110

 
1,828

 

Other real estate

 

 

 
2,286

 

Equity loans and line of credit
1,565

 
1,595

 
1,649

 

 
44

Consumer and Installment
4

 

 

 

 

Total nonaccrual
7,586

 
9,695

 
14,434

 
18,561

 
18,959

Accruing loans past due 90 days or more

 

 
 
 

 

Total nonperforming loans
$
7,586

 
$
9,695

 
$
14,434

 
$
18,561

 
$
18,959

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nonperforming loans to total loans
1.48
%
 
2.45
%
 
3.38
%
 
4.30
%
 
4.13
%
Ratio of nonperforming loans to allowance for credit losses
82.38
%
 
95.68
%
 
126.66
%
 
168.52
%
 
185.87
%
Loans considered to be impaired
$
13,357

 
$
17,105

 
$
23,644

 
$
18,561

 
$
18,959

Related allowance for credit losses on impaired loans
$
1,007

 
$
510

 
$
4,368

 
$
2,124

 
$
752

 
We measure our impaired loans by using the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent and the present value of the expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s original contractual interest rate if the loan is not collateral dependent.  As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 , we had impaired loans totaling $13,357,000 and $17,105,000 , respectively.  For collateral dependent loans secured by real estate, we obtain external appraisals which are updated at least annually to determine the fair value of the collateral, and we record an immediate charge off for the difference between the book value of the loan and the appraised less selling costs value of the collateral.  We perform quarterly internal reviews on substandard loans.  We place loans on nonaccrual status and classify them as impaired when it becomes probable that we will not receive interest and principal under the original contractual terms, or when loans are delinquent 90 days or more unless the loan is both well secured and in the process of collection. Management maintains certain loans that have been brought current by the borrower (less than 30 days delinquent) on nonaccrual status until such time as management has determined that the loans are likely to remain current in future periods.  Foregone interest on nonaccrual loans totaled $661,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013 of which $279,000 was attributable to troubled debt restructurings. Foregone interest on nonaccrual loans totaled $693,000 and $954,000 for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 , respectively of which $669,000 and $769,000 was attributable to troubled debt restructurings, respectively.


48


The following table provides a reconciliation of the change in non-accrual loans for the year ended December 31, 2013 .
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Balances December 31, 2012
 
Additions to Nonaccrual Loans
 
Net Pay Downs
 
Transfer to Foreclosed Collateral - OREO
 
Returns to Accrual Status
 
Charge Offs
 
Balances December 31, 2013
Non-accrual loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and industrial
 
$

 
$
389

 
$
(54
)
 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
335

Real estate
 
213

 
1,847

 
(125
)
 

 

 

 
1,935

Equity loans and lines of credit
 
237

 
1,013

 
(66
)
 
(190
)
 

 
(273
)
 
721

Consumer
 

 
9

 
(2
)
 

 
(7
)
 

 

Restructured loans (non-accruing):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and industrial
 

 
2,100

 
(211
)
 

 

 
(697
)
 
1,192

Real estate
 
1,362

 
7

 
(65
)
 

 
(920
)
 

 
384

Real estate construction and land development
 
6,288

 
285

 
(5,123
)
 

 

 

 
1,450

Equity loans and lines of credit
 
1,595

 
111

 
(141
)
 

 

 

 
1,565

Consumer
 

 
5

 
(1
)
 

 

 

 
4

Total non-accrual
 
$
9,695

 
$
5,766

 
$
(5,788
)
 
$
(190
)
 
$
(927
)
 
$
(970
)
 
$
7,586


The following table provides a summary of the annual change in the OREO balance:
 
 
Years Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)
 
2013
 
2012
Balance, Beginning of year
 
$

 
$

Additions
 
453

 
2,337

Dispositions
 
(263
)
 
(2,349
)
Write-downs
 

 

Net gain on disposition
 

 
12

Balance, End of year
 
$
190

 
$


OREO represents real property taken either through foreclosure or through a deed in lieu thereof from the borrower. OREO is carried at the lesser of cost or fair market value, less selling costs. As of December 31,2013 the Company had $190,000 in OREO property which was subsequently sold for book value during January 2014. As of December 31, 2012, the Company had no OREO properties.

Allowance for Credit Losses

We have established a methodology for the determination of provisions for credit losses made up of general and specific allocations.  The methodology is set forth in a formal policy and takes into consideration the need for an overall allowance for credit losses as well as specific allowances that are tied to individual loans.  The allowance for credit losses is an estimate of probable credit losses inherent in the Company’s loan portfolio as of the balance-sheet date. The allowance consists of two primary components, specific reserves related to impaired loans and general reserves for inherent losses related to loans that are not impaired.
For all portfolio segments, the determination of the general reserve for loans that are not impaired is based on estimates made by management, including but not limited to, consideration of historical losses by portfolio segment over the most recent 20 quarters, and qualitative factors including economic trends in the Company’s service areas, industry experience and trends, geographic concentrations, estimated collateral values, the Company’s underwriting policies, the character of the loan portfolio, and probable losses inherent in the portfolio taken as a whole. During the first quarter of 2013, management determined that the most recent 20 quarters was an appropriate look back period based on several factors

49


including the current global economic uncertainty and various national and local economic indicators. The impact to the general reserve, as a result of moving from a 16 quarter rolling average to a 20 quarter rolling average, did not have a material impact on the level of allowance required, but it did ensure that the significant loss years for the Bank would continue to be factored into the general reserve analysis. Management determined that it was necessary to expand the average period to capture enough data due to the size of the portfolio to produce statistically accurate historical loss calculations. We believe this period is an appropriate look back period.
In originating loans, we recognize that losses will be experienced and that the risk of loss will vary with, among other things, the type of loan being made, the creditworthiness of the borrower over the term of the loan, general economic conditions and, in the case of a secured loan, the quality of the collateral securing the loan.  The allowance is increased by provisions charged against earnings and reduced by net loan charge offs.  Loans are charged off when they are deemed to be uncollectible, or partially charged off when portions of a loan are deemed to be uncollectible.  Recoveries are generally recorded only when cash payments are received.
The allowance for credit losses is maintained to cover probable incurred losses inherent in the loan portfolio.  The responsibility for the review of our assets and the determination of the adequacy lies with management and our Audit Committee.  They delegate the authority to the Chief Credit Administrator (CCA) to determine the loss reserve ratio for each type of asset and to review, at least quarterly, the adequacy of the allowance based on an evaluation of the portfolio, past experience, prevailing market conditions, amount of government guarantees, concentration in loan types and other relevant factors.
The allowance for credit losses is an estimate of the probable incurred losses in our loan and lease portfolio as of the balance sheet date.  The allowance is based on principles of accounting: (1) ASC 450-20 which requires losses to be accrued for on loans when they are probable of occurring and can be reasonably estimated and (2) ASC 310-10 which requires that losses be accrued based on the differences between the value of collateral, present value of future cash flows or values that are observable in the secondary market and the loan balance.
 Credit Administration adheres to an internal asset review system and loss allowance methodology designed to provide for timely recognition of problem assets and adequate valuation allowances to cover expected asset losses.  The Bank’s asset monitoring process includes the use of asset classifications to segregate the assets, largely loans and real estate, into various risk categories.  The Bank uses the various asset classifications as a means of measuring risk and determining the adequacy of valuation allowances by using a nine-grade system to classify assets.  All credit facilities exceeding 90 days of delinquency require classification and are placed on nonaccrual.
The following table sets forth information regarding our allowance for credit losses at the dates and for the periods indicated:
 
 
Years Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)
 
2013
 
2012
Balance, beginning of year
 
$
10,133

 
$
11,396

Provision charged to operations
 

 
700

Losses charged to allowance
 
(1,446
)
 
(2,850
)
Recoveries
 
521

 
887

Balance, end of year
 
$
9,208

 
$
10,133

Allowance for credit losses to total loans
 
1.80
%
 
2.56
%
 
As of December 31, 2013 , the balance in the allowance for credit losses was $9,208,000 compared to $10,133,000 as of December 31, 2012 .  The decrease was due to net charge offs during the year ended December 31, 2013 being greater than the amount of the provision for credit losses.  Net charge offs totaled $925,000 while the provision for credit losses was $0 .  Loans charged off in 2013 were fully reserved at December 31, 2012 . The balance of commitments to extend credit on undisbursed construction and other loans and letters of credit was $192,667,000 as of December 31, 2013 , compared to $162,851,000 as of December 31, 2012 . At December 31, 2013 , the balance of a contingent allocation for probable loan loss experience on unfunded obligations was $141,000 . The contingent allocation for probable loan loss experience on unfunded obligations is calculated by management using appropriate, systematic, and consistently applied process.  While related to credit losses, this allocation is not a part of ALLL and is considered separately as a liability for accounting and regulatory reporting purposes.  Risks and uncertainties exist in all lending transactions and our management and Directors’ Loan Committee have established reserve levels based on economic uncertainties and other risks that exist as of each reporting period.
As of December 31, 2013 , the allowance for credit losses was 1.80% of total gross loans compared to 2.56% as of December 31, 2012 .  During the year ended December 31, 2013 , there were no major changes in loan concentrations that significantly affected the allowance for credit losses. The decrease in the ALLL as a percentage of total loans is primarily due to the inclusion of $99,948,000 from VCB loans that were recorded at fair value in connection with the acquisition and

50


therefore have no related allowance. Excluding these VCB loans from the calculation, the allowance for credit losses to total gross loans as of December 31, 2013 was 2.23% . The increase in loan totals was driven primarily by an increase in agricultural loans which have a favorable loss history and from the loans acquired as part of the VCB acquisition. Approximately $2,000,000 in VCB loan balances and an additional $4,850,000 in unfunded commitments were refinanced during the later half of 2013, which decreased the allowance allocation by approximately $300,000 as of December 31, 2013 .
The 2013 decrease in the ALLL balance was due to improvement in our historical losses along with improvements in the risk and composition of the loan portfolio. Historic loss rates declined substantially, as high-loss quarters began dropping off from the five-year moving average. Qualitative factors also declined to reflect the trends in losses, improvements in the general economy, and the lower level of substandard loans.
The determination of the general reserve for loans that are not impaired is based on estimates made by management, including but not limited to, consideration of historical losses by portfolio segment over the most recent 20 quarters, and qualitative factors. The increase in unallocated reserves in the current period is primarily due to an additional risk factor which management is further analyzing related to the recent increase in long-term interest rates and the effects that higher rates may have on certain borrowers’ debt service capabilities, particularly those with home equity loans. During the period ended December 31, 2012, the Company enhanced the process for estimating the allowance for credit losses related to impaired loans through inclusion of the use of the discounted cash flow method on certain credits where sufficient payment history exists and future payments can be reasonably projected based on a global borrower cash flow analysis in addition to collateral dependent analysis.  The modification did not have a significant impact on the amount of the allowance for credit losses in total nor did it have a material impact on the allocation of the allowance within loan categories. Q factors include reserves held for the effects of lending policies, economic trends, and portfolio trends along with other dynamics which may cause additional stress to the portfolio. Assumptions regarding the collateral value of various under-performing loans may affect the level and allocation of the allowance for credit losses in future periods.  The allowance may also be affected by trends in the amount of charge offs experienced or expected trends within different loan portfolios.
Non-performing loans totaled $7,586,000 as of December 31, 2013 , and $9,695,000 as of December 31, 2012 .  The allowance for credit losses as a percentage of nonperforming loans was 121.38% and 104.52% as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 , respectively.  Management believes the allowance at December 31, 2013 is adequate based upon its ongoing analysis of the loan portfolio, historical loss trends and other factors.  However, no assurance can be given that the Company may not sustain charge-offs which are in excess of the allowance in any given period.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets
 
Business combinations involving the Bank’s acquisition of the equity interests or net assets of another enterprise give rise to goodwill.  Total goodwill at December 31, 2013 was $29,917,000 compared to $23,577,000 at December 31, 2012 . The total goodwill at December 31, 2013 consisted of $6,340,000 , $14,643,000 and $8,934,000 representing the excess of the cost of Visalia Community Bank, Service 1 st  Bancorp and Bank of Madera County, respectively, over the net of the amounts assigned to assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the transactions accounted for under the purchase method of accounting.  The value of goodwill is ultimately derived from the Bank’s ability to generate net earnings after the acquisitions and is not deductible for tax purposes.  A decline in net earnings could be indicative of a decline in the fair value of goodwill and result in impairment.  For that reason, goodwill is assessed at least annually for impairment.
The Company has selected September 30 as the date to perform the annual impairment test. Management assessed qualitative factors including performance trends and noted no factors indicating goodwill impairment.
Goodwill is also tested for impairment between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of the Company below its carrying amount.  No such events or circumstances arose during the fourth quarter of 2013 , so goodwill was not required to be retested.
     The intangible assets at December 31, 2013 represent the estimated fair value of the core deposit relationships acquired in the 2008 acquisition of Service 1 st  Bank of $1,400,000 and the 2013 acquisition of Visalia Community Bank of $1,365,000 .  Core deposit intangibles are being amortized using the straight-line method over an estimated life of seven to ten years from the date of acquisition.  The carrying value of intangible assets at December 31, 2013 was $1,680,000 , net of $1,085,000 in accumulated amortization expense.  The carrying value at December 31, 2012 was $583,000 , net of $817,000 in accumulated amortization expense.  Management evaluates the remaining useful lives quarterly to determine whether events or circumstances warrant a revision to the remaining periods of amortization.  Based on the evaluation, no changes to the remaining useful lives was required.  Management performed an annual impairment test on core deposit intangibles as of September 30, 2013 and determined no impairment was necessary.  Amortization expense recognized was $268,000 for 2013 , $200,000 for 2012 and $414,000 2011 . $214,000 of the 2011 amortization was the remaining amortization for the Bank of Madera County core deposit intangible. The core deposit intangible from the 2005 acquisition of Bank of Madera County was fully amortized as of December 31, 2011 .

51


The following table summarizes the Company’s estimated core deposit intangible amortization expense for each of the next five years (in thousands):
Years Ending December 31,
 
Estimated Core Deposit Intangible Amortization
2014
 
$
337

2015
 
320

2016
 
137

2017
 
137

2018
 
137

Thereafter
 
612

Total
 
$
1,680


   Deposits and Borrowings
 
The Bank’s deposits are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) up to applicable legal limits. The FDIC’s unlimited deposit insurance coverage on non-interest bearing transaction accounts mandated by the Dodd-Frank Act ended December 31, 2012. Beginning January 1, 2013, all of a depositors’ accounts at an insured depository institution, including all non-interest bearing transactions accounts, will be insured by the FDIC up to the standard maximum deposit insurance amount of $250,000 for each deposit insurance ownership category.
Total deposits increase d $252,711,000 or 33.63% to $1,004,143,000 as of December 31, 2013 , compared to $751,432,000 as of December 31, 2012 .  Interest-bearing deposits increase d $136,488,000 or 26.70% to $647,751,000 as of December 31, 2013 , compared to $511,263,000 as of December 31, 2012 .  Non-interest bearing deposits increase d $116,223,000 or 48.39% to $356,392,000 as of December 31, 2013 , compared to $240,169,000 as of December 31, 2012 .  These deposit increases are primarily related to the VCB acquisition which closed on July 1, 2013. Approximately $174 million in deposits were recorded as a part of the acquisition. Average non-interest bearing deposits to average total deposits was 33.47% for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to 30.23% for the same period in 2012 . Our total market share of deposits in Fresno, Madera, and San Joaquin counties was 3.50% in 2013 compared to 3.58% in 2012 based on FDIC deposit market share information published as of June 2013 .
 
The composition of the deposits and average interest rates paid at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 is summarized in the table below.
(Dollars in thousands)
 
December 31,
2013
 
% of Total
Deposits
 
Effective
Rate
 
December 31,
2012
 
% of Total
Deposits
 
Effective
Rate
NOW accounts
 
$
182,364

 
18.2
%
 
0.15
%
 
$
161,328

 
21.4
%
 
0.19
%
MMA accounts
 
234,515

 
23.3
%
 
0.12
%
 
173,486

 
23.1
%
 
0.22
%
Time deposits
 
168,954

 
16.8
%
 
0.48
%
 
136,876

 
18.2
%
 
0.64
%
Savings deposits
 
61,918

 
6.2
%
 
0.08
%
 
39,573

 
5.3
%
 
0.09
%
Total interest-bearing
 
647,751

 
64.5
%
 
0.22
%
 
511,263

 
68.0
%
 
0.32
%
Non-interest bearing
 
356,392

 
35.5
%
 
 

 
240,169

 
32.0
%
 
 

Total deposits
 
$
1,004,143

 
100.0
%
 
 

 
$
751,432

 
100.0
%
 
 


There were no short term borrowings as of December 31, 2013 , compared to $4,000,000 as of December 31, 2012 which represented FHLB advances with a weighted average interest of 3.59% and weighted average maturity of 0.1 years. 
There were no long-term FHLB borrowings outstanding at December 31, 2013 or December 31, 2012 . We maintain a line of credit with the FHLB collateralized by government securities and loans.  Refer to Liquidity section below for further discussion of FHLB advances.
The Company succeeded to all of the rights and obligations of Service 1 st  Capital Trust I, a Delaware business trust, in connection with the acquisition of Service 1 st  as of November 12, 2008.  The Trust was formed on August 17, 2006 for the sole purpose of issuing trust preferred securities fully and unconditionally guaranteed by Service 1 st .  Under applicable regulatory guidance, the amount of trust preferred securities that is eligible as Tier 1 capital is limited to 25% of the Company’s Tier 1 capital on a pro forma basis.  At December 31, 2013 , all of the trust preferred securities that have been issued qualify as Tier 1 capital.  The trust preferred securities mature on October 7, 2036, are redeemable at the Company’s option beginning after five years, and require quarterly distributions by the Trust to the holder of the trust preferred securities at a variable interest rate which will adjust quarterly to equal the three month LIBOR plus 1.60%.

52


The Trust used the proceeds from the sale of the trust preferred securities to purchase approximately $5,155,000 in aggregate principal amount of Service 1 st ’s junior subordinated notes (the Notes).  The Notes bear interest at the same variable interest rate during the same quarterly periods as the trust preferred securities.  The Notes are redeemable by the Company on any January 7, April 7, July 7, or October 7 on or after October 7, 2012 or at any time within 90 days following the occurrence of certain events, such as: (i) a change in the regulatory capital treatment of the Notes (ii) in the event the Trust is deemed an investment company or (iii) upon the occurrence of certain adverse tax events.  In each such case, the Company may redeem the Notes for their aggregate principal amount, plus any accrued but unpaid interest.
The Notes may be declared immediately due and payable at the election of the trustee or holders of 25% of the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes in the event that the Company defaults in the payment of any interest following the nonpayment of any such interest for 20 or more consecutive quarterly periods.  Holders of the trust preferred securities are entitled to a cumulative cash distribution on the liquidation amount of $1,000 per security.  For each January 7, April 7, July 7 or October 7 of each year, the rate will be adjusted to equal the three month LIBOR plus 1.60%.  As of December 31, 2013 , the rate was 1.84% .  Interest expense recognized by the Company for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 was $98,000 , $107,000 and $100,000 , respectively.
 
Capital Resources
 
Capital serves as a source of funds and helps protect depositors and shareholders against potential losses.  Historically, the primary source of capital for the Company has been internally generated capital through retained earnings.  In addition to net income, capital increased in 2009 from the issuance of preferred stock and warrants under the Treasury Capital Purchase Program and preferred stock and common stock issued to accredited investors.  In 2008, in addition to net income, capital increased from common stock issued for the acquisition of Service 1 st  Bancorp.
The Company has historically maintained substantial levels of capital.  The assessment of capital adequacy is dependent on several factors including asset quality, earnings trends, liquidity and economic conditions.  Maintenance of adequate capital levels is integral to providing stability to the Company.  The Company needs to maintain substantial levels of regulatory capital to give it maximum flexibility in the changing regulatory environment and to respond to changes in the market and economic conditions.
Our shareholders’ equity was $120,043,000 as of December 31, 2013 , compared to $117,665,000 as of December 31, 2012 .  The increase in shareholders’ equity is the result of increase in retained earnings from net income of $8,250,000 , issuance of common stock as a part of the VCB acquisition of $12,494,000 , exercise of stock options, including the related tax benefit of $806,000 , and the effect of share based compensation expense of $98,000 offset by a decrease in accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI) of $9,872,000 , redemption of preferred stocked of $7,000,000 , preferred stock dividends of $350,000 , and common stock cash dividends of $2,048,000 .
On December 23, 2009, the Company entered into Stock Purchase Agreements (Agreements) with a limited number of accredited investors (collectively, the Purchasers) to sell to the Purchasers a total of 1,264,952 shares of common stock, (Common Stock) at $5.25 per share and 1,359 shares of non-voting Series B Convertible Adjustable Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock (Series B Preferred Stock) at $1,000 per share, for an aggregate gross purchase price of $8,000,000 (the Offering) offset by issuance costs totaling $242,000. 
In May 2010, the shareholders of the Company approved an amendment to the Company’s governing instruments to create a series of non-voting common stock.  In June 2010, the Company exercised its option to require the Purchasers to exchange the 1,359 shares of Series B Preferred Stock for 258,862 shares of non-voting common stock. In August 2011, the Company agreed to exchange the 258,862 shares of the Company’s non-voting common stock to 258,862 shares of the Company’s voting common stock. The issuance of voting common stock was conducted in a privately negotiated transaction exempt from registration pursuant to Sections 3(a)(9) and 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. No shares of Series B Preferred Stock or non-voting common stock remain outstanding. See Note 14 to the audited Consolidated Financial Statements in this report for a more detailed discussion.
On August 18, 2011, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement (SPA) with the Small Business Lending Fund of the United States Department of the Treasury (the Treasury), under which the Company issued 7,000 shares of Senior Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series C (the Preferred Shares) to the Treasury for an aggregate purchase price of $7,000,000. Simultaneously, the Company agreed with Treasury under a Letter Agreement to redeem, for an aggregate price of $7,000,000, the 7,000 shares of the Company’s Series A Fixed Rate Cumulative Preferred Stock (Series A Stock) originally issued pursuant to the Treasury’s Capital Purchase Program (CPP) in 2009. The redemption of the Series A Stock resulted in an acceleration of the remaining discount booked at the time of the CPP transaction. In connection with the repurchase of the Series A Stock, the Company also repurchased the warrant (the Warrant) to purchase 79,037 shares of the Company’s common stock that was originally issued to Treasury in connection with the CPP transaction for total consideration of $185,000. See Note 14 to the audited Consolidated Financial Statements in this report for a more detailed discussion.
On August 15, 2012, the Board of Directors of the Company approved the adoption of a program to effect repurchases of the Company’s common stock. Under the program, the Company was to repurchase up to five percent of the

53


Company’s outstanding shares of common stock, or approximately 479,850 shares based on the shares outstanding as of August 15, 2012, for the period beginning on August 15, 2012, and ending February 15, 2013. During 2012, the Company repurchased and retired a total of 58,100 shares at an average price of $8.41 for a total cost of $488,000 . The stock repurchase program was suspended after the Company entered into a Reorganization Agreement and Plan of Merger (the Merger Agreement) with Visalia Community Bank on December 19, 2012.
During 2013 , the Bank declared and paid cash dividends to the Company in the amount of $18,000,000 in connection with the VCB acquisition, the Series C Preferred redemption, and cash dividends to the Company’s shareholders approved by the Company’s Board of Directors. The Bank may not pay any dividend that would cause it to be deemed not “well capitalized” under applicable banking laws and regulations. The Company declared and paid a total of $2,048,000 or $0.20 per common share cash dividend to shareholders of record during the year ended December 31, 2013 .
During 2012, the Bank declared and paid cash dividends to the Company of $3,000,000, in connection with stock repurchase agreements and cash dividends approved by the Company’s Board of Directors. On October 17, 2012, the Company declared a $0.05 per common share cash dividend to shareholders of record at the close of business on November 15, 2012 which was paid on November 30, 2012. No dividends on common shares were declared in 2011 .
Management considers capital requirements as part of its strategic planning process.  The strategic plan calls for continuing increases in assets and liabilities, and the capital required may therefore be in excess of retained earnings.  The ability to obtain capital is dependent upon the capital markets as well as our performance.  Management regularly evaluates sources of capital and the timing required to meet its strategic objectives.  The assessment of capital adequacy is dependent on several factors including asset quality, earnings trends, liquidity and economic conditions.  Maintenance of adequate capital levels is integral to providing stability to the Company.  The Company needs to maintain substantial levels of regulatory capital to give it maximum flexibility in the changing regulatory environment and to respond to changes in the market and economic conditions including acquisition opportunities.
The following table presents the Company’s and the Bank’s Regulatory capital ratios as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 .
 
 
December 31, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Amount
 
Ratio
 
Amount
 
Ratio
Tier 1 Leverage Ratio
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Central Valley Community Bancorp and Subsidiary
 
$
88,320

 
8.14
%
 
$
90,866

 
10.56
%
Minimum regulatory requirement
 
$
43,394

 
4.00
%
 
$
34,418

 
4.00
%
Central Valley Community Bank
 
$
87,674

 
8.09
%
 
$
87,911

 
10.22
%
Minimum requirement for “Well-Capitalized” institution
 
$
54,218

 
5.00
%
 
$
42,994

 
5.00
%
Minimum regulatory requirement
 
$
43,375

 
4.00
%
 
$
34,395

 
4.00
%
Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Central Valley Community Bancorp and Subsidiary
 
$
88,320

 
13.88
%
 
$
90,866

 
18.24
%
Minimum regulatory requirement
 
$
25,454

 
4.00
%
 
$
19,926

 
4.00
%
Central Valley Community Bank
 
$
87,674

 
13.79
%
 
$
87,911

 
17.67
%
Minimum requirement for “Well-Capitalized” institution
 
$
38,151

 
6.00
%
 
$
29,848

 
6.00
%
Minimum regulatory requirement
 
$
25,434

 
4.00
%
 
$
19,899

 
4.00
%
Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Central Valley Community Bancorp and Subsidiary
 
$
96,292

 
15.13
%
 
$
97,299

 
19.53
%
Minimum regulatory requirement
 
$
50,908

 
8.00
%
 
$
39,853

 
8.00
%
Central Valley Community Bank
 
$
95,639

 
15.04
%
 
$
94,336

 
18.96
%
Minimum requirement for “Well-Capitalized” institution
 
$
63,585

 
10.00
%
 
$
49,747

 
10.00
%
Minimum regulatory requirement
 
$
50,868

 
8.00
%
 
$
39,798

 
8.00
%

We are required to deduct the disallowed portion of net deferred tax assets from Tier 1 capital in calculating our capital ratios.  Generally, disallowed deferred tax assets that are dependent upon future taxable income are limited to the lesser of the amount of deferred tax assets that we expect to realize within one year, based on projected future taxable income, or 10% of the amount of our Tier 1 capital.  Disallowed deferred tax assets deducted from Tier 1 capital were $7,330,000 and $53,000 at December 31, 2013 and 2012 , respectively.


LIQUIDITY

54


 
Liquidity management involves our ability to meet cash flow requirements arising from fluctuations in deposit levels and demands of daily operations, which include funding of securities purchases, providing for customers’ credit needs and ongoing repayment of borrowings.  Our liquidity is actively managed on a daily basis and reviewed periodically by our management and Director’s Asset/Liability Committees.  This process is intended to ensure the maintenance of sufficient funds to meet our needs, including adequate cash flows for off-balance sheet commitments.
Our primary sources of liquidity are derived from financing activities which include the acceptance of customer and, to a lesser extent, broker deposits, Federal funds facilities and advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco (FHLB).  These funding sources are augmented by payments of principal and interest on loans, the routine maturities and pay downs of securities from the securities portfolio, the stability of our core deposits and the ability to sell investment securities.  As of December 31, 2013 , the Company had unpledged securities totaling $344,015,000 available as a secondary source of liquidity and total cash and cash equivalents of $112,052,000 .  Cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2013 increase d 111.59% compared to December 31, 2012 .  Primary uses of funds include withdrawal of and interest payments on deposits, origination and purchases of loans, purchases of investment securities, and payment of operating expenses.  Due to the negative impact of the slow economic recovery, we have been cautiously managing our asset quality.  Consequently, expanding our loan portfolio or finding adequate investments to utilize some of our excess liquidity has been difficult in the current economic environment.
As a means of augmenting our liquidity, we have established Federal funds lines with various correspondent banks.  At December 31, 2013 , our available borrowing capacity includes approximately $40,000,000 in Federal funds lines with our correspondent banks and $272,797,000 in unused FHLB advances.  At December 31, 2013 , we were not aware of any information that was reasonably likely to have a material effect on our liquidity position.  The following table reflects the Company’s credit lines, balances outstanding, and pledged collateral at December 31, 2013 and 2012 :
Credit Lines (In thousands)
 
December 31, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
Unsecured Credit Lines (interest rate varies with market):
 
 

 
 

Credit limit
 
$
40,000

 
$
40,000

Balance outstanding
 
$

 
$

Federal Home Loan Bank (interest rate at prevailing interest rate):
 
 

 
 

Credit limit
 
$
272,797

 
$
133,034

Balance outstanding
 
$

 
$
4,000

Collateral pledged
 
$
119,539

 
$
94,368

Fair value of collateral
 
$
119,902

 
$
94,809

Federal Reserve Bank (interest rate at prevailing discount interest rate):
 
 

 
 

Credit limit
 
$
51

 
$
127

Balance outstanding
 
$

 
$

Collateral pledged
 
$
48

 
$
115

Fair value of collateral
 
$
52

 
$
129

 
The liquidity of our parent company, Central Valley Community Bancorp, is primarily dependent on the payment of cash dividends by its subsidiary, Central Valley Community Bank, subject to limitations imposed by regulations.

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ITEMS
 
In the normal course of business, the Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk.  These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit.  Such financial instruments are recorded in the financial statements when they are funded or related fees are incurred or received.  The balance of commitments to extend credit on undisbursed construction and other loans and letters of credit was $192,667,000 as of December 31, 2013 compared to $162,851,000 as of December 31, 2012 .  For a more detailed discussion of these financial instruments, see Note 13 to the audited Consolidated Financial Statements in this Annual Report.
In the ordinary course of business, the Company is party to various operating leases.  For a more detailed discussion of these financial instruments, see Note 13 to the audited Consolidated Financial Statements in this Annual Report.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 

55


The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) has issued disclosure guidance for “critical accounting policies.”  The SEC defines “critical accounting policies” as those that require application of management’s most difficult, subjective or complex judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain and may change in future periods.
Our accounting policies are integral to understanding the results reported.  Our significant accounting policies are described in detail in Note 1 in the audited Consolidated Financial Statements .   Not all of the significant accounting policies presented in Note 1 of the audited Consolidated Financial Statements in this Annual Report require management to make difficult, subjective or complex judgments or estimates.
 
Use of Estimates
 
The preparation of these financial statements requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amount of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses.  On an ongoing basis, management evaluates the estimates used.  Estimates are based upon historical experience, current economic conditions and other factors that management considers reasonable under the circumstances.
These estimates result in judgments regarding the carrying values of assets and liabilities when these values are not readily available from other sources, as well as assessing and identifying the accounting treatments of contingencies and commitments.  These estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions. The allowance for credit losses, deferred taxes assets and fair values of financial instruments are estimates which are particularly subject to change.
 
Accounting Principles Generally Accepted in the United States of America
 
Our financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP).
We follow accounting policies typical to the commercial banking industry and in compliance with various regulation and guidelines as established by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (PCAOB), Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB), the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (AICPA), and the Bank’s primary federal regulator, the FDIC.  The following is a brief description of our current accounting policies involving significant management judgments.
 
Allowance for Credit Losses
 
Our most significant management accounting estimate is the appropriate level for the allowance for credit losses.  The allowance for credit losses is an estimate of probable credit losses inherent in the Company’s loan portfolio that have been incurred as of the balance sheet date .  The adequacy of the allowance is monitored on an on-going basis and is based on our management’s evaluation of numerous factors.  These factors include the quality of the current loan portfolio, the trend in the loan portfolio’s risk ratings, current economic conditions, loan concentrations, loan growth rates, past-due and nonperforming trends, evaluation of specific loss estimates for all significant problem loans, historical charge-off and recovery experience and other pertinent information. See Note 1 to the audited Consolidated Financial Statements in this Annual Report for more detail regarding our allowance for credit losses.
The calculation of the allowance for credit losses is by nature inexact, as the allowance represents our management’s best estimate of the probable losses inherent in our credit portfolios at the reporting date.  These credit losses will occur in the future, and as such cannot be determined with absolute certainty at the reporting date.

Impairment of Investment Securities
 
Investment securities are impaired when the amortized cost exceeds fair value.  Investment securities are evaluated for impairment on at least a quarterly basis and more frequently when economic or market conditions warrant such an evaluation to determine whether a decline in their value is other than temporary.  Management utilizes criteria such as the magnitude and duration of the decline and the intent and ability of the Company to retain its investment in the securities for a period of time sufficient to allow for an anticipated recovery in fair value, in addition to the reasons underlying the decline, to determine whether the loss in value is other than temporary.  The term “other than temporary” is not intended to indicate that the decline is permanent, but indicates that the prospect for a near-term recovery of value is not necessarily favorable, or that there is a lack of evidence to support a realizable value equal to or greater than the carrying value of the investment.  Once a decline in value is determined to be other-than-temporary and we do not intend to sell the security or it is more likely than not that we will not be required to sell the security before recovery, only the portion of the impairment loss representing credit exposure is recognized as a charge to earnings, with the balance recognized as a charge to other comprehensive income.  If management

56


intends to sell the security or it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security before recovering its forecasted cost, the entire impairment loss is recognized as a charge to earnings.
 
Amortization of Premiums/Discount Accretion on Investments
 
We invest in Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (CMO) and Mortgage Backed Securities, (MBS) as part of the overall strategy to increase our net interest margin.  CMOs and MBS by their nature react to changes in interest rates.  In a normal declining rate environment, prepayments from MBS and CMOs would be expected to increase and the expected life of the investment would be expected to shorten.  Conversely, if interest rates increase, prepayments normally would be expected to decline and the average life of the MBS and CMOs would be expected to extend.  However, in the current economic environment, prepayments may not behave according to historical norms.  Premium amortization and discount accretion of these investments affects our net interest income.  Our management monitors the prepayment speed of these investments and adjusts premium amortization and discount accretion based on several factors.  These factors include the type of investment, the investment structure, interest rates, interest rates on new mortgage loans, expectation of interest rate changes, current economic conditions, the level of principal remaining on the bond, the bond coupon rate, the bond origination date, and volume of available bonds in market.  The calculation of premium amortization and discount accretion is by nature inexact, and represents management’s best estimate of principal pay downs inherent in the total investment portfolio.
 
Goodwill
 
Business combinations involving the Company’s acquisition of the equity interests or net assets of another enterprise or the assumption of net liabilities in an acquisition of branches constituting a business may give rise to goodwill.  Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquired entity over the net of the amounts assigned to assets acquired and liabilities assumed in transactions accounted for under the purchase method of accounting.  The value of goodwill is ultimately derived from the Company’s ability to generate net earnings after the acquisition.  A decline in net earnings could be indicative of a decline in the fair value of goodwill and result in impairment.  For that reason, goodwill is assessed for impairment at a reporting unit level at least annually or more often if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of the Company below its carrying amount.  While the Company believes all assumptions utilized in its assessment of goodwill for impairment are reasonable and appropriate, changes could cause the Company to record impairment in the future.
 
Share-Based Compensation
 
The Company recognizes compensation expense in an amount equal to the fair value of all share-based payments which consist of stock options granted to directors and employees.  The fair value of each option is estimated on the date of grant and amortized over the service period using a Black-Scholes-Merton based option valuation model that requires the use of assumptions to estimate the grant date fair value.  The estimates are based on assumptions on the expected option life, the level of estimated forfeitures, expected stock volatility and the risk-free interest rate.  The calculation of the fair value of share based payments is by nature inexact, and represents management’s best estimate of the grant date fair value of the share based payments.  See Note 15 to the audited Consolidated Financial Statements in this Annual Report.
 
Accounting for Income Taxes
 
The Company files its income taxes on a consolidated basis with its subsidiary.  The allocation of income tax expense (benefit) represents each entity’s proportionate share of the consolidated provision for income taxes.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the tax consequences of temporary differences between the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and their tax bases.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted for the effects of changes in tax laws and rates on the date of enactment.  On the balance sheet, net deferred tax assets are included in accrued interest receivable and other assets.
The determination of the amount of deferred income tax assets which are more likely than not to be realized is primarily dependent on projections of future earnings, which are subject to uncertainty and estimates that may change given economic conditions and other factors.  The realization of deferred income tax assets is assessed and a valuation allowance is recorded if is “more likely than not” that all or a portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized.  “More likely than not” is defined as greater than a 50% chance.  All available evidence, both positive and negative is considered to determine whether, based on the weight of that evidence, a valuation allowance is needed.
Only tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold are recognized.  The benefit of a tax position is recognized in the financial statements in the period during which, based on all available evidence, management believes it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including the resolution of appeals or litigation processes, if any.  Tax positions taken are not offset or aggregated with other positions.  Tax positions that meet the

57


more-likely-than-not recognition threshold are measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50 percent likely of being realized upon settlement with the applicable taxing authority.  The portion of the benefits associated with tax positions taken that exceeds the amount measured as described above is reflected as a liability for unrecognized tax benefits in the accompanying balance sheet along with any associated interest and penalties that would be payable to the taxing authorities upon examination.  Interest expense and penalties associated with unrecognized tax benefits are classified as income tax expense in the consolidated statement of income.
 
INFLATION
 
The impact of inflation on a financial institution differs significantly from that exerted on other industries primarily because the assets and liabilities of financial institutions consist largely of monetary items.  However, financial institutions are affected by inflation in part through non-interest expenses, such as salaries and occupancy expenses, and to some extent by changes in interest rates.
At December 31, 2013 , we do not believe that inflation will have a material impact on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.  However, if inflation concerns cause short term rates to rise in the near future, we may benefit by immediate repricing of a portion of our loan portfolio.  Refer to Market Risk section for further discussion.

ITEM 7A -             QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
 
Interest rate risk (IRR) and credit risk constitute the two greatest sources of financial exposure for insured financial institutions that operate like we do.  IRR represents the impact that changes in absolute and relative levels of market interest rates may have upon our net interest income (NII).  Changes in the NII are the result of changes in the net interest spread between interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities (timing risk), the relationship between various rates (basis risk), and changes in the shape of the yield curve.
We realize income principally from the differential or spread between the interest earned on loans, investments, other interest-earning assets and the interest incurred on deposits and borrowings.  The volumes and yields on loans, deposits and borrowings are affected by market interest rates.  As of December 31, 2013 , 78.41% of our loan portfolio was tied to adjustable-rate indices.  The majority of our adjustable rate loans are tied to prime and reprice within 90 days.  However, in the current low rate environment, several of our loans, tied to prime, are at their floors and will not reprice until prime plus the factor is greater than the floor.  The majority of our time deposits have a fixed rate of interest.  As of December 31, 2013 , 79.96% of our time deposits matures within one year or less. 
Changes in the market level of interest rates directly and immediately affect our interest spread, and therefore profitability.  Sharp and significant changes to market rates can cause the interest spread to shrink or expand significantly in the near term, principally because of the timing differences between the adjustable rate loans and the maturities (and therefore repricing) of the deposits and borrowings.
Our management and Board of Directors’ Asset/Liability Committees (ALCO) are responsible for managing our assets and liabilities in a manner that balances profitability, IRR and various other risks including liquidity.  The ALCO operates under policies and within risk limits prescribed, reviewed, and approved by the Board of Directors.
The ALCO seeks to stabilize our NII by matching rate-sensitive assets and liabilities through maintaining the maturity and repricing of these assets and liabilities at appropriate levels given the interest rate environment.  When the amount of rate-sensitive liabilities exceeds rate-sensitive assets within specified time periods, NII generally will be negatively impacted by an increasing interest rate environment and positively impacted by a decreasing interest rate environment.  Conversely, when the amount of rate-sensitive assets exceeds the amount of rate-sensitive liabilities within specified time periods, net interest income will generally be positively impacted by an increasing interest rate environment and negatively impacted by a decreasing interest rate environment.  In recent years, we have shifted our mix of assets from consisting primarily of loans to a current mix that is approximately half loans and half securities, none of which are held for trading purposes. The value of these securities is subject to interest rate risk, which we must monitor and manage successfully in order to prevent declines in value of these assets if interest rates rise in the future. The speed and velocity of the repricing of assets and liabilities will also contribute to the effects on our NII, as will the presence or absence of periodic and lifetime interest rate caps and floors.
Simulation of earnings is the primary tool used to measure the sensitivity of earnings to interest rate changes.  Earnings simulations are produced using a software model that is based on actual cash flows and repricing characteristics for all of our financial instruments and incorporates market-based assumptions regarding the impact of changing interest rates on current volumes of applicable financial instruments.
Interest rate simulations provide us with an estimate of both the dollar amount and percentage change in NII under various rate scenarios.  All assets and liabilities are normally subjected to up to 400 basis point increases and decreases in interest rates in 100 basis point increments.  Under each interest rate scenario, we project our net interest income.  From these results, we can then develop alternatives in dealing with the tolerance thresholds.

58

Table of Contents

Approximately 78.41% of our loan portfolio is tied to adjustable rate indices and 36.86% of our loan portfolio reprices within 90 days.  As of December 31, 2013 , we had 988 commercial and real estate loans totaling $266,363,000 with floors ranging from 3.25% to 7.50% and ceilings ranging from 6.50% to 25.00%.
The following table shows the effects of changes in projected net interest income for the twelve months ending December 31, 2014 under the interest rate shock scenarios stated.  The table was prepared as of December 31, 2013 , using a prime interest rate of 3.25%.
 
Sensitivity Analysis of Impact of Rate Changes on Interest Income
 
Hypothetical Change in Rates
 
Projected Net Interest Income
 
$  Change from Rates at December 31, 2013
 
% Change from Rates at December 31, 2013
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Up 300 bps
 
$
38,766

 
$
4,032

 
11.61
 %
Up 200 bps
 
37,332

 
2,598

 
7.48
 %
Up 100 bps
 
35,863

 
1,129

 
3.25
 %
Unchanged
 
34,734

 

 

Down 25 bps
 
34,121

 
(613
)
 
(1.76
)%

Assumptions are inherently uncertain, and, consequently, the model cannot precisely measure net interest income or precisely predict the impact of changes in interest rates on net interest income.  Actual results will differ from simulated results due to timing, magnitude and frequency of interest rate changes, as well as changes in market conditions and management strategies which might moderate the negative consequences of interest rate deviations.
 


59

Table of Contents

ITEM 8 -
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
The Shareholders and Board of Directors
Central Valley Community Bancorp and Subsidiary
Fresno, California

 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Central Valley Community Bancorp and subsidiary (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013.  These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.  The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting.  Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.  Accordingly, we express no such opinion.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
 
 
 
/s/ Crowe Horwath LLP
 
 
 
 
Sacramento, California
 
March 19, 2014
 




60



CENTRAL VALLEY COMMUNITY BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS  
December 31, 2013 and 2012
(In thousands, except share amounts)
 
2013
 
2012
ASSETS
 

 
 

Cash and due from banks
$
25,878

 
$
22,405

Interest-earning deposits in other banks
85,956

 
30,123

Federal funds sold
218

 
428

Total cash and cash equivalents
112,052

 
52,956

Available-for-sale investment securities (Amortized cost of $447,108 at December 31, 2013 and $381,074 at December 31, 2012)
443,224

 
393,965

Loans, less allowance for credit losses of $9,208 at December 31, 2013 and $10,133 at December 31, 2012
503,149

 
385,185

Bank premises and equipment, net
10,541

 
6,252

Other real estate owned
190

 

Bank owned life insurance
19,443

 
12,163

Federal Home Loan Bank stock
4,499

 
3,850

Goodwill
29,917

 
23,577

Core deposit intangibles
1,680

 
583

Accrued interest receivable and other assets
20,940

 
11,697

Total assets
$
1,145,635

 
$
890,228

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 

 
 

Deposits:
 

 
 

Non-interest bearing
$
356,392

 
$
240,169

Interest bearing
647,751

 
511,263

Total deposits
1,004,143

 
751,432

Short-term borrowings

 
4,000

Junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures
5,155

 
5,155

Accrued interest payable and other liabilities
16,294

 
11,976

Total liabilities
1,025,592

 
772,563

Commitments and contingencies (Note 13)


 


Shareholders’ equity :
 

 
 

Preferred stock, no par value, $1,000 per share liquidation preference; 10,000,000 shares authorized, Series C, issued and outstanding: none at December 31, 2013 and 7,000 shares at December 31, 2012

 
7,000

Common stock, no par value; 80,000,000 shares authorized; issued and outstanding: 10,914,680 at December 31, 2013 and 9,558,746 at December 31, 2012
53,981

 
40,583

Retained earnings
68,348

 
62,496

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax
(2,286
)
 
7,586

Total shareholders’ equity
120,043

 
117,665

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
$
1,145,635

 
$
890,228

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

61

Table of Contents

CENTRAL VALLEY COMMUNITY BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME  
For the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Interest income:
 

 
 

 
 

Interest and fees on loans
$
26,519

 
$
23,913

 
$
26,098

Interest on deposits in other banks
164

 
108

 
187

Interest on Federal funds sold

 
2

 
2

Interest and dividends on investment securities:
 
 
 
 
 
Taxable
2,375

 
3,289

 
4,548

Exempt from Federal income taxes
5,778

 
4,508

 
3,464

Total interest income
34,836

 
31,820

 
34,299

Interest expense:
 

 
 

 
 

Interest on deposits
1,270

 
1,630

 
2,662

Interest on junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures
98

 
107

 
100

Other
17

 
146

 
180

Total interest expense
1,385

 
1,883

 
2,942

Net interest income before provision for credit losses
33,451

 
29,937

 
31,357

Provision for credit losses

 
700

 
1,050

Net interest income after provision for credit losses
33,451

 
29,237

 
30,307

Non-interest income:
 

 
 

 
 

Service charges
3,156

 
2,774

 
2,903

Appreciation in cash surrender value of bank owned life insurance
495

 
391

 
382

Interchange fees
962

 
767

 
758

Loan placement fees
677

 
631

 
274

Gain on disposal of other real estate owned

 
12

 
615

Net realized gains on sales and calls of investment securities
1,265

 
1,639

 
298

Other-than-temporary impairment loss:
 
 
 
 
 
Total impairment loss

 

 
(31
)
Loss recognized in other comprehensive income

 

 

Net impairment loss recognized in earnings

 

 
(31
)
Federal Home Loan Bank dividends
177

 
36

 
9

Other income
1,100

 
992

 
1,063

Total non-interest income
7,832

 
7,242

 
6,271

Non-interest expenses:
 

 
 

 
 

Salaries and employee benefits
17,427

 
15,597

 
15,762

Occupancy and equipment
4,109

 
3,578

 
3,795

Regulatory assessments
696

 
652

 
845

Data processing expense
1,383

 
1,125

 
1,178

ATM/Debit card expenses
527

 
369

 
369

License & maintenance contracts
472

 
362

 
324

Consulting fees
461

 
162

 
340

Advertising
476

 
558

 
735

Audit and accounting fees
511

 
514

 
491

Legal fees
116

 
185

 
335

Acquisition and integration
976

 
284

 

Amortization of core deposit intangibles
268

 
200

 
414

Other expense
4,264

 
3,688

 
3,652

Total non-interest expenses
31,686

 
27,274

 
28,240

Income before provision for income taxes
9,597

 
9,205

 
8,338

Provision for income taxes
1,347

 
1,685

 
1,861

Net income
$
8,250

 
$
7,520

 
$
6,477

 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income
$
8,250

 
$
7,520

 
$
6,477

Preferred stock dividends and accretion
350

 
350

 
486

Net income available to common shareholders
$
7,900

 
$
7,170

 
$
5,991

Basic earnings per common share
$
0.77

 
$
0.75

 
$
0.63

Diluted earnings per common share
$
0.77

 
$
0.75

 
$
0.63

Cash dividends per common share
$
0.20

 
$
0.05

 
$

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

62

Table of Contents

CENTRAL VALLEY COMMUNITY BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

For the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011
(In thousands)
 
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Net income
 
$
8,250

 
$
7,520

 
6,477

Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Unrealized (losses) gains on securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Unrealized holding (losses) gains
 
(15,510
)
 
7,522

 
5,632

Less: reclassification for net gains included in net income
 
1,265

 
1,639

 
267

Other comprehensive (loss) income, before tax
 
(16,775
)
 
5,883

 
5,365

Tax benefit (expense) related to items of other comprehensive income
 
6,903

 
(2,421
)
 
(2,208
)
Total other comprehensive (loss) income
 
(9,872
)
 
3,462

 
3,157

Comprehensive (loss) income
 
$
(1,622
)
 
$
10,982

 
$
9,634


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


63

Table of Contents


CENTRAL VALLEY COMMUNITY BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 
For the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011
(In thousands, except share amounts)
 
 
Preferred Stock
 
Common Stock
 
 
 
Accumulated
Other
Compre-hensive Income (Loss)
(Net of Taxes)
 
Total Share-holders’ Equity
 
Series A
 
 
Series C
 
 
 
 
 
Retained Earnings
 
 
 
Shares
 
Amount
 
 
Shares
 
Amount
 
Shares
 
Amount
 
 
 
Balance, January 1, 2011
7,000

 
$
6,864

 
 

 
$

 
9,368,016

 
$
39,745

 
$
49,815

 
$
967

 
$
97,391

Net income

 

 
 

 

 

 

 
6,477

 

 
6,477

Net change in unrealized gain on available-for-sale investment securities

 

 
 

 

 

 

 

 
3,157

 
3,157

Issuance of preferred stock Series C

 

 
 
7,000

 
7,000

 

 

 

 

 
7,000

Redemption of preferred stock Series A
(7,000
)
 
(7,000
)
 
 

 

 

 

 

 

 
(7,000
)
Repurchase and retirement of common stock warrants

 

 
 

 

 

 
(185
)
 

 

 
(185
)
Stock-based compensation expense

 

 
 

 

 

 
196

 

 

 
196

Stock options exercised and related tax benefit

 

 
 

 

 
179,800

 
796

 

 

 
796

Preferred stock dividends and accretion

 
136

 
 

 

 

 

 
(486
)
 

 
(350
)
Balance, December 31, 2011

 

 
 
7,000

 
7,000

 
9,547,816

 
40,552

 
55,806

 
4,124


107,482

Net income

 

 
 

 

 

 

 
7,520

 

 
7,520

Net change in unrealized gain on available-for-sale investment securities

 

 
 

 

 

 

 

 
3,462

 
3,462

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 
 

 

 

 
108

 

 

 
108

Cash dividend payment ($0.05 per common share)

 

 
 

 

 

 

 
(480
)
 

 
(480
)
Repurchase and retirement of common stock

 

 
 

 

 
(58,100
)
 
(488
)
 

 

 
(488
)
Stock options exercised and related tax benefit

 

 
 

 

 
69,030

 
411

 

 

 
411

Preferred stock dividends

 

 
 

 

 

 

 
(350
)
 

 
(350
)
Balance, December 31, 2012

 

 
 
7,000

 
7,000

 
9,558,746

 
40,583

 
62,496

 
7,586

 
117,665

Net income

 

 
 

 

 

 

 
8,250

 

 
8,250

Net change in unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale investment securities

 

 
 

 

 

 

 

 
(9,872
)
 
(9,872
)
Stock issued for acquisition


 


 
 


 


 
1,262,605

 
12,494

 


 


 
12,494

Redemption of preferred stock Series C

 

 
 
(7,000
)
 
(7,000
)
 

 

 

 

 
(7,000
)
Stock-based compensation expense

 

 
 

 

 

 
98

 

 

 
98

Cash dividend payment ($0.20 per common share)

 

 
 

 

 

 

 
(2,048
)
 

 
(2,048
)
Stock options exercised and related tax benefit

 

 
 

 

 
93,329

 
806

 

 

 
806

Preferred stock dividends

 

 
 

 

 

 

 
(350
)
 

 
(350
)
Balance, December 31, 2013

 
$

 
 

 
$

 
10,914,680

 
$
53,981

 
$
68,348

 
$
(2,286
)
 
$
120,043

 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

64

Table of Contents

CENTRAL VALLEY COMMUNITY BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
For the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011
(In thousands)
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Cash flows from operating activities:
 

 
 

 
 

Net income
$
8,250

 
$
7,520

 
$
6,477

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 

Net (decrease) increase in deferred loan fees
(294
)
 
(311
)
 
266

Depreciation
1,133

 
972

 
1,212

Accretion
(852
)
 
(713
)
 
(715
)
Amortization
9,179

 
7,549

 
3,590

Stock-based compensation
98

 
108

 
196

Excess tax benefit from exercise of stock options
(17
)
 
(26
)
 
(116
)
Provision for credit losses

 
700

 
1,050

Net other than temporary impairment losses on investment securities

 

 
31

Net realized gains on sales and calls of available-for-sale investment securities
(1,265
)
 
(1,639
)
 
(298
)
Net (gain) loss on sale and disposal of equipment
(1
)
 
(4
)
 
5

Net gain on sale of other real estate owned

 
(12
)
 
(615
)
Increase in bank owned life insurance, net of expenses
(495
)
 
(391
)
 
(204
)
Net gain on bank owned life insurance

 

 
(85
)
Net decrease (increase) in accrued interest receivable and other assets
410

 
(19
)
 
(700
)
Net decrease in prepaid FDIC Assessments
1,542

 
513

 
705

Net (decrease) increase in accrued interest payable and other liabilities
(1,805
)
 
(7,425
)
 
8,515

(Benefit) provision for deferred income taxes
(296
)
 
440

 
1,270

Net cash provided by operating activities
15,587

 
7,262

 
20,584

Cash Flows From Investing Activities:
 

 
 

 
 

Net cash and cash equivalents acquired in acquisition
40,935

 

 

Purchases of available-for-sale investment securities
(222,668
)
 
(194,583
)
 
(214,569
)
Proceeds from sales or calls of available-for-sale investment securities
88,146

 
39,119

 
44,700

Proceeds from maturity and principal repayment of available-for-sale investment securities
76,512

 
90,798

 
35,951

Net (increase) decrease in loans
(4,393
)
 
28,089

 
2,815

Proceeds from sale of other real estate owned
263

 
2,349

 
2,472

Purchases of premises and equipment
(1,159
)
 
(1,353
)
 
(1,246
)
Purchases of bank owned life insurance

 
(116
)
 


FHLB stock redeemed (purchased)
48

 
(957
)
 
157

Proceeds from bank owned life insurance

 

 
146

Proceeds from sale of premises and equipment
1

 
5

 

Net cash used in investing activities
(22,315
)
 
(36,649
)
 
(129,574
)
Cash Flows From Financing Activities:
 

 
 

 
 

Net increase in demand, interest-bearing and savings deposits
75,663

 
53,265

 
87,928

Net increase (decrease) in time deposits
2,841

 
(14,819
)
 
(25,437
)
Repayments of short-term borrowings to Federal Home Loan Bank
(4,000
)
 

 
(10,000
)
Redemption of preferred stock Series C
(7,000
)
 

 

Purchase and retirement of common stock

 
(488
)
 

Proceeds from exercise of stock options
789

 
385

 
680

Repurchase of common stock warrant

 

 
(185
)
Excess tax benefit from exercise of stock options
17

 
26

 
116

Cash dividend payments on common stock
(2,048
)
 
(480
)
 

Cash dividend payments on preferred stock
(438
)
 
(350
)
 
(307
)
Net cash provided by financing activities
65,824

 
37,539

 
52,795

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
59,096

 
8,152

 
(56,195
)
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF YEAR
52,956

 
44,804

 
100,999

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF YEAR
$
112,052

 
$
52,956

 
$
44,804

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

65

Table of Contents

CENTRAL VALLEY COMMUNITY BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(continued)
For the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011
(In thousands)
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
 
 
 
 
 
Cash paid during the year for:
 
 
 
 
 
Interest
$
1,430

 
$
1,939

 
$
3,186

Income taxes
$
1,790

 
$
1,193

 
$
826

Non-cash investing and financing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Redemption of preferred stock Series A and issuance of preferred stock Series C
$

 
$

 
$
7,000

Transfer of loans to other real estate owned
$
190

 
$
2,337

 
$
244

Assumption of other real estate owned liabilities
$

 
$

 
$
288

Transfer of loans to other assets
$

 
$

 
$
209

Common stock issued in Visalia Community Bank acquisition
$
12,494

 
$

 
$

Accrued preferred stock dividends
$

 
$
88

 
$
88


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

66

Table of Contents

Central Valley Community Bancorp and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1.
SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
General - Central Valley Community Bancorp (the “Company”) was incorporated on February 7, 2000 and subsequently obtained approval from the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System to be a bank holding company in connection with its acquisition of Central Valley Community Bank (the “Bank”).  The Company became the sole shareholder of the Bank on November 15, 2000 in a statutory merger, pursuant to which each outstanding share of the Bank’s common stock was exchanged for one share of common stock of the Company.
Service 1 st Capital Trust I (the Trust) is a business trust formed by Service 1 st  for the sole purpose of issuing trust preferred securities.  The Company succeeded to all the rights and obligations of Service 1 st  in connection with the acquisition of Service 1 st .  The Trust is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company.
The Bank operates 21 full service offices in Clovis, Exeter, Fresno, Kerman, Lodi, Madera, Merced, Modesto, Oakhurst, Prather, Sacramento, Stockton, Tracy, and Visalia, California.  The Bank’s primary source of revenue is providing loans to customers who are predominately small and middle-market businesses and individuals.
The deposits of the Bank are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) up to applicable legal limits. Depositors’ accounts at an insured depository institution, including all non-interest bearing transactions accounts, will be insured by the FDIC up to the standard maximum deposit insurance amount of $250,000 for each deposit insurance ownership category.
The accounting and reporting policies of Central Valley Community Bancorp and Subsidiary conform with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and prevailing practices within the banking industry.
Management has determined that because all of the banking products and services offered by the Company are available in each branch of the Bank, all branches are located within the same economic environment and management does not allocate resources based on the performance of different lending or transaction activities, it is appropriate to aggregate the Bank branches and report them as a single operating segment.  No customer accounts for more than 10 percent of revenues for the Company or the Bank.
 
Principles of Consolidation - The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and the consolidated accounts of its wholly-owned subsidiary, the Bank.
For financial reporting purposes, Service 1st Capital Trust I, is a wholly-owned subsidiary acquired in the merger of Service 1 st  Bancorp and formed for the exclusive purpose of issuing trust preferred securities. The Company is not considered the primary beneficiary of this trust (variable interest entity), therefore the trust is not consolidated in the Company’s financial statements, but rather the subordinated debentures are shown as a liability on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.  The Company’s investment in the common stock of the Trust is included in accrued interest receivable and other assets on the consolidated balance sheet. 
 
Use of Estimates - The preparation of these financial statements requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amount of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses.  On an ongoing basis, management evaluates the estimates used.  Estimates are based upon historical experience, current economic conditions and other factors that management considers reasonable under the circumstances.
These estimates result in judgments regarding the carrying values of assets and liabilities when these values are not readily available from other sources, as well as assessing and identifying the accounting treatments of contingencies and commitments.  These estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions. The allowance for credit losses, deferred taxes assets and fair values of financial instruments are estimates which are particularly subject to change.
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents - For the purpose of the statement of cash flows, cash, due from banks with maturities less than 90 days, and Federal funds sold are considered to be cash equivalents.  Generally, Federal funds are sold for one-day periods. Net cash flows are reported for customer loan and deposit transactions, interest bearing deposits in other financial institutions, and federal funds purchased.

Investment Securities - Investments are classified into the following categories:
 
Available-for-sale securities, reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses excluded from earnings and reported, net of taxes, as accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) within shareholders’ equity.
 

67


Held-to-maturity securities, which management has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity, reported at amortized cost, adjusted for the accretion of discounts and amortization of premiums.
 
Management determines the appropriate classification of its investments at the time of purchase and may only change the classification in certain limited circumstances.  All transfers between categories are accounted for at fair value. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 , there were no transfers between categories. At December 31, 2013 and 2012 , the Company had no held-to-maturity securities.
Gains or losses on the sale of investment securities are computed on the specific identification method.  Interest earned on investment securities is reported in interest income, net of applicable adjustments for accretion of discounts and amortization of premiums. Premiums and discounts on securities are amortized or accreted on the level yield method without anticipating prepayments, except for mortgage backed securities where prepayments are anticipated.
An investment security is impaired when its carrying value is greater than its fair value.  Investment securities that are impaired are evaluated on at least a quarterly basis and more frequently when economic or market conditions warrant such an evaluation to determine whether such a decline in their fair value is other than temporary.  Management utilizes criteria such as the magnitude and duration of the decline and the intent and ability of the Company to retain its investment in the securities for a period of time sufficient to allow for an anticipated recovery in fair value, in addition to the reasons underlying the decline, to determine whether the loss in value is other than temporary.  The term “other than temporary” is not intended to indicate that the decline is permanent, but indicates that the prospect for a near-term recovery of value is not necessarily favorable, or that there is a lack of evidence to support a realizable value equal to or greater than the carrying value of the investment.  Once a decline in value is determined to be other than temporary, and management does not intend to sell the security or it is more likely than not that the Company will not be required to sell the security before recovery, for debt securities, only the portion of the impairment loss representing credit exposure is recognized as a charge to earnings, with the balance recognized as a charge to other comprehensive income.  If management intends to sell the security or it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security before recovering its forecasted cost, the entire impairment loss is recognized as a charge to earnings.
 
Loans - For all loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoff are stated at principal balances outstanding net of deferred loan fees and costs, and the allowance for credit losses.  Interest is accrued daily based upon outstanding loan balances.  However, for all loans when, in the opinion of management, loans are considered impaired and the future collectibility of interest and principal is in serious doubt, a loan is placed on nonaccrual status and the accrual of interest income is suspended.  Any loan 90 days or more delinquent is automatically placed on nonaccrual status. Any interest accrued but unpaid is charged against income.  Payments received are applied to reduce principal to ensure collection.  Subsequent payments on these loans, or payments received on nonaccrual loans for which the ultimate collectibility of principal is not in doubt, are applied first to principal until fully collected and then to interest.
Interest income on mortgage and commercial loans is discontinued at the time the loan is 90 days delinquent unless the loan is well-secured and in process of collection. Consumer and credit card loans are typically charged off no later than 90 days past due. Past due status is based on the contractual terms of the loan. In all cases, loans are placed on nonaccrual or charged-off at an earlier date if collection of principal or interest is considered doubtful. Nonaccrual loans and loans past due 90 days still on accrual include both smaller balance homogeneous loans that are individually evaluated for impairment. A loan is moved to non-accrual status in accordance with the Company’s policy, typically after 90 days of non-payment. A loan placed on non-accrual status may be restored to accrual status when principal and interest are no longer past due and unpaid, or the loan otherwise becomes both well secured and in the process of collection. When a loan is brought current the Company must also have a reasonable assurance that the obligor has the ability to meet all contractual obligations in the future, that the loan will be repaid within a reasonable period of time, and that a minimum of six months of satisfactory repayment performance has occurred.
Substantially all loan origination fees, commitment fees, direct loan origination costs and purchase premiums and discounts on loans are deferred and recognized as an adjustment of yield, and amortized to interest income over the contractual term of the loan.  The unamortized balance of deferred fees and costs is reported as a component of net loans.

Allowance for Credit Losses - The allowance for credit losses (the "allowance") is an estimate of probable credit losses in the Company’s loan portfolio that have been incurred as of the balance-sheet date.  The allowance is established through a provision for credit losses which is charged to expense.  Additions to the allowance are expected to maintain the adequacy of the total allowance after credit losses and loan growth.  Credit exposures determined to be uncollectible are charged against the allowance.  Cash received on previously charged off amounts is recorded as a recovery to the allowance.  The overall allowance consists of two primary components, specific reserves related to impaired loans and general reserves for inherent losses related to loans that are not impaired.
For all loan classes, a loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due, including principal and interest, according to the contractual terms of the original agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value,

68


and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed. Loans determined to be impaired are individually evaluated for impairment.  When a loan is impaired, the Company measures impairment based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, except that as a practical expedient, it may measure impairment based on a loan’s observable market price, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.  A loan is collateral dependent if the repayment of the loan is expected to be provided solely by the underlying collateral.
A restructuring of a debt constitutes a troubled debt restructuring (TDR) if the Company for economic or legal reasons related to the debtor’s financial difficulties grants a concession to the debtor that it would not otherwise consider.  Restructured workout loans typically present an elevated level of credit risk as the borrowers are not able to perform according to the original contractual terms.  Loans that are reported as TDRs are considered impaired and measured for impairment as described above. For TDRs that subsequently default, the Company determines the amount of reserve in accordance with the accounting policy for the allowance for credit losses.
The Company has loans that were acquired in an acquisition, for which there was, at acquisition, evidence of deterioration of credit quality since origination and for which it was probable, at acquisition, that all contractually required payments would not be collected. These purchased credit impaired loans are recorded at the amount paid, such that there is no carryover of the seller’s allowance for loan losses. After acquisition, losses are recognized by an increase in the allowance for loan losses. The Company estimates the amount and timing of expected cash flows for each loan and the expected cash flows in excess of amount paid is recorded as interest income over the remaining life of the loan (accretable yield). The excess of the loan’s contractual principal and interest over expected cash flows is not recorded (nonaccretable difference). Over the life of the loan, expected cash flows continue to be estimated. If the present value of expected cash flows is less than the carrying amount, a loss is recorded. If the present value of expected cash flows is greater than the carrying amount, it is recognized as part of future interest income.
For all portfolio segments, the determination of the general reserve for loans that are not impaired is based on estimates made by management,  including but not limited to, consideration of a simple average of historical losses by portfolio segment over the most recent 20 quarters, and qualitative factors including economic trends in the Company’s service areas, industry experience and trends, geographic concentrations, estimated collateral values, the Company’s underwriting policies, the character of the loan portfolio, and probable losses inherent in the portfolio taken as a whole.
The Company maintains a separate allowance for each portfolio segment.  These portfolio segments include commercial, real estate, and consumer loans.  The relative significance of risk considerations vary by portfolio segment. For commercial and real estate loans, the primary risk consideration is a borrower’s ability to generate sufficient cash flows to repay their loan. Secondary considerations include the creditworthiness of guarantors and the valuation of collateral. In addition to the creditworthiness of a borrower, the type and location of real estate collateral is an important risk factor for real estate loans. The primary risk considerations for consumer loans are a borrower’s personal cash flow and liquidity, as well as collateral value. The allowance for credit losses attributable to each portfolio segment, which includes both impaired loans and loans that are not impaired, is combined to determine the Company’s overall allowance, which is included on the consolidated balance sheet.
The Company assigns a risk rating to all loans, and periodically performs detailed reviews of all such loans over a certain threshold to identify credit risks and to assess the overall collectibility of the portfolio. The most recent review of risk rating was completed in December 2013 . These risk ratings are also subject to examination by independent specialists engaged by the Company and the Company’s regulators.  During these internal reviews, management monitors and analyzes the financial condition of borrowers and guarantors, trends in the industries in which borrowers operate and the fair values of collateral securing these loans.  These credit quality indicators are used to assign a risk rating to each individual loan.  The risk ratings can be grouped into five major categories, defined as follows:
Pass — A pass loan is a strong credit with no existing or known potential weaknesses deserving of management’s close attention.
Special Mention — A special mention loan has potential weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention.  If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for the loan or in the Company’s credit position at some future date.  Special Mention loans are not adversely classified and do not expose the Company to sufficient risk to warrant adverse classification.
Substandard — A substandard loan is not adequately protected by the current sound worth and paying capacity of the borrower or the value of the collateral pledged, if any.  Loans classified as substandard have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt.  Well defined weaknesses include a project’s lack of marketability, inadequate cash flow or collateral support, failure to complete construction on time or the project’s failure to fulfill economic expectations.  They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the Company will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.

69


Doubtful — Loans classified doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in those classified as substandard with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently known facts, conditions and values, highly questionable and improbable.  The possibility of loss is extremely high, but because of certain important and reasonably specific pending factors, which may work to the advantage and strengthening of the asset, its classification as an estimated loss is deferred until its more exact status may be determined.  Pending factors include proposed merger, acquisition, or liquidation procedures, capital injection, perfecting liens on additional collateral, and refinancing plans.  Doubtful classification is considered temporary and short term.
Loss — Loans classified as loss are considered uncollectible and charged off immediately.
The general reserve component of the allowance for loan losses also consists of reserve factors that are based on management’s assessment of the following for each portfolio segment: (1) inherent credit risk, (2) historical losses and (3) other qualitative factors including economic trends in the Company’s service areas, industry experience and trends, geographic concentrations, estimated collateral values, the Company’s underwriting policies, the character of the loan portfolio, and probable losses inherent in the portfolio taken as a whole.  Inherent credit risk and qualitative reserve factors are inherently subjective and are driven by the repayment risk associated with each class of loans described below.

Commercial:
Commercial and industrial — Commercial and industrial loans are generally underwritten to existing cash flows of operating businesses.  Debt coverage is provided by business cash flows and economic trends influenced by unemployment rates and other key economic indicators are closely correlated to the credit quality of these loans. Past due receivables indicate the borrower's capacity to repay their obligations may be deteriorating.
Agricultural land and production — Loans secured by crop production and livestock are especially vulnerable to two risk factors that are largely outside the control of Company and borrowers: commodity prices and weather conditions.
 
Real Estate:
Owner Occupied — Real estate collateral secured by commercial or professional properties with repayment arising from the owner’s business cash flows.  To meet this classification, the owner’s operation must occupy no less than 50% of the real estate held.  Financial profitability and capacity to meet the cyclical nature of the industry and related real estate market over a significant timeframe is essential.
Real estate construction and other land loans — Land and construction loans generally possess a higher inherent risk of loss than other real estate portfolio segments.  A major risk arises from the necessity to complete projects within specified cost and time lines.  Trends in the construction industry significantly impact the credit quality of these loans, as demand drives construction activity.  In addition, trends in real estate values significantly impact the credit quality of these loans, as property values determine the economic viability of construction projects.
Agricultural real estate — Agricultural loans secured by real estate generally possess a higher inherent risk of loss caused by changes in concentration of permanent plantings, government subsidies, and the value of the U.S. dollar affecting the export of commodities.
Commercial real estate — Commercial real estate loans generally possess a higher inherent risk of loss than other real estate portfolio segments, except land and construction loans.  Adverse economic developments or an overbuilt market impact commercial real estate projects and may result in troubled loans.  Trends in vacancy rates of commercial properties impact the credit quality of these loans.  High vacancy rates reduce operating revenues and the ability for properties to produce sufficient cash flows to service debt obligations.
Other Real Estate — Primarily loans secured by agricultural real estate for development and production of permanent plantings that have not reached maximum yields.  Also real estate loans where agricultural vertical integration exists in packing and shipping of commodities.  Risk is primarily based on the liquidity of the borrower to sustain payment during the development period.  In addition, weather conditions and commodity prices within obligor’s existing agricultural production may affect repayment.
 
Consumer:
Equity loans and lines of credit — The degree of risk in residential real estate lending depends primarily on the loan amount in relation to collateral value, the interest rate and the borrower’s ability to repay in an orderly fashion.  These loans generally possess a lower inherent risk of loss than other real estate portfolio segments.  Economic trends determined by unemployment rates and other key economic indicators are closely correlated to the credit quality of these loans.  Weak economic trends indicate that the borrowers’ capacity to repay their obligations may be deteriorating.
Consumer and installment — An installment loan portfolio is usually comprised of a large number of small loans scheduled to be amortized over a specific period.  Most installment loans are made directly for consumer purchases, but business loans granted for the purchase of heavy equipment or industrial vehicles may also be included. Consumer loans include credit card and other open ended unsecured consumer receivables. Credit card receivables and open ended unsecured receivables generally have a higher rate of default than all other portfolio segments and are also impacted by weak economic

70


conditions and trends.  Credit card receivables and open ended unsecured receivables in homogeneous loan portfolio segments are not evaluated for specific impairment.
Although management believes the allowance to be adequate, ultimate losses may vary from its estimates.  At least quarterly, the Board of Directors reviews the adequacy of the allowance, including consideration of the relative risks in the portfolio, current economic conditions and other factors.  If the Board of Directors and management determine that changes are warranted based on those reviews, the allowance is adjusted.  In addition, the Company’s primary regulators , the FDIC and California Department of Business Oversight, as an integral part of their examination process, review the adequacy of the allowance. Also, subject to examination by independent specialists.  These regulatory agencies may require additions to the allowance based on their judgment about information available at the time of their examinations.

Bank Premises and Equipment - Land is carried at cost. Bank premises and equipment are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation.  Depreciation is determined using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets.  The useful lives of Bank premises are estimated to be between twenty and forty years.  The useful lives of improvements to Bank premises, furniture, fixtures and equipment are estimated to be three to ten years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the life of the asset or the term of the related lease, whichever is shorter.  When assets are sold or otherwise disposed of, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts, and any resulting gain or loss is recognized in income for the period.  The cost of maintenance and repairs is charged to expense as incurred.
The Bank evaluates premises and equipment for financial impairment as events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be fully recoverable.
 
Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) Stock - The Bank is a member of the FHLB system. Members are required to own a certain amount of stock based on the level of borrowings and other factors, and may invest in additional amounts. FHLB stock is carried at cost, classified as a restricted security, and periodically evaluated for impairment based on ultimate recovery of par value. Both cash and stock dividends are reported as income.

Other Real Estate Owned - Other real estate owned (OREO) is comprised of property acquired through foreclosure proceedings or acceptance of deeds-in-lieu of foreclosure.  Losses recognized at the time of acquiring property in full or partial satisfaction of debt are charged against the allowance for credit losses.  OREO is initially recorded at fair value less estimated disposition costs.  Fair value of OREO is generally based on an independent appraisal of the property.  Subsequent to initial measurement, OREO is carried at the lower of the recorded investment or fair value less disposition costs.  If fair value declines subsequent to foreclosure, a valuation allowance is recorded through noninterest expense. Revenues and expenses associated with OREO are reported as a component of noninterest expense when incurred.
 
Bank Owned Life Insurance - The Company has purchased life insurance policies on certain key executives. Company owned life insurance is recorded at the amount that can be realized under the insurance contract at the balance sheet date, which is the cash surrender value adjusted for other charges or other amounts due that are probable at settlement.

Goodwill - Business combinations involving the Bank’s acquisition of the equity interests or net assets of another enterprise give rise to goodwill.  Total goodwill at December 31, 2013 and 2012 represents the excess of the cost of Visalia Community Bank, Service 1 st  Bancorp and Bank of Madera County, respectively, over the net of the amounts assigned to assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the transactions accounted for under the purchase method of accounting.  The value of goodwill is ultimately derived from the Bank’s ability to generate net earnings after the acquisitions and is not deductible for tax purposes.  A decline in net earnings could be indicative of a decline in the fair value of goodwill and result in impairment.  For that reason, goodwill is assessed at least annually for impairment.
The Company has selected September 30 as the date to perform the annual impairment test. Management assessed qualitative factors including performance trends and noted no factors indicating goodwill impairment. Goodwill is also tested for impairment between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of the Company below its carrying amount.  No such events or circumstances arose during the fourth quarter of 2013 , so goodwill was not required to be retested. Goodwill is the only intangible asset with an indefinite life on our balance sheet.
 
Intangible Assets - The intangible assets at December 31, 2013 represent the estimated fair value of the core deposit relationships acquired in the acquisition of Service 1 st  Bank in 2008, and the 2013 acquisition of Visalia Community Bank.  Core deposit intangibles are being amortized using the straight-line method over an estimated life of seven - ten years from the date of acquisition.  Management evaluates the remaining useful lives quarterly to determine whether events or circumstances warrant a revision to the remaining periods of amortization.  Based on the evaluation, no changes to the remaining useful lives was required.  Management performed an annual impairment test on core deposit intangibles as of September 30, 2013 and determined no impairment was necessary. 
 

71


Loan Commitments and Related Financial Instruments - Financial instruments include off‑balance sheet credit instruments, such as commitments to make loans and commercial letters of credit, issued to meet customer financing needs. The face amount of these items represents the exposure to loss, before considering customer collateral or ability to repay. Such financial instruments are recorded when they are funded.

Income Taxes - The Company files its income taxes on a consolidated basis with its Subsidiary.  The allocation of income tax expense represents each entity’s proportionate share of the consolidated provision for income taxes.
Income tax expense represents the total of the current year income tax due or refundable and the change in deferred tax assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the tax consequences of temporary differences between the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and their tax bases.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted for the effects of changes in tax laws and rates on the date of enactment.  On the balance sheet, net deferred tax assets are included in accrued interest receivable and other assets.
The realization of deferred income tax assets is assessed and a valuation allowance is recorded if it is “more likely than not” that all or a portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.  “More likely than not” is defined as greater than a 50% chance.  All available evidence, both positive and negative is considered to determine whether, based on the weight of that evidence, a valuation allowance is needed. 
 
Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes - The Company uses a comprehensive model for recognizing, measuring, presenting and disclosing in the financial statements tax positions taken or expected to be taken on a tax return.  A tax position is recognized as a benefit only if it is more likely than not that the tax position would be sustained in a tax examination, with a tax examination being presumed to occur.  The amount recognized is the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized on examination.  For tax positions not meeting the more likely than not test, no tax benefit is recorded.
Interest expense and penalties associated with unrecognized tax benefits, if any, are classified as income tax expense in the consolidated statement of income.

Retirement Plans - Employee 401(k) plan expense is the amount of employer matching contributions. Profit sharing plan expense is the amount of employer contributions. Contributions to the profit sharing plan are determined at the discretion of the Board of Directors. Deferred compensation and supplemental retirement plan expense is allocated over years of service.

Earnings Per Common Share - Basic earnings per common share (EPS), which excludes dilution, is computed by dividing income available to common shareholders (net income after deducting dividends on preferred stock and accretion of discount) by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period.  Diluted EPS reflects the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock, such as stock options or warrants, result in the issuance of common stock which shares in the earnings of the Company.  All data with respect to computing earnings per share is retroactively adjusted to reflect stock dividends and splits and the treasury stock method is applied to determine the dilutive effect of stock options in computing diluted EPS.
 
Comprehensive Income - Comprehensive income consists of net income and other comprehensive income. Other comprehensive income includes unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale which are also recognized as separate components of equity.

Loss Contingencies - Loss contingencies, including claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business, are recorded as liabilities when the likelihood of loss is probable and an amount or range of loss can be reasonably estimated. Management does not believe there are such matters that will have a material effect on the financial statements.

Restrictions on Cash: - Cash on hand or on deposit with the Federal Reserve Bank was required to meet regulatory reserve and clearing requirements.

Share-Based Compensation - Compensation cost is recognized for stock options and restricted stock awards issued to employees, based on the fair value of these awards at the date of grant. A Black-Scholes-Merton model is utilized to estimate the fair value of stock options, while the market price of the Company’s common stock at the date of grant is used for restricted stock awards.
Compensation cost is recognized over the required service period, generally defined as the vesting period. For awards with graded vesting, compensation cost is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award.
The cash flows from the tax benefits resulting from tax deductions in excess of the compensation cost recognized for those options (excess tax benefits) are classified as cash flows from financing activity in the statement of cash flows.  Excess tax benefits for the years ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 , and 2011 were $17,000 , $26,000 , and $116,000 , respectively.


72


Dividend Restriction: - Banking regulations require maintaining certain capital levels and may limit the dividends paid by the Bank to the Company or by the Company to shareholders.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments - Fair values of financial instruments are estimated using relevant market information and other assumptions, as more fully disclosed in Note 3 . Fair value estimates involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment regarding interest rates, credit risk, prepayments, and other factors, especially in the absence of broad markets for particular items. Changes in assumptions or in market conditions could significantly affect these estimates.
Reclassifications - Some items in the prior years’ financial statements were reclassified to conform to the current presentation. Reclassifications had no effect on prior years’ net income or shareholders’ equity.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Impact of New Financial Accounting Standards

Presentation of Comprehensive Income

In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-02, Comprehensive Income (“Topic 220”) - Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (“ASU 13-02”). This ASU requires an entity to provide information about the amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by component. In addition, an entity is required to present, either on the face of the statement where net income is presented or in the notes, significant amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by the respective line items of net income but only if the amount reclassified is required under GAAP to be reclassified to net income in its entirety in the same reporting period. For other amounts that are not required under GAAP to be reclassified in their entirety to net income, an entity is required to cross-reference to other disclosures required under GAAP that provide additional detail about those amounts. ASU 13-02 is effective prospectively for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2012. The Company adopted this standard on January 1, 2013. The adoption of this ASU did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

2. ACQUISITION OF VISALIA COMMUNITY BANK

Effective July 1, 2013, the Company acquired Visalia Community Bank, headquartered in Visalia, California, wherein Visalia Community Bank,with three branches in Visalia and one branch in Exeter, merged with and into Central Valley Community Bancorp’s subsidiary, Central Valley Community Bank, in a combined cash and stock transaction. The acquired assets and liabilities were recorded at fair value at the date of acquisition.
Under the terms of the merger agreement, the Company issued an aggregate of approximately 1.263 million shares of its common stock and cash totaling approximately $11.05 million to the former shareholders of Visalia Community Bank. Each Visalia Community Bank common shareholder of record at the effective time of the merger became entitled to receive 2.971 shares of common stock of the Company for each of their shares of Visalia Community Bank common stock.
In accordance with GAAP guidance for business combinations, the Company recorded $6.34 million of goodwill and $1.37 million of other intangible assets on the acquisition date. The other intangible assets are primarily related to core deposits and are being amortized using a straight-line method over a period of ten years with no significant residual value. For tax purposes purchase accounting adjustments, including goodwill are all non-taxable and/or non-deductible.
The acquisition was consistent with the Company’s strategy to build a regional presence in Central California. The acquisition offers the Company the opportunity to increase profitability by introducing existing products and services to the acquired customer base as well as add new customers in the expanded region. Goodwill arising from the acquisition consisted largely of synergies and the cost savings resulting from the combined operations.
The following table summarizes the consideration paid for Visalia Community Bank and the amounts of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed recognized at the acquisition date (in thousands):

73


Merger consideration:
 
Cash
$
11,050

Common stock issued
12,727

Fair Value of Total Consideration Transferred
$
23,777

 
 
Recognized amounts of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed:
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
51,985

Loans, net
113,467

Investments
14,818

Core deposit intangible
1,365

Premises and equipment
4,263

Federal Home Loan Bank stock
698

Other real estate owned
263

Deferred taxes and taxes receivable
3,179

Bank owned life insurance
6,786

Other assets
797

Total assets acquired
197,621

Deposits
174,206

Other liabilities
5,978

Total liabilities assumed
180,184

Total identifiable net assets
17,437

Goodwill
$
6,340


The fair value of net assets acquired includes fair value adjustments to certain loans that were not considered impaired as of the acquisition date. The fair value adjustments were determined using discounted contractual cash flows. However, the Company believes that all contractual cash flows related to these financial instruments will be collected. As such, these loans were not considered impaired at the acquisition date and were not subject to the guidance relating to purchased credit impaired loans, which have shown evidence of credit deterioration since origination. Loans acquired that were not subject to these requirements include non-impaired loans and customer receivables with a fair value and gross contractual amounts receivable of $110,891,000 and $113,743,000 , respectively, on the date of acquisition. See Note 5 for discussion of purchased credit impaired loans.

Pro Forma Results of Operations

The following table presents pro forma results of operations information for the periods presented as if the acquisition had occurred on January 1, 2012 after giving effect to certain adjustments. The pro forma results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 include the historical accounts of the Company and Visalia Community Bank and pro forma adjustments as may be required, including the amortization of intangibles with definite lives and the amortization or accretion of any premiums or discounts arising from fair value adjustments for assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The pro forma information is intended for informational purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the Company’s future operating results or operating results that would have occurred had the acquisition been completed at the beginning of 2012. No assumptions have been applied to the pro forma results of operations regarding possible revenue enhancements, expense efficiencies or asset dispositions. (In thousands, except per share amounts):

74


 
 
For the Years Ended December 31,
 
 
2013
 
2012
Net interest income
 
$
36,773

 
36,964

Provision for credit losses
 
298

 
1,534

Non-interest income
 
8,576

 
9,394

Non-interest expense
 
36,917

 
35,531

Income before provision for income taxes
 
8,134

 
9,293

Provision for income taxes
 
783

 
1,625

Net income
 
$
7,351

 
$
7,668

Preferred stock dividends and accretion
 
350

 
350

Net income available to common shareholders
 
$
7,001

 
$
7,318

Basic earnings per common share
 
$
0.68

 
$
0.67

Diluted earnings per common share
 
$
0.68

 
$
0.68


3.
FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS
 
Fair Value Hierarchy
 
Fair value is the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. In accordance with applicable guidance, the Company groups its assets and liabilities measured at fair value in three levels, based on the markets in which the assets and liabilities are traded and the reliability of the assumptions used to determine fair value.  Valuations within these levels are based upon:
 
Level 1 — Quoted market prices (unadjusted) for identical instruments traded in active exchange markets that the Company has the ability to access as of the measurement date.
 
Level 2 — Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, and model-based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.
 
Level 3 — Model-based techniques that use at least one significant assumption not observable in the market.  These unobservable assumptions reflect the Company’s estimates of assumptions that market participants would use on pricing the asset or liability.  Valuation techniques include management judgment and estimation which may be significant.

Management monitors the availability of observable market data to assess the appropriate classification of financial instruments within the fair value hierarchy. Changes in economic conditions or model-based valuation techniques may require the transfer of financial instruments from one fair value level to another. In such instances, we report the transfer at the beginning of the reporting period.
    
The estimated carrying and fair values of the Company’s financial instruments are as follows (in thousands):

75


 
 
December 31, 2013
 
 
Carrying
Amount
 
Fair Value
 
 
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Total
Financial assets:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 
 
 

Cash and due from banks
 
$
25,878

 
$
25,878

 
$

 
$

 
$
25,878

Interest-earning deposits in other banks
 
85,956

 
85,956

 

 

 
85,956

Federal funds sold
 
218

 
218

 

 

 
218

Available-for-sale investment securities
 
443,224

 
7,514

 
435,710

 

 
443,224

Loans, net
 
503,149

 

 

 
507,361

 
507,361

Federal Home Loan Bank stock
 
4,499

 
N/A

 
N/A

 
N/A

 
N/A

Accrued interest receivable
 
5,026

 
21

 
2,976

 
2,029

 
5,026

Financial liabilities:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 
 
 

Deposits
 
1,004,143

 
834,864

 
169,065

 

 
1,003,929

Short-term borrowings
 

 

 

 

 

Junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures
 
5,155

 

 

 
2,750

 
2,750

Accrued interest payable
 
129

 

 
105

 
24

 
129


 
 
December 31, 2012
 
 
Carrying
Amount
 
Fair Value
 
 
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Total
Financial assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and due from banks
 
$
22,405

 
$
22,405

 
$

 
$

 
$
22,405

Interest-earning deposits in other banks
 
30,123

 
30,123

 

 

 
30,123

Federal funds sold
 
428

 
428

 

 

 
428

Available-for-sale investment securities
 
393,965

 
7,948

 
386,017

 

 
393,965

Loans, net
 
385,185

 

 

 
388,834

 
388,834

Federal Home Loan Bank stock
 
3,850

 
N/A

 
N/A

 
N/A

 
N/A

Accrued interest receivable
 
4,267

 
22

 
2,395

 
1,850

 
4,267

Financial liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Deposits
 
751,432

 
614,556

 
137,401

 

 
751,957

Short-term borrowings
 
4,000

 

 
4,016

 

 
4,016

Junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures
 
5,155

 

 

 
2,990

 
2,990

Accrued interest payable
 
174

 

 
149

 
25

 
174

 
These estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from offering the Company’s entire holdings of a particular financial instrument for sale at one time, nor do they attempt to estimate the value of anticipated future business related to the instruments.  In addition, the tax ramifications related to the realization of unrealized gains and losses can have a significant effect on fair value estimates and have not been considered in any of these estimates.
These estimates are made at a specific point in time based on relevant market data and information about the financial instruments.  Because no market exists for a significant portion of the Company’s financial instruments, fair value estimates are based on judgments regarding current economic conditions, risk characteristics of various financial instruments and other factors.  These estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and therefore cannot be determined with precision.  Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the fair values presented.
    
The methods and assumptions used to estimate fair values are described as follows:

(a) Cash and Cash Equivalents The carrying amounts of cash and due from banks, interest-earning deposits in other banks, and Federal funds sold approximate fair values and are classified as Level 1.

(b) Available-for-Sale Investment Securities — Available-for-sale investment securities in Level 1 are mutual funds and fair values are based on quoted market prices for identical instruments traded in active markets. Fair values for available-for-sale

76


investment securities classified in Level 2 are based on quoted market prices for similar securities in active markets. For securities where quoted prices or market prices of similar securities are not available, fair values are calculated using discounted cash flows or other market indicators.

(c) Loans — Fair values of loans are estimated as follows: For variable rate loans that reprice frequently and with no significant change in credit risk, fair values are based on carrying values resulting in a Level 3 classification. Purchased credit impaired (PCI) loans are measured at estimated fair value on the date of acquisition. Carrying value is calculated as the present value of expected cash flows and approximates fair value. Fair values for other loans are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, using interest rates currently being offered for loans with similar terms to borrowers of similar credit quality resulting in a Level 3 classification. Impaired loans are initially valued at the lower of cost or fair value. Impaired loans carried at fair value generally receive specific allocations of the allowance for loan losses. For collateral dependent loans, fair value is commonly based on recent real estate appraisals. These appraisals may utilize a single valuation approach or a combination of approaches including comparable sales and the income approach. Adjustments are routinely made in the appraisal process by the independent appraisers to adjust for differences between the comparable sales and income data available. Such adjustments are usually significant and typically result in a Level 3 classification of the inputs for determining fair value. Non-real estate collateral may be valued using an appraisal, net book value per the borrower’s financial statements, or aging reports, adjusted or discounted based on management's historical knowledge, changes in market conditions from the time of the valuation, and management’s expertise and knowledge of the client and client’s business, resulting in a Level 3 fair value classification. Impaired loans are evaluated on a quarterly basis for additional impairment and adjusted accordingly. The methods utilized to estimate the fair value of loans do not necessarily represent an exit price.

(d) FHLB Stock — It is not practicable to determine the fair value of FHLB stock due to restrictions placed on its transferability.

e) Other real state owned — OREO is measured at fair value less estimated costs to sell when acquired, establishing a new cost basis. Fair value is commonly based on recent real estate appraisals. These appraisals may utilize a single valuation approach or a combination of approaches including comparable sales and the income approach. Adjustments are routinely made in the appraisal process to adjust for differences between the comparable sales and income data available. The Company records OREO as non-recurring with level 3 measurement inputs.

(f) Deposits — Fair value of demand deposit, savings, and money market accounts are, by definition, equal to the amount payable on demand at the reporting date (i.e., their carrying amount) resulting resulting in a Level 1 classification. Fair value for fixed and variable rate certificates of deposit are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses using interest rates offered at each reporting date by the Company for certificates with similar remaining maturities resulting in a Level 2 classification.

(g) Short-Term Borrowings — The carrying amounts of federal funds purchased, borrowings under repurchase agreements, and other short-term borrowings, generally maturing within ninety days, approximate their fair values resulting in a Level 2 classification.

(h) Other Borrowings — The fair values of the Company’s long-term borrowings are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses based on the current borrowing rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements resulting in a Level 2 classification.
The fair values of the Company’s Subordinated Debentures are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses based on the current borrowing rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements resulting in a Level 3 classification.

(i) Accrued Interest Receivable/Payable — The fair value of accrued interest receivable and payable is based on the fair value hierarchy of the related asset or liability.

(j) Off-Balance Sheet Instruments — Fair values for off-balance sheet, credit-related financial instruments are based on fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the counterparties’ credit standing. The fair value of commitments is not material.
 
Assets Recorded at Fair Value
 
The following tables present information about the Company’s assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring and non-recurring basis as of December 31, 2013 :
 
Recurring Basis
 
The Company is required or permitted to record the following assets at fair value on a recurring basis under other accounting pronouncements (in thousands):

77


 
 
Fair Value
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
Available-for-sale investment securities
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Debt Securities:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

U.S. Government agencies
 
$
18,203

 
$

 
$
18,203

 
$

Obligations of states and political subdivisions
 
158,407

 

 
158,407

 

U.S. Government sponsored entities and agencies collateralized by residential mortgage obligations
 
253,709

 

 
253,709

 

Private label residential mortgage backed securities
 
5,391

 

 
5,391

 

Other equity securities
 
7,514

 
7,514

 

 

Total assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis
 
$
443,224

 
$
7,514

 
$
435,710

 
$

 
Securities in Level 1 are mutual funds and fair values are based on quoted market prices for identical instruments traded in active markets.  Fair values for available-for-sale investment securities in Level 2 are based on quoted market prices for similar securities in active markets. For securities where quoted prices or market prices of similar securities are not available, fair values are calculated using discounted cash flows or other market indicators.
Management evaluates the significance of transfers between levels based upon the nature of the financial instrument and size of the transfer relative to total assets, total liabilities or total earnings. During the year ended December 31, 2013 , no transfers between levels occurred.
There were no Level 3 assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2013 . Also there were no liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2013 .
 
Non-recurring Basis
 
The Company may be required, from time to time, to measure certain assets and liabilities at fair value on a non-recurring basis.  These include the following assets and liabilities that are measured at the lower of cost or fair value that were recognized at fair value which was below cost at December 31, 2013 (in thousands):
 
 
Fair Value
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
Impaired loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity loans and lines of credit
 
$
133

 
$

 
$

 
$
133

Total consumer
 
133

 

 

 
133

Total impaired loans
 
$
133

 
$

 
$

 
$
133

Total assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis
 
$
133

 
$

 
$

 
$
133


At the time a loan is considered impaired, it is valued at the lower of cost or fair value. Impaired loans carried at fair value generally receive specific allocations of the allowance for loan losses. For collateral dependent loans, fair value is commonly based on recent real estate appraisals. These appraisals may utilize a single valuation approach or a combination of approaches including comparable sales and the income approach. Adjustments are routinely made in the appraisal process by the independent appraisers to adjust for differences between the comparable sales and income data available. Such adjustments are usually significant and typically result in a Level 3 classification of the inputs for determining fair value. Non-real estate collateral may be valued using an appraisal, net book value per the borrower’s financial statements, or aging reports, adjusted or discounted based on management’s historical knowledge, changes in market conditions from the time of the valuation, and management’s expertise and knowledge of the client and client’s business, resulting in a Level 3 fair value classification. The fair value of impaired loans is based on the fair value of the collateral. Impaired loans were determined to be collateral dependent and categorized as Level 3 due to ongoing real estate market conditions resulting in inactive market data, which in turn required the use of unobservable inputs and assumptions in fair value measurements. Impaired loans evaluated under the discounted cash flow method are excluded from the table above. The discounted cash flow method as prescribed by topic 310 is not a fair value measurement since the discount rate utilized is the loan’s effective interest rate which is not a market rate. There were no changes in valuation techniques used during the year ended December 31, 2013 .
Appraisals for collateral-dependent impaired loans are performed by certified general appraisers (for commercial properties) or certified residential appraisers (for residential properties) whose qualifications and licenses have been reviewed and verified by the Company. Once received, the assumptions and approaches utilized in the appraisal as well as the overall resulting fair value is compared with independent data sources such as recent market data or industry-wide statistics.

78


Impaired loans that are measured for impairment using the fair value of the collateral for collateral dependent loans, had a principal balance of $194,000 with a valuation allowance of $61,000 at December 31, 2013 , resulting in an additional allowance for loan losses of $61,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013 , down to their fair value of $133,000 .

The following two tables present information about the Company’s assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring and nonrecurring basis as of December 31, 2012 :

Recurring Basis

The Company is required or permitted to record the following assets at fair value on a recurring basis under other accounting pronouncements (in thousands):
 
 
Fair Value
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
Available-for-sale securities
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Debt Securities:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

U.S. Government agencies
 
$
9,454

 
$

 
$
9,454

 
$

Obligations of states and political subdivisions
 
161,678

 

 
161,678

 

U.S. Government sponsored entities and agencies collateralized by residential mortgage obligations
 
208,510

 

 
208,510

 

Private label residential mortgage backed securities
 
6,375

 

 
6,375

 

Other equity securities
 
7,948

 
7,948

 

 

Total assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis
 
$
393,965

 
$
7,948

 
$
386,017

 
$

 
Securities in Level 1 are mutual funds and fair values are based on quoted market prices for identical instruments traded in active markets.  Fair values for available-for-sale investment securities in Level 2 are based on quoted market prices for similar securities in active markets. For securities where quoted prices or market prices of similar securities are not available, fair values are calculated using discounted cash flows or other market indicators.
There were no Level 3 assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2012 . Also there were no liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2012 .

Non-recurring Basis
 
The Company may be required, from time to time, to measure certain assets and liabilities at fair value on a non-recurring basis.  These include the following assets and liabilities that are measured at the lower of cost or fair value that were recognized at fair value which was below cost at December 31, 2012 (in thousands):
 
 
Fair Value
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
Impaired loans:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Real estate:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Owner occupied
 
194

 

 

 
194

Real estate-construction and other land loans
 
4,863

 

 

 
4,863

Total real estate
 
5,057

 

 

 
5,057

Consumer:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity loans and lines of credit
 
233

 

 

 
233

Total consumer
 
233

 

 

 
233

Total impaired loans
 
5,290

 




5,290

Total assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis
 
$
5,290

 
$

 
$

 
$
5,290

    
At the time a loan is considered impaired, it is valued at the lower of cost or fair value. Impaired loans carried at fair value generally receive specific allocations of the allowance for loan losses. For collateral dependent loans, fair value is commonly based on recent real estate appraisals. These appraisals may utilize a single valuation approach or a combination of approaches including comparable sales and the income approach. Adjustments are routinely made in the appraisal process by the independent appraisers to adjust for differences between the comparable sales and income data available. Such adjustments are usually significant and typically result in a Level 3 classification of the inputs for determining fair value. Non-real estate collateral may be valued using an appraisal, net book value per the borrower’s financial statements, or aging reports, adjusted or discounted

79


based on management’s historical knowledge, changes in market conditions from the time of the valuation, and management’s expertise and knowledge of the client and client’s business, resulting in a Level 3 fair value classification. The fair value of impaired loans is based on the fair value of the collateral. Impaired loans were determined to be collateral dependent and categorized as Level 3 due to ongoing real estate market conditions resulting in inactive market data, which in turn required the use of unobservable inputs and assumptions in fair value measurements. Impaired loans evaluated under the discounted cash flow method are excluded from the table above. The discounted cash flow method as prescribed by topic 310 is not a fair value measurement since the discount rate utilized is the loan’s effective interest rate which is not a market rate. There were no changes in valuation techniques used during the year ended December 31, 2012
Appraisals for collateral-dependent impaired loans are performed by certified general appraisers (for commercial properties) or certified residential appraisers (for residential properties) whose qualifications and licenses have been reviewed and verified by the Company. Once received, the assumptions and approaches utilized in the appraisal as well as the overall resulting fair value is compared with independent data sources such as recent market data or industry-wide statistics.
Impaired loans that are measured for impairment using the fair value of the collateral for collateral collateral dependent loans had a principal balance of $5,386,000 with a valuation allowance of $96,000 at December 31, 2012, resulting in an additional allocation in the allowance for loan losses of $19,000 for the year ended December 31, 2012 down to their fair value of $5,290,000 . The valuation allowance represents specific allocations for the allowance for credit losses for impaired loans.
There were no liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis at December 31, 2012 .

4.
INVESTMENT SECURITIES
  
The fair value of the available-for-sale investment portfolio reflected an unrealized loss of $ 3,884,000 at December 31, 2013 compared to an unrealized gain of $ 12,891,000 at December 31, 2012 . The unrealized loss or gain recorded is net of $1,598,000 in tax benefits and $5,305,000 in tax liabilities as accumulated other comprehensive income within shareholders’ equity at December 31, 2013 and 2012 , respectively. The Company did not have any held-to-maturity securities during the years ended December 31, 2013 or 2012 .
The following two tables set forth the carrying values and estimated fair values of our investment securities portfolio at the dates indicated (in thousands):
 
December 31, 2013
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Gross Unrealized
Gains
 
Gross Unrealized
Losses
 
Estimated
Fair Value
Available-for-Sale Securities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Debt Securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Government agencies
$
18,172

 
$
115

 
$
(84
)
 
$
18,203

Obligations of states and political subdivisions
162,018

 
2,906

 
(6,517
)
 
158,407

U.S. Government sponsored entities and agencies collateralized by residential mortgage obligations
254,978

 
1,075

 
(2,344
)
 
253,709

Private label residential mortgage backed securities
4,344

 
1,047

 

 
5,391

Other equity securities
7,596

 
2

 
(84
)
 
7,514

 
$
447,108

 
$
5,145

 
$
(9,029
)
 
$
443,224


 
December 31, 2012
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Gross Unrealized
  Gains
 
Gross Unrealized 
Losses
 
Estimated
  Fair Value
Available-for-Sale Securities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Debt Securities:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

U.S. Government agencies
$
9,443

 
$
34

 
$
(23
)
 
$
9,454

Obligations of states and political subdivisions
151,312

 
10,751

 
(385
)
 
161,678

U.S. Government sponsored entities and agencies collateralized by residential mortgage obligations
206,465

 
3,152

 
(1,107
)
 
208,510

Private label residential mortgage backed securities
6,258

 
323

 
(206
)
 
6,375

Other equity securities
7,596

 
352

 

 
7,948

`
$
381,074

 
$
14,612

 
$
(1,721
)
 
$
393,965

 

80


Proceeds and gross realized gains (losses) on investment securities for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 are shown below (in thousands):
 
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Available-for-Sale Securities
 
 

 
 

 
 

Proceeds from sales or calls
 
$
88,146

 
$
39,119

 
$
44,700

Gross realized gains from sales or calls
 
$
2,728

 
$
2,121

 
$
1,119

Gross realized losses from sales or calls
 
$
(1,463
)
 
$
(482
)
 
$
(821
)

The provision for income taxes includes $521,000 , $674,000 , and $110,000 income tax impact from the reclassification of unrealized net gains on available-for-sale securities to realized net gains on available-for-sale securities for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 , respectively.
Investment securities with unrealized losses at December 31, 2013 and 2012 are summarized and classified according to the duration of the loss period as follows (in thousands):
 
December 31, 2013
 
Less than 12 Months
 
12 Months or More
 
Total
 
Fair
Value
 
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair
Value
 
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair
Value
 
Unrealized
Losses
Available-for-Sale Securities
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Debt Securities:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

U.S. Government agencies
$
4,132

 
$
(75
)
 
$
968

 
$
(9
)
 
$
5,100

 
$
(84
)
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
89,556

 
(5,007
)
 
15,015

 
(1,510
)
 
104,571

 
(6,517
)
U.S. Government sponsored entities and agencies collateralized by residential mortgage obligations
148,853

 
(2,070
)
 
19,199

 
(274
)
 
168,052

 
(2,344
)
Other equity securities
7,416

 
(84
)
 

 

 
7,416

 
(84
)
 
$
249,957

 
$
(7,236
)
 
$
35,182

 
$
(1,793
)
 
$
285,139

 
$
(9,029
)
 
 
December 31, 2012
 
Less than 12 Months
 
12 Months or More
 
Total
 
Fair
Value
 
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair
Value
 
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair
Value
 
Unrealized
Losses
Available-for-Sale Securities
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Debt Securities:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

U.S. Government agencies
$
3,590

 
$
(23
)
 
$

 
$

 
$
3,590

 
$
(23
)
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
$
30,572

 
$
(385
)
 
$

 
$

 
$
30,572

 
$
(385
)
U.S. Government sponsored entities and agencies collateralized by residential mortgage obligations
76,764

 
(809
)
 
18,024

 
(298
)
 
94,788

 
(1,107
)
Private label residential mortgage backed securities

 

 
2,886

 
(206
)
 
2,886

 
(206
)
 
$
110,926

 
$
(1,217
)
 
$
20,910

 
$
(504
)
 
$
131,836

 
$
(1,721
)
 
We periodically evaluate each investment security for other-than-temporary impairment, relying primarily on industry analyst reports, observation of market conditions and interest rate fluctuations. Under ASC 320-10, the portion of the impairment that is attributable to a shortage in the present value of expected future cash flows relative to the amortized cost should be recorded as a current period charge to earnings. The discount rate in this analysis is the original yield expected at time of purchase.
As of December 31, 2013, the Company performed an analysis of the investment portfolio to determine whether any of the investments held in the portfolio had an other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI). Management evaluated all available-for-sale investment securities with an unrealized loss at December 31, 2013, and identified those that had an unrealized loss for at least a consecutive 12 month period, which had an unrealized loss at December 31, 2013 greater than 10% of the recorded

81


book value on that date, or which had an unrealized loss of more than $10,000.  Management also analyzed any securities that may have been down graded by credit rating agencies.
For those bonds that met the evaluation criteria management obtained and reviewed the most recently published national credit ratings for those bonds.  For those bonds that were municipal debt securities with an investment grade rating by the rating agencies, management also evaluated the financial condition of the municipality and any applicable municipal bond insurance provider and concluded that no credit related impairment existed.
    
U.S. Government Agencies - At December 31, 2013 , the Company held seven U.S. Government agency securities of which two were in a loss position for less than 12 months and one was in a loss position and has been in a loss position for 12 months or more. The unrealized losses on the Company’s investments in U.S. Government Agencies were caused by interest rate changes. Because the decline in market value is attributable to changes in interest rates and not credit quality, and because the Company does not intend to sell, and it is more likely than not that it will not be required to sell those investments until a recovery of fair value, which may be maturity, the Company does not consider those investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2013 .

Obligations of States and Political Subdivisions - At December 31, 2013 , the Company held 162 obligations of states and political subdivision securities of which 66 were in a loss position for less than 12 months and 14 were in a loss position and have been in a loss position for 12 months or more. The unrealized losses on the Company’s investments in obligations of states and political subdivision securities were caused by interest rate changes. Because the decline in market value is attributable to changes in interest rates and not credit quality, and because the Company does not intend to sell, and it is more likely than not that it will not be required to sell those investments until a recovery of fair value, which may be maturity, the Company does not consider those investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2013 .

U.S. Government Sponsored Entities and Agencies Collateralized by Residential Mortgage Obligations - At December 31, 2013 , the Company held 209 U.S. Government sponsored entity and agency securities collateralized by residential mortgage obligation securities of which 65 were in a loss position for less than 12 months and 16 in a loss position for more than 12 months. The unrealized losses on the Company’s investments in U.S. Government sponsored entity and agencies collateralized by residential mortgage obligations were caused by interest rate changes. The contractual cash flows of those investments are guaranteed or supported by an agency or sponsored entity of the U.S. Government. Accordingly, it is expected that the securities would not be settled at a price less than the amortized cost of the Company’s investment. Because the decline in market value is attributable to changes in interest rates and not credit quality, and because the Company does not intend to sell, and it is more likely than not that it will not be required to sell those investments until a recovery of fair value, which may be maturity, the Company does not consider those investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2013 .

Private Label Residential Mortgage Backed Securities - At December 31, 2013 , the Company had a total of 21 PLRMBS with a remaining principal balance of $ 4,344,000 and a net unrealized gain of approximately $ 1,047,000 None of these securities had an unrealized loss at December 31, 2013 Eight of these PLRMBS with a remaining principal balance of $ 3,400,000 had credit ratings below investment grade, and the Company recorded an OTTI charge of $17,000 related to two of these securities. As of December 31, 2013, these two PLRMBS had an unrealized gain of $81,000 . The Company continues to perform extensive analyses on all PLRMBS securities.

The following table provides a roll forward for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 of investment securities credit losses recorded in earnings (in thousands). The beginning balance represents the credit loss component for which OTTI occurred on debt securities in prior periods.  Additions represent the first time a debt security was credit impaired or when subsequent credit impairments have occurred on securities for which OTTI credit losses have been previously recognized.
 
 
Years ended December 31,
 
 
2013
 
2012
Beginning balance
 
$
783

 
783

Amounts related to credit loss for which an OTTI charge was not previously recognized
 
17

 

Increases to the amount related to credit loss for which OTTI was previously recognized
 

 

Realized losses for securities sold
 

 

Ending balance
 
$
800

 
$
783

 
The amortized cost and estimated fair value of investment securities at December 31, 2013 and 2012 by contractual maturity are shown in the two tables below (in thousands).  Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because the issuers of the securities may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

82


December 31, 2013
 
Amortized 
Cost
 
Estimated 
Fair Value
Within one year
 
$

 
$

After one year through five years
 
1,769

 
1,939

After five years through ten years
 
22,099

 
22,687

After ten years
 
138,150

 
133,781

 
 
162,018

 
158,407

Investment securities not due at a single maturity date:
 
 

 
 

U.S. Government agencies
 
18,172

 
18,203

U.S. Government sponsored entities and agencies collateralized by residential mortgage obligations
 
254,978

 
253,709

Private label residential mortgage backed securities
 
4,344

 
5,391

Other equity securities
 
7,596

 
7,514

 
 
$
447,108

 
$
443,224

 
December 31, 2012
 
Amortized 
Cost
 
Estimated 
Fair Value
Within one year
 
$
150

 
$
151

After one year through five years
 
10,355

 
11,250

After five years through ten years
 
20,256

 
22,176

After ten years
 
120,551

 
128,101

 
 
151,312

 
161,678

Investment securities not due at a single maturity date:
 
 

 
 

U.S. Government agencies
 
9,443

 
9,454

U.S. Government sponsored entities and agencies collateralized by residential mortgage obligations
 
206,465

 
208,510

Private label residential mortgage backed securities
 
6,258

 
6,375

Other equity securities
 
7,596

 
7,948

Total
 
$
381,074

 
$
393,965

 
     Investment securities with amortized costs totaling $98,701,000 and $81,245,000 and fair values totaling $99,209,000 and $89,343,000 were pledged as collateral for borrowing arrangements, public funds and for other purposes at December 31, 2013 and 2012 , respectively.  



83


5. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES
 
Outstanding loans are summarized as follows (in thousands):
Loan Type 
 
December 31,
2013
 
% of Total 
loans
 
December 31,
2012
 
% of Total 
loans
Commercial:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Commercial and industrial
 
$
87,082

 
17.0
%
 
$
77,956

 
19.7
%
Agricultural land and production
 
31,649

 
6.1
%
 
26,599

 
6.7
%
Total commercial
 
118,731

 
23.1
%
 
104,555

 
26.4
%
Real estate:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Owner occupied
 
156,781

 
30.6
%
 
114,444

 
28.9
%
Real estate construction and other land loans
 
42,329

 
8.3
%
 
33,199

 
8.4
%
Commercial real estate
 
86,117

 
16.8
%
 
53,797

 
13.6
%
Agricultural real estate
 
44,164

 
8.6
%
 
28,400

 
7.2
%
Other real estate
 
4,548

 
0.9
%
 
8,098

 
2.0
%
Total real estate
 
333,939

 
65.2
%
 
237,938

 
60.1
%
Consumer:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity loans and lines of credit
 
48,594

 
9.5
%
 
42,932

 
10.9
%
Consumer and installment
 
11,252

 
2.2
%
 
10,346

 
2.6
%
Total consumer
 
59,846

 
11.7
%
 
53,278

 
13.5
%
Deferred loan fees, net
 
(159
)
 
 
 
(453
)
 
 
Total gross loans
 
512,357

 
100.0
%
 
395,318

 
100.0
%
Allowance for credit losses
 
(9,208
)
 
 

 
(10,133
)
 
 

Total loans
 
$
503,149

 
 

 
$
385,185

 
 

 
The table above includes loans acquired at fair value on July 1, 2013 with outstanding balances of $99,948,000 as of December 31, 2013

At December 31, 2013 and 2012 , loans originated under Small Business Administration (SBA) programs totaling $7,345,000 and $ 5,586,000 , respectively, were included in the real estate and commercial categories. Approximately $119,539,000 in loans were pledged under a blanket lien as collateral to the FHLB for the Bank’s remaining borrowing capacity of $272,797,000 as of December 31, 2013 . The Bank’s credit limit varies according to the amount and composition of the investment and loan portfolios pledged as collateral.
Salaries and employee benefits totaling $1,373,000 , $754,000 , and $229,000 have been deferred as loan origination costs for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 , respectively.

Purchased Credit Impaired Loans

The Company has loans that were acquired in an acquisition, for which there was, at acquisition, evidence of deterioration of credit quality since origination and for which it was probable, at acquisition, that all contractually required payments would not be collected.
These purchased credit impaired (PCI) loans are recorded at the amount paid, such that there is no carryover of the seller’s allowance for loan losses. After acquisition, losses are recognized by an increase in the allowance for loan losses. The Company estimates the amount and timing of expected cash flows for each PCI loan and the expected cash flows in excess of amount paid is recorded as interest income over the remaining life of the loan (accretable yield). The excess of each PCI loan’s contractual principal and interest over expected cash flows is not recorded (nonaccretable difference). Over the life of the loan, expected cash flows continue to be estimated. If the present value of expected cash flows is less than the carrying amount, a loss is recorded. If the present value of expected cash flows is greater than the carrying amount, it is recognized as part of future interest income.

84


The carrying amount of PCI loans is included in the balance sheet amounts of loans receivable at December 31, 2013 . The amounts of PCI loans at December 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows (in thousands):
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2013
 
2012
Real estate
 
$
2,465

 
$

Outstanding balance
 
$
2,465

 
$

Carrying amount, net of allowance of $0
 
$
2,465

 
$


Accretable yield, or income expected to be collected on PCI loans for the year ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 , and 2011 is as follows (in thousands):
 
 
Years ended December 31,
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Balance at beginning of year
 
$

 
$

 
$

New loans acquired
 
105

 

 

Accretion of income
 
(124
)
 

 

Reclassification from (to) non-accretable difference
 
113

 

 

Disposals
 

 

 

Balance at end of year
 
$
94

 
$

 
$


During the year ended December 31, 2013 , the Company did not increase or decrease the allowance for loan losses with respect to PCI loans.
Loans acquired during each period or year for which it was probable at acquisition that all contractually required payments would not be collected are as follows (in thousands):
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2013
 
2012
Contractually required payments receivable on PCI loans at acquisition:
 
 
 
 
Real estate
 
$
6,912

 
$

Total
 
$
6,912

 
$

Cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition
 
$
2,681

 
$

Fair value of acquired loans at acquisition
 
$
2,576

 
$


Certain of the loans acquired by the Company that are within the scope of Topic ASC 310-30 are not accounted for using the income recognition model of the Topic because the Company cannot reliably estimate cash flows expected to be collected. The carrying amounts of such loans (which are included in the carrying amount, net of allowance, described above) are as follows (in thousands):
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2013
 
2012
Loans acquired during the year
 
$
1,324

 
$

Loans at the end of the year
 
$
1,324

 
$




85


Changes in the allowance for credit losses were as follows (in thousands):
 
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Balance, beginning of year
 
$
10,133

 
$
11,396

 
$
11,014

Provision charged to operations
 

 
700

 
1,050

Losses charged to allowance
 
(1,446
)
 
(2,850
)
 
(1,532
)
Recoveries
 
521

 
887

 
864

Balance, end of year
 
$
9,208

 
$
10,133

 
$
11,396


The following table shows the summary of activities for the allowance for credit losses as of and for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 by portfolio segment (in thousands):
 
 
Commercial
 
Real Estate
 
Consumer
 
Unallocated
 
Total
Allowance for credit losses:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Beginning balance, January 1, 2013
 
$
2,676

 
$
5,877

 
$
1,541

 
$
39

 
$
10,133

Provision charged to operations
 
166

 
(434
)
 
(115
)
 
383

 

Losses charged to allowance
 
(713
)
 
(285
)
 
(448
)
 

 
(1,446
)
Recoveries
 
315

 
16

 
190

 

 
521

Ending balance, December 31, 2013
 
$
2,444

 
$
5,174

 
$
1,168

 
$
422

 
$
9,208

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for credit losses:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Beginning balance, January 1, 2012
 
$
2,266

 
$
7,155

 
$
1,836

 
$
139

 
$
11,396

Provision charged to operations
 
18

 
643

 
139

 
(100
)
 
700

Losses charged to allowance
 
(123
)
 
(1,966
)
 
(761
)
 

 
(2,850
)
Recoveries
 
515

 
45

 
327

 

 
887

Ending balance, December 31, 2012
 
$
2,676

 
$
5,877

 
$
1,541

 
$
39

 
$
10,133


The following is a summary of the allowance for credit losses by impairment methodology and portfolio segment as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 (in thousands):
 
 
Commercial
 
Real Estate
 
Consumer
 
Unallocated
 
Total
Allowance for credit losses:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Ending balance, December 31, 2013
 
$
2,444

 
$
5,174

 
$
1,168

 
$
422

 
$
9,208

Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment
 
$
469

 
$
465

 
$
73

 
$

 
$
1,007

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment
 
$
1,975

 
$
4,709

 
$
1,095

 
$
422

 
$
8,201

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Ending balance, December 31, 2012
 
$
2,676

 
$
5,877

 
$
1,541

 
$
39

 
$
10,133

Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment
 
$
40

 
$
465

 
$
5

 
$

 
$
510

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment
 
$
2,636

 
$
5,412

 
$
1,536

 
$
39

 
$
9,623


The table above excludes the recorded investment in loans acquired with deteriorated quality of $2,465,000 with no allowance at December 31, 2013 .
The following table shows the ending balances of loans as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 by portfolio segment and by impairment methodology (in thousands):

86


 
 
Commercial
 
Real Estate
 
Consumer
 
Total
Loans:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Ending balance, December 31, 2013
 
$
118,731

 
$
333,939

 
$
59,846

 
$
512,516

Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment
 
$
1,527

 
$
9,540

 
$
2,290

 
$
13,357

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment
 
$
117,204

 
$
324,399

 
$
57,556

 
$
499,159

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Ending balance, December 31, 2012
 
$
104,555

 
$
237,938

 
$
53,278

 
$
395,771

Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment
 
$
2,405

 
$
12,868

 
$
1,832

 
$
17,105

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment
 
$
102,150

 
$
225,070

 
$
51,446

 
$
378,666


The following table shows the loan portfolio by class allocated by management’s internal risk ratings at December 31, 2013 (in thousands):
 
 
Pass
 
Special Mention
 
Substandard
 
Doubtful
 
Total
Commercial:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and industrial
 
$
81,732

 
$
2,244

 
$
3,106

 
$

 
$
87,082

Agricultural land and production
 
31,649

 

 

 

 
31,649

Real Estate:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Owner occupied
 
144,082

 
5,229

 
7,470

 

 
156,781

Real estate construction and other land loans
 
31,776

 
3,959

 
6,594

 

 
42,329

Commercial real estate
 
77,589

 
3,718

 
4,810

 

 
86,117

Agricultural real estate
 
42,151

 
2,013

 

 

 
44,164

Other real estate
 
4,548

 

 

 

 
4,548

Consumer:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity loans and lines of credit
 
41,999

 
2,400

 
4,195

 

 
48,594

Consumer and installment
 
10,946

 
46

 
260

 

 
11,252

Total
 
$
466,472

 
$
19,609

 
$
26,435

 
$

 
$
512,516


The following table shows the loan portfolio by class allocated by management’s internally assigned risk grade ratings at December 31, 2012 (in thousands):
 
 
Pass
 
Special Mention
 
Substandard
 
Doubtful
 
Total
Commercial:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and industrial
 
$
71,125

 
$
824

 
$
6,007

 
$

 
$
77,956

Agricultural land and production
 
26,599

 

 

 

 
26,599

Real Estate:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Owner occupied
 
107,281

 
1,831

 
5,332

 

 
114,444

Real estate construction and other land loans
 
18,517

 
3,377

 
11,305

 

 
33,199

Commercial real estate
 
44,880

 
3,952

 
4,965

 

 
53,797

Agricultural real estate
 
26,883

 
1,517

 

 

 
28,400

Other real estate
 
8,098

 

 

 

 
8,098

Consumer:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity loans and lines of credit
 
40,527

 
258

 
2,147

 

 
42,932

Consumer and installment
 
10,259

 
77

 
10

 

 
10,346

Total
 
$
354,169

 
$
11,836

 
$
29,766

 
$

 
$
395,771



87


The following table shows an aging analysis of the loan portfolio by class and the time past due at December 31, 2013 (in thousands):
 
 
30-59 Days
Past Due
 
60-89
Days Past
Due
 
Greater
Than
  90 Days
Past Due
 
Total Past
Due
 
Current
 
Total
Loans
 
Recorded
Investment
> 90 Days
Accruing
 
Non-accrual
Commercial:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Commercial and industrial
 
$
274

 
$
236

 
$

 
$
510

 
$
86,572

 
$
87,082

 
$

 
$
1,527

Agricultural land and production
 

 

 

 

 
31,649

 
31,649

 

 

Real estate:
 

 
 

 
 

 


 

 

 
 

 
 
Owner occupied
 
1,272

 
134

 
418

 
1,824

 
154,957

 
156,781

 

 
2,161

Real estate construction and other land loans
 

 

 

 

 
42,329

 
42,329

 

 
1,450

Commercial real estate
 

 

 

 

 
86,117

 
86,117

 

 
158

Agricultural real estate
 

 

 

 

 
44,164

 
44,164

 

 

Other real estate
 

 

 

 

 
4,548

 
4,548

 

 

Consumer:
 
 
 
 

 
 

 


 

 

 
 

 
 
Equity loans and lines of credit
 
10

 
147

 
252

 
409

 
48,185

 
48,594

 

 
2,286

Consumer and installment
 
86

 

 

 
86

 
11,166

 
11,252

 

 
4

Total
 
$
1,642

 
$
517

 
$
670

 
$
2,829

 
$
509,687

 
$
512,516

 
$

 
$
7,586

 
The following table shows an aging analysis of the loan portfolio by class and the time past due at December 31, 2012 (in thousands):
 
 
30-59 Days
Past Due
 
60-89
Days Past
Due
 
Greater
Than
  90 Days
Past Due
 
Total Past
Due
 
Current
 
Total
Loans
 
Recorded
Investment
> 90 Days
Accruing
 
Non-
accrual
Commercial:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Commercial and industrial
 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
77,956

 
$
77,956

 
$

 
$

Agricultural land and production
 

 

 

 

 
26,599

 
26,599

 

 

Real estate:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 
 
 

 

 
 

 
 
Owner occupied
 

 
213

 

 
213

 
114,231

 
114,444

 

 
1,575

Real estate construction and other land loans
 

 

 

 

 
33,199

 
33,199

 

 
6,288

Commercial real estate
 

 

 

 

 
53,797

 
53,797

 

 

Agricultural real estate
 

 

 

 

 
28,400

 
28,400

 

 

Other real estate
 

 

 

 

 
8,098

 
8,098

 

 

Consumer:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 
 
 

 

 
 

 
 
Equity loans and lines of credit
 

 

 

 

 
42,932

 
42,932

 

 
1,832

Consumer and installment
 
27

 

 

 
27

 
10,319

 
10,346

 

 

Total
 
$
27

 
$
213

 
$

 
$
240

 
$
395,531

 
$
395,771

 
$

 
$
9,695

 

88


The following table shows information related to impaired loans by class at December 31, 2013 (in thousands):
 
 
Recorded
Investment
 
Unpaid
Principal
Balance
 
Related
Allowance
With no related allowance recorded:
 
 

 
 

 
 

Commercial:
 
 

 
 

 
 

Commercial and industrial
 
$
350

 
$
385

 
$

Agricultural land and production
 

 

 

Total commercial
 
350

 
385

 

Real estate:
 
 

 
 

 
 

Owner occupied
 
3,160

 
4,159

 

Real estate construction and other land loans
 
1,449

 
2,136

 

Commercial real estate
 
502

 
891

 

Agricultural real estate
 

 

 

Other real estate
 

 

 

Total real estate
 
5,111

 
7,186

 

Consumer:
 
 

 
 

 
 

Equity loans and lines of credit
 
2,029

 
2,826

 

Consumer and installment
 
4

 
5

 

Total consumer
 
2,033

 
2,831

 

Total with no related allowance recorded
 
7,494

 
10,402

 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
With an allowance recorded:
 
 

 
 

 
 

Commercial:
 
 

 
 

 
 

Commercial and industrial
 
1,177

 
1,222

 
469

Agricultural land and production
 

 

 

Total commercial
 
1,177

 
1,222

 
469

Real estate:
 
 

 
 

 
 

Owner occupied
 
385

 
425

 
3

Real estate construction and other land loans
 
4,044

 
4,044

 
462

Commercial real estate
 

 

 

Agricultural real estate
 

 

 

Other real estate
 

 

 

Total real estate
 
4,429

 
4,469

 
465

Consumer:
 
 

 
 

 
 

Equity loans and lines of credit
 
257

 
264

 
73

Consumer and installment
 

 

 

Total consumer
 
257

 
264

 
73

Total with an allowance recorded
 
5,863

 
5,955

 
1,007

Total
 
$
13,357

 
$
16,357

 
$
1,007


The recorded investment in loans excludes accrued interest receivable and net loan origination fees, due to immateriality.

89


The following table shows information related to impaired loans by class at December 31, 2012 (in thousands):
 
 
Recorded
Investment
 
Unpaid
Principal
Balance
 
Related
Allowance
With no related allowance recorded:
 
 

 
 

 
 

Commercial:
 
 

 
 

 
 

Commercial and industrial
 
$

 
$

 
$

Agricultural land and production
 

 

 

Total commercial
 

 

 

Real estate:
 
 

 
 

 
 

Owner occupied
 

 

 

Real estate construction and other land loans
 
1,352

 
1,888

 

Commercial real estate
 

 

 

Agricultural real estate
 

 

 

Other real estate
 

 

 

Total real estate
 
1,352

 
1,888

 

Consumer:
 
 

 
 

 
 

Equity loans and lines of credit
 
1,523

 
1,834

 

Consumer and installment
 

 

 

Total consumer
 
1,523

 
1,834

 

Total with no related allowance recorded
 
2,875

 
3,722

 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
With an allowance recorded:
 
 

 
 

 
 

Commercial:
 
 

 
 

 
 

Commercial and industrial
 
2,405

 
2,405

 
40

Agricultural land and production
 

 

 

Total commercial
 
2,405

 
2,405

 
40

Real estate:
 
 

 
 

 
 

Owner occupied
 
1,575

 
1,733

 
165

Real estate construction and other land loans
 
9,941

 
10,875

 
300

Commercial real estate
 

 

 

Agricultural real estate
 

 

 

Other real estate
 

 

 

Total real estate
 
11,516

 
12,608

 
465

Consumer:
 
 

 
 

 
 

Equity loans and lines of credit
 
309

 
323

 
5

Consumer and installment
 

 

 

Total consumer
 
309

 
323

 
5

Total with an allowance recorded
 
14,230

 
15,336

 
510

Total
 
$
17,105

 
$
19,058

 
$
510

 
The recorded investment in loans excludes accrued interest receivable and net loan origination fees, due to immateriality.

90


The following presents by class, information related to the average recorded investment and interest income recognized on impaired loans for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 (in thousands):
 
 
Year Ended
December 31, 2013
 
Year Ended
December 31, 2012
 
Year Ended
December 31, 2011
 
 
Average
Recorded
Investment
 
Interest
Income
Recognized
 
Average
Recorded
Investment
 
Interest
Income
Recognized
 
Average
Recorded
Investment
 
Interest
Income
Recognized
With no related allowance recorded:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Commercial:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Commercial and industrial
 
$
329

 
$

 
$
952

 
$

 
$
544

 
$

Agricultural land and production
 

 

 

 

 

 

Total commercial
 
329

 

 
952

 

 
544

 

Real estate:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Owner occupied
 
2,321

 

 
1,053

 

 
1,100

 

Real estate construction and other land loans
 
2,342

 

 
4,933

 

 
1,690

 

Commercial real estate
 
279

 

 
301

 

 
1,591

 

Agricultural real estate
 

 

 

 

 

 

Other real estate
 

 

 

 

 

 

Total real estate
 
4,942

 

 
6,287

 

 
4,381

 

Consumer:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Equity loans and lines of credit
 
1,998

 

 
1,561

 

 
357

 

Consumer and installment
 
9

 

 
6

 

 

 

Total consumer
 
2,007

 

 
1,567

 

 
357

 

Total with no related allowance recorded
 
7,278

 

 
8,806

 

 
5,282

 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

With an allowance recorded:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Commercial:
 
1,624,000

 
178,000

 
721,000

 

 
721,000

 

Commercial and industrial
 
1,309

 
111

 
1,581

 
226

 
505

 
181

Agricultural land and production
 

 

 

 

 

 

Total commercial
 
1,309

 
111

 
1,581

 
226

 
505

 
181

Real estate:
 
 

 

 
 
 

 
 
 

Owner occupied
 
997

 
86

 
633

 

 
1,193

 

Real estate construction and other land loans
 
4,295

 
329

 
6,490

 
375

 
6,544

 
230

Commercial real estate
 

 
47

 
145

 

 
849

 

Agricultural real estate
 

 

 

 

 

 

Other real estate
 

 

 

 

 

 

Total real estate
 
5,292

 
462

 
7,268

 
375

 
8,586

 
230

Consumer:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Equity loans and lines of credit
 
489

 

 
600

 

 
1,640

 

Consumer and installment
 

 

 
37

 

 
101

 

Total consumer
 
489

 

 
637

 

 
1,741

 

Total with an allowance recorded
 
7,090

 
573

 
9,486

 
601

 
10,832

 
411

Total
 
$
14,368

 
$
573

 
$
18,292

 
$
601

 
$
16,114

 
$
411


Foregone interest on nonaccrual loans totaled $661,000 , $693,000 , and $954,000 for the year ended ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 , and 2011 , respectively.
    


91


Troubled Debt Restructurings:

As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 , the Company has a recorded investment in troubled debt restructurings of $10,366,000 and $16,655,000 , respectively. The Company has allocated $946,000 and $487,000 of specific reserves for those loans at December 31, 2013 and 2012 , respectively. The Company has committed to lend zero as of December 31, 2013 to customers with outstanding loans that are classified as troubled debt restructurings.
For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 the terms of certain loans were modified as troubled debt restructurings. The modification of the terms of such loans included one or a combination of the following: a reduction of the stated interest rate of the loan or an extension of the maturity date at a stated rate of interest lower than the current market rate for new debt with similar risk. During the same periods, there were no troubled debt restructurings in which the amount of principal or accrued interest owed from the borrower were forgiven.
The following table presents loans by class modified as troubled debt restructurings that occurred during the year ended December 31, 2013 (in thousands):
Troubled Debt Restructurings:
 
Number of Loans
 
Pre-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment (1)
 
Principal Modification
 
Post Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment (2)
 
Outstanding Recorded Investment
Real Estate:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Real Estate - Commercial
 
1

 
$
620

 
$

 
$
620

 
$
344

(1)
Amounts represent the recorded investment in loans before recognizing effects of the TDR, if any.
(2)
Balance outstanding after principal modification, if any borrower reduction to recorded investment.

The following table presents loans by class modified as troubled debt restructurings that occurred during the year ended December 31, 2012 (in thousands):
Troubled Debt Restructurings:
 
Number of Loans
 
Pre-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment (1)
 
Principal Modification
 
Post Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment (2)
 
Outstanding Recorded Investment
Real Estate:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Owner occupied
 
1

 
425

 

 
425

 
415

Consumer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity loans and line of credit
 
1

 
75

 

 
75

 
72

Total
 
2

 
$
500

 
$

 
$
500

 
$
487

(1)
Amounts represent the recorded investment in loans before recognizing effects of the TDR, if any.
(2)
Balance outstanding after principal modification, if any borrower reduction to recorded investment.

A loan is considered to be in payment default once it is 90 days contractually past due under the modified terms. There was no defaults on troubled debt restructurings within twelve months following the modification during the year ended ended December 31, 2013 . There was one default on troubled debt restructurings within twelve months following the modification during the year ended December 31, 2012 . The recorded investment in the one default was zero at December 31, 2012 .

6.
BANK PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT
 
Bank premises and equipment consisted of the following (in thousands): 

92


 
 
December 31,
 
 
2013
 
2012
Land
 
$
1,131

 
$
838

Buildings and improvements
 
6,982

 
3,362

Furniture, fixtures and equipment
 
8,875

 
8,351

Leasehold improvements
 
4,091

 
3,804

 
 
21,079

 
16,355

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
 
(10,538
)
 
(10,103
)
 
 
$
10,541

 
$
6,252

 
Depreciation and amortization included in occupancy and equipment expense totaled $1,133,000 , $972,000 and $1,212,000 for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 , respectively.

7.
OTHER REAL ESTATE OWNED
 
The Company had $190,000 in other real estate owned (OREO) at December 31, 2013 as compared to none at December 31, 2012 . The table below provides a summary of the change in other real estate owned (OREO) balances for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 (in thousands):
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2013
 
2012
Balance, beginning of year
 
$

 
$

Additions
 
453

 
2,337

Dispositions
 
(263
)
 
(2,349
)
Write-downs
 

 

Net gain on disposition
 

 
12

Balance, end of year
 
$
190

 
$


As of December 31, 2013 the Bank had $190,000 in OREO properties. In 2013 , the Bank foreclosed on one property collateralized by real estate. During the year ended December 31, 2013 , the Bank assumed two properties via the Visalia Community Bank acquisition which were subsequently sold by year end 2013 . Proceeds from OREO sales totaled $263,000 during 2013 . The Company did not realize any gain or loss from the sale of all properties.
As of December 31, 2012 the Bank had no OREO properties. In 2012 , the Bank foreclosed on six properties with net realizable values totaling $2,337,000 and sold them for a net gain of $12,000 . The Bank received income of $90,000 during 2012 from operations of storage facilities held as OREO.

8.  GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS
 
The change in goodwill during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 (in thousands):

 
2013

 
2012

 
2011

Beginning of year
$
23,577

 
$
23,577

 
$
23,577

Acquired goodwill
6,340

 

 

Impairment

 

 

End of year
$
29,917

 
$
23,577

 
$
23,577


Total goodwill at December 31, 2013 was $29,917,000 compared to $23,577,000 . Total goodwill at December 31, 2013 consisted of $6,340,000 , $14,643,000 and $8,934,000 representing the excess of the cost of Visalia Community Bank, Service 1 st  Bancorp and Bank of Madera County, respectively, over the net of the amounts assigned to assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the transactions accounted for under the purchase method of accounting.  The value of goodwill is ultimately derived from the Company’s ability to generate net earnings after the acquisitions and is not deductible for tax purposes.  A

93


decline in net earnings could be indicative of a decline in the fair value of goodwill and result in impairment.  For that reason, goodwill is assessed at least annually for impairment.
The Company has selected September 30 as the date to perform the annual impairment test. Management assessed qualitative factors including performance trends and noted no factors indicating goodwill impairment.
Goodwill is also tested for impairment between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of the Company below its carrying amount.  No such events or circumstances arose during the fourth quarter of 2013 , so goodwill was not required to be retested.
     The intangible assets at December 31, 2013 represent the estimated fair value of the core deposit relationships acquired in the acquisition of Service 1 st  Bank in 2008 of $1,400,000 and the 2013 acquisition of Visalia Community Bank of $1,365,000 .  Core deposit intangibles are being amortized using the straight-line method over an estimated life of seven to ten years from the date of acquisition. At December 31, 2013 , the weighted average remaining amortization period is five years.  The carrying value of intangible assets at December 31, 2013 was $1,680,000 , net of $1,085,000 in accumulated amortization expense.  The carrying value at December 31, 2012 was $583,000 , net of $817,000 in accumulated amortization expense.  Management evaluates the remaining useful lives quarterly to determine whether events or circumstances warrant a revision to the remaining periods of amortization.  Based on the evaluation, no changes to the remaining useful lives was required.  Management performed an annual impairment test on core deposit intangibles as of September 30, 2013 and determined no impairment was necessary. Amortization expense recognized was $268,000 for 2013 , $200,000 for 2012 , and $414,000 for 2011 .
The following table summarizes the Company's estimated core deposit intangible amortization expense for each of the next five years (in thousands):
Years Ending December 31,
Estimated Core Deposit Intangible Amortization
2014
$
337

2015
320

2016
137

2017
137

2018
137

Thereafter
612

Total
$
1,680

 

9.
DEPOSITS
 
Interest-bearing deposits consisted of the following (in thousands):
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2013
 
2012
Savings
 
$
61,918

 
$
39,573

Money market
 
234,515

 
173,486

NOW accounts
 
182,364

 
161,328

Time, $100,000 or more
 
116,016

 
91,880

Time, under $100,000
 
52,938

 
44,996

 
 
$
647,751

 
$
511,263


Aggregate annual maturities of time deposits are as follows (in thousands):

94


Years Ending December 31,
 
 
2014
 
$
135,118

2015
 
16,461

2016
 
2,639

2017
 
10,335

2018
 
4,401

Thereafter
 

 
 
$
168,954

 
Interest expense recognized on interest-bearing deposits consisted of the following (in thousands):
 
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Savings
 
$
40

 
$
32

 
$
47

Money market
 
229

 
392

 
692

NOW accounts
 
251

 
270

 
321

Time certificates of deposit
 
750

 
936

 
1,602

 
 
$
1,270

 
$
1,630

 
$
2,662



10.
BORROWING ARRANGEMENTS
 
Federal Home Loan Bank Advances - Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) of San Francisco consisted of the following (dollars in thousands):
December 31, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
 
 
 
 
Amount
 
Amount
 
Rate
 
Maturity Date
$

 
$
4,000

 
3.59%
 
February 12, 2013


 


 

 
 

 
4,000

 
 
 
 

 
4,000

 
Less short-term portion
 
 
$

 
$

 
Long-term debt
 
 

 
FHLB advances are secured by investment securities with amortized costs totaling $3,985,000 and $4,016,000 and market values totaling $4,084,000 and $4,225,000 at December 31, 2013 and 2012 , respectively.  The Bank’s credit limit varies according to the amount and composition of the investment and loan portfolios pledged as collateral.
As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 , the Company had no Federal funds purchased.

Lines of Credit - The Bank had unsecured lines of credit with its correspondent banks which, in the aggregate, amounted to $40,000,000 at December 31, 2013 and $40,000,000 at December 31, 2012 , at interest rates which vary with market conditions.  The Bank also had a line of credit in the amount of $51,000 and $127,000 with the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at December 31, 2013 and 2012 , respectively which bears interest at the prevailing discount rate collateralized by investment securities with amortized costs totaling $48,000 and $115,000 and market values totaling $52,000 and $129,000 , respectively.  At December 31, 2013 and 2012 , the Bank had no outstanding short-term borrowings under these lines of credit.
 
11.
JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEFERRABLE INTEREST DEBENTURES
 
Service 1 st  Capital Trust I is a Delaware business trust formed by Service 1 st .  The Company succeeded to all of the rights and obligations of Service 1 st  in connection with the merger with Service 1 st  as of November 12, 2008.  The Trust was formed on August 17, 2006 for the sole purpose of issuing trust preferred securities fully and unconditionally guaranteed by Service 1 st .  Under applicable regulatory guidance, the amount of trust preferred securities that is eligible as Tier 1 capital is limited to 25% of the Company’s Tier 1 capital on a pro forma basis.  At December 31, 2013 , all of the trust preferred securities that have been issued qualify as Tier 1 capital.  The trust preferred securities mature on October 7, 2036, are redeemable at the Company’s

95


option, and require quarterly distributions by the Trust to the holder of the trust preferred securities at a variable interest rate which will adjust quarterly to equal the three month LIBOR plus 1.60% .
The Trust used the proceeds from the sale of the trust preferred securities to purchase approximately $5,155,000 in aggregate principal amount of Service 1 st ’s junior subordinated notes (the Notes).  The Notes bear interest at the same variable interest rate during the same quarterly periods as the trust preferred securities.  The Notes are redeemable by the Company on any January 7, April 7, July 7, or October 7 or at any time within 90 days following the occurrence of certain events, such as: (i) a change in the regulatory capital treatment of the Notes (ii) in the event the Trust is deemed an investment company or (iii) upon the occurrence of certain adverse tax events.  In each such case, the Company may redeem the Notes for their aggregate principal amount, plus any accrued but unpaid interest.
The Notes may be declared immediately due and payable at the election of the trustee or holders of 25% of the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes in the event that the Company defaults in the payment of any interest following the nonpayment of any such interest for 20 or more consecutive quarterly periods.
Holders of the trust preferred securities are entitled to a cumulative cash distribution on the liquidation amount of $1,000 per security.  For each January 7, April 7, July 7 or October 7 of each year, the rate will be adjusted to equal the three month LIBOR plus 1.60% .  As of December 31, 2013 , the rate was 1.84% .  Interest expense recognized by the Company for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 was $98,000 , $107,000 and $100,000 , respectively.
 
12.
INCOME TAXES
 
The provision for (benefit from) income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 consisted of the following (in thousands):
 
 
Federal
 
State
 
Total
2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current
 
$
2,217

 
$
(445
)
 
$
1,772

Deferred
 
(645
)
 
220

 
(425
)
Provision for income taxes
 
$
1,572

 
$
(225
)
 
$
1,347

2012
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current
 
$
1,196

 
$
49

 
$
1,245

Deferred
 
249

 
191

 
440

Provision for income taxes
 
$
1,445

 
$
240

 
$
1,685

2011
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current
 
$
686

 
$
(95
)
 
$
591

Deferred
 
893

 
377

 
1,270

Benefit from income taxes
 
$
1,579

 
$
282

 
$
1,861

 
The determination of the amount of deferred income tax assets which are more likely than not to be realized is primarily dependent on projections of future earnings, which are subject to uncertainty and estimates that may change given economic conditions and other factors.  The realization of deferred income tax assets is assessed and a valuation allowance is recorded if it is more likely than not that all or a portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized.  More likely than not is defined as greater than a 50% chance.  All available evidence, both positive and negative is considered to determine whether, based on the weight of the evidence, a valuation allowance is needed.  Based on management’s analysis as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 , the Company established a deferred tax valuation allowance in the amount of $108,000 and $110,000 , respectively, for California capital loss carryforwards.

96


Deferred tax assets (liabilities) consisted of the following (in thousands):
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2013
 
2012
Deferred tax assets:
 
 

 
 

Allowance for credit losses
 
$
3,492

 
$
4,170

Deferred compensation
 
5,102

 
3,832

Unrealized loss on available-for-sale investment securities
 
1,598

 

Net operating loss carryover from acquisition
 
206

 
521

Bank premises and equipment
 
264

 
862

Mark to market adjustment
 
154

 
184

Other deferred taxes
 
594

 
253

Other than temporary impairment
 
289

 
282

Loan and investment impairment
 
1,914

 
352

State Enterprise Zone credit carry-forward
 
981

 
783

State capital loss carry-forward
 
108

 
110

Alternative minimum tax credit
 
2,238

 
1,025

State taxes
 
32

 
20

Other
 
7

 
7

Partnership income
 
70

 
77

Total deferred tax assets
 
17,049

 
12,478

Valuation allowance
 
(108
)
 
(110
)
Net deferred tax asset after valuation allowance
 
16,941

 
12,368

Deferred tax liabilities:
 
 

 
 

Finance leases
 
(1,963
)
 
(2,548
)
Unrealized gain on available-for-sale investment securities
 

 
(5,305
)
Core deposit intangible
 
(692
)
 
(240
)
FHLB stock
 
(319
)
 
(241
)
Loan origination costs
 
(406
)
 
(256
)
Total deferred tax liabilities
 
(3,380
)
 
(8,590
)
Net deferred tax assets
 
$
13,561

 
$
3,778


The provision for income taxes differs from amounts computed by applying the statutory Federal income tax rates to operating income before income taxes.  The significant items comprising these differences for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 consisted of the following:
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Federal income tax, at statutory rate
34.0
 %
 
34.0
 %
 
34.0
 %
State taxes, net of Federal tax benefit
0.4
 %
 
2.8
 %
 
3.6
 %
Tax exempt investment security income, net
(20.5
)%
 
(16.7
)%
 
(14.0
)%
Bank owned life insurance, net
(1.8
)%
 
(1.4
)%
 
(1.6
)%
Solar credits
(1.4
)%
 
(1.4
)%
 
(1.6
)%
Change in uncertain tax positions
(1.4
)%
 
0.5
 %
 
0.5
 %
Change in prior year estimates
1.4
 %
 
 %
 
 %
Other
3.4
 %
 
0.5
 %
 
1.4
 %
Effective tax rate
14.1
 %
 
18.3
 %
 
22.3
 %
 
At December 31, 2013 , the Company had California net operating loss (“NOL”) carry-forwards of approximately $ 2,885,000 from the Service 1 st   and Visalia Community Bank acquisitions, subject to an Internal Revenue Code (IRC) Sec. 382 annual limitation of $1,802,000 .  Management expects to fully utilize the Service 1 st  and Visalia Community Bank

97


California NOL carry-forwards.  California suspended utilization of NOLs for 2009, 2010 and 2011 tax years for taxpayers with business income in excess of $300,000 .  The California NOL will begin to expire in 2019.
The Company and its Subsidiary file income tax returns in the U.S. federal and California jurisdictions.  The Company conducts all of its business activities in the State of California. There are currently no pending U.S. federal, state or local income tax examinations by those taxing authorities.  The Company is no longer subject to the examination by U.S. federal taxing authorities for the years ended before December 31, 2010 and by the state and local taxing authorities for the years ended before December 31, 2008.
A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows (in thousands):
Balance at January 1, 2013
$
316

Additions based on tax positions related to the current year
55

Reductions for tax positions of prior years
(191
)
Balance at December 31, 2013
$
180

 
This represents the amount of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would favorably affect the effective income tax rate in future periods. The Company does not expect the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits to significantly increase or decrease in the next twelve months.
During the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 , the Company did not recognize any interest or penalties related to uncertain tax positions. 
 
13.
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
Leases - The Bank leases certain of its branch facilities and administrative offices under noncancelable operating leases.  Rental expense included in occupancy and equipment and other expenses totaled $2,123,000 , $1,947,000 and $1,982,000 for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 , respectively.
Future minimum lease payments on noncancelable operating leases are as follows (in thousands):
Years Ending December 31,
 
2014
$
2,267

2015
2,191

2016
1,639

2017
1,240

2018
1,227

Thereafter
3,138

 
$
11,702


Federal Reserve Requirements - Banks are required to maintain reserves with the Federal Reserve Bank equal to a percentage of their reservable deposits. The Bank had no reserve balances required at December 31, 2013 .
 
Correspondent Banking Agreements - The Bank maintains funds on deposit with other federally insured financial institutions under correspondent banking agreements. Uninsured deposits totaled $11,480,000 at December 31, 2013 .
 
Financial Instruments With Off-Balance-Sheet Risk - The Bank is a party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business in order to meet the financing needs of its customers and to reduce its own exposure to fluctuations in interest rates.  These financial instruments consist of commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit.  These instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized on the balance sheet.
The Bank’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party for commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments.  The Bank uses the same credit policies in making commitments and standby letters of credit as it does for loans included on the balance sheet.
The following financial instruments represent off-balance-sheet credit risk (in thousands):
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2013
 
2012
Commitments to extend credit
 
$
191,072

 
$
162,261

Standby letters of credit
 
$
1,595

 
$
590


98


 
Commitments to extend credit consist primarily of unfunded commercial loan commitments and revolving lines of credit, single-family residential equity lines of credit and commercial real estate construction loans.  Construction loans are established under standard underwriting guidelines and policies and are secured by deeds of trust, with disbursements made over the course of construction.  Commercial revolving lines of credit have a high degree of industry diversification.  Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee.  Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.  Standby letters of credit are generally secured and are issued by the Bank to guarantee the financial obligation or performance of a customer to a third party.  The credit risk involved in issuing standby letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loans to customers.  The fair value of the liability related to these standby letters of credit, which represents the fees received for issuing the guarantees, was not significant at December 31, 2013 and 2012 .  The Company recognizes these fees as revenue over the term of the commitment or when the commitment is used.
At December 31, 2013 , commercial loan commitments represent 53% of total commitments and are generally secured by collateral other than real estate or unsecured.  Real estate loan commitments represent 34% of total commitments and are generally secured by property with a loan-to-value ratio not to exceed 80% .  Consumer loan commitments represent the remaining 13% of total commitments and are generally unsecured.  In addition, the majority of the Bank’s loan commitments have variable interest rates.
At December 31, 2013 , the balance of a contingent allocation for probable loan loss experience on unfunded obligations was $141,000 . The contingent allocation for probable loan loss experience on unfunded obligations is calculated by management using an appropriate, systematic, and consistently applied process.  While related to credit losses, this allocation is not a part of the ALLL and is considered separately as a liability for accounting and regulatory reporting purposes. There was no contingent allocation recorded at December 31, 2012 .

Concentrations of Credit Risk - At December 31, 2013 , in management’s judgment, a concentration of loans existed in commercial loans and real-estate-related loans, representing approximately 97.8% of total loans of which 23.1% were commercial and 74.7% were real-estate-related.
At December 31, 2012 , in management’s judgment, a concentration of loans existed in commercial loans and real-estate-related loans, representing approximately 97.4% of total loans of which 26.4% were commercial and 71% were real-estate-related.
Management believes the loans within these concentrations have no more than the typical risks of collectibility.  However, in light of the current economic environment, additional declines in the performance of the economy in general, or a continued decline in real estate values or drought-related decline in agricultural business in the Company’s primary market area could have an adverse impact on collectibility, increase the level of real-estate-related nonperforming loans, or have other adverse effects which alone or in the aggregate could have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company.
 
Contingencies - The Company is subject to legal proceedings and claims which arise in the ordinary course of business.  In the opinion of management, the amount of ultimate liability with respect to such actions will not materially affect the consolidated financial position or consolidated results of operations of the Company.

14.
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 
Regulatory Capital - The Company and the Bank are subject to certain regulatory capital requirements administered by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and the FDIC.  Failure to meet these minimum capital requirements could result in mandatory or, discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
The Company and the Bank each meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of their respective assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices.  These quantitative measures are established by regulation and require that the Company and the Bank maintain minimum amounts and ratios of total and Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets and of Tier 1 capital to average assets.  Capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.
The Bank is also subject to additional capital guidelines under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action.  To be categorized as well capitalized, the Bank must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the following table.  The most recent notification from the FDIC categorized the Bank as well capitalized under these guidelines.  Management knows of no conditions or events since that notification that would change the Bank’s category.
Management considers capital requirements as part of its strategic planning process.  The strategic plan calls for continuing increases in assets and liabilities, and if the capital required to support such increases is in excess of retained earnings, the Company may be required to go to the capital markets.  The ability to obtain capital is dependent upon the capital

99


markets as well as our performance.  Management regularly evaluates sources of capital to meet its strategic objectives.  The assessment of capital adequacy is dependent on several factors including asset quality, earnings trends, liquidity and economic conditions.  Maintenance of adequate capital levels is integral to providing stability to the Company.  The Company needs to maintain substantial levels of regulatory capital to give it maximum flexibility in the changing regulatory environment and to respond to changes in the market and economic conditions including acquisition opportunities.
Management believes that the Company and the Bank met all their capital adequacy requirements as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 .  There are no conditions or events since those notifications that management believes have changed those categories.
 
 
December 31, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Amount
 
Ratio
 
Amount
 
Ratio
Tier 1 Leverage Ratio
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Central Valley Community Bancorp and Subsidiary
 
$
88,320

 
8.14
%
 
$
90,866

 
10.56
%
Minimum regulatory requirement
 
$
43,394

 
4.00
%
 
$
34,418

 
4.00
%
Central Valley Community Bank
 
$
87,674

 
8.09
%
 
$
87,911

 
10.22
%
Minimum requirement for “Well-Capitalized” institution
 
$
54,218

 
5.00
%
 
$
42,994

 
5.00
%
Minimum regulatory requirement
 
$
43,375

 
4.00
%
 
$
34,395

 
4.00
%
Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Central Valley Community Bancorp and Subsidiary
 
$
88,320

 
13.88
%
 
$
90,866

 
18.24
%
Minimum regulatory requirement
 
$
25,454

 
4.00
%
 
$
19,926

 
4.00
%
Central Valley Community Bank
 
$
87,674

 
13.79
%
 
$
87,911

 
17.67
%
Minimum requirement for “Well-Capitalized” institution
 
$
38,151

 
6.00
%
 
$
29,848

 
6.00
%
Minimum regulatory requirement
 
$
25,434

 
4.00
%
 
$
19,899

 
4.00
%
Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Central Valley Community Bancorp and Subsidiary
 
$
96,292

 
15.13
%
 
$
97,299

 
19.53
%
Minimum regulatory requirement
 
$
50,908

 
8.00
%
 
$
39,853

 
8.00
%
Central Valley Community Bank
 
$
95,639

 
15.04
%
 
$
94,336

 
18.96
%
Minimum requirement for “Well-Capitalized” institution
 
$
63,585

 
10.00
%
 
$
49,747

 
10.00
%
Minimum regulatory requirement
 
$
50,868

 
8.00
%
 
$
39,798

 
8.00
%
 
Dividends - During 2013 , the Bank declared and paid cash dividends to the Company in the amount of $18,000,000 in connection with the VCB acquisition, the Series C Preferred redemption, and cash dividends to the Company’s shareholders approved by the Company’s Board of Directors. The Bank may not pay any dividend that would cause it to be deemed not “well capitalized” under applicable banking laws and regulations. The Company declared and paid a total of $2,048,000 or $0.20 per common share cash dividend to shareholders of record during the year ended December 31, 2013 .
During 2012 , the Bank declared and paid cash dividends to the Company in the amount of $3,000,000 , in connection with stock repurchase agreements and cash dividends approved by the Company’s Board of Directors. On October 17, 2012, the Company declared a $480,000 or $0.05 per common share cash dividend to shareholders of record at the close of business on November 15, 2012 which was paid on November 30, 2012. No dividends on common shares were declared in 2011.
The Company’s primary source of income with which to pay cash dividends are dividends from the Bank.  The California Financial Code restricts the total amount of dividends payable by a bank at any time without obtaining the prior approval of the California Department of Business Oversight to the lesser of (1) the bank’s retained earnings or (2) the Bank’s net income for its last three fiscal years, less distributions made to shareholders during the same three-year period.  At December 31, 2013 , retained earnings of $2,433,000 were free of such restrictions. 
 
Share Repurchase Plan - On August 15, 2012, the Board of Directors of the Company approved the adoption of a program to effect repurchases of the Company's common stock. Under the program, the Company was to repurchase up to five percent of the Company’s outstanding shares of common stock, or approximately 479,850 shares based on the shares outstanding as of August 15, 2012, for the period beginning on August 15, 2012 and ending February 15, 2013. During 2012, the Company repurchased and retired a total of 58,100 shares at an average price of $8.41 for a total cost of $488,000 . The stock repurchase program was suspended after the Company entered into a Reorganization Agreement and Plan of Merger (the Merger Agreement) with Visalia Community Bank on December 19, 2012.


100


Stock Purchase Agreements - On December 23, 2009, the Company entered into Stock Purchase Agreements (Agreements) with a limited number of accredited investors (collectively, the Purchasers) to sell to the Purchasers a total of 1,264,952 shares of common stock, (Common Stock) at $5.25 per share and 1,359 shares of non-voting Series B Convertible Adjustable Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock (Series B Preferred Stock) at $1,000 per share, for an aggregate gross purchase price of $8,000,000 (the Offering) offset by issuance costs totaling $242,000
In May 2010, the shareholders of the Company approved an amendment to the Company’s governing instruments to create a series of non-voting common stock.  In June 2010, the Company exercised its option to require the Purchasers to exchange the 1,359 shares of Series B Preferred Stock for 258,862 shares of non-voting common stock. In August, 2011, the Company agreed to exchange the 258,862 shares of the Company’s non-voting common stock to 258,862 shares of the Company’s voting common stock. The issuance of voting common stock was conducted in a privately negotiated transaction exempt from registration pursuant to Sections 3(a)(9) and 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. No shares of Series B Preferred Stock or non-voting common stock remain outstanding.

Capital Purchase Program — Small Business Lending Fund - On August 18, 2011, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement (SPA) with the Small Business Lending Fund of the United States Department of the Treasury (the Treasury), under which the Company issued 7,000 shares of Senior Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series C (Series C Preferred) to the Treasury for an aggregate purchase price of $7,000,000 . Simultaneously, the Company agreed with Treasury under a Letter Agreement to redeem, for an aggregate price of $7,000,000 , the 7,000 shares of the Company’s Series A Fixed Rate Cumulative Preferred Stock (Series A Stock) originally issued pursuant to the Treasury’s Capital Purchase Program (CPP) in 2009. The redemption of the Series A Stock resulted in an acceleration of the remaining discount booked at the time of the CPP transaction. In connection with the repurchase of the Series A Stock, the Company also repurchased the warrant (the Warrant) to purchase 79,037 shares of the Company’s common stock that was originally issued to Treasury in connection with the CPP transaction for total consideration of $185,000 .
On December 31, 2013, the Company redeemed all 7,000 outstanding shares of its Series C Preferred from the Treasury, in exercise of its optional redemption rights pursuant to the terms of the Series C Preferred under the Company’s charter and the SPA. The Company paid the Treasury $7,087,500 in connection with the redemption, representing $1,000 per share of the Series C Preferred plus all accrued and unpaid dividends through the date of the redemption. The obligations of the Company under the SPA are terminated as a result of the redemption. No additional shares of Series C Preferred are outstanding.

A reconciliation of the numerators and denominators of the basic and diluted earnings per common share computations is as follows (in thousands, except share and per share amounts):
 
 
For the Years Ended December 31,
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Basic Earnings Per Common Share:
 
 

 
 

 
 

Net income
 
$
8,250

 
$
7,520

 
$
6,477

Less: Preferred stock dividends and accretion
 
(350
)
 
(350
)
 
(486
)
Income available to common shareholders
 
$
7,900

 
$
7,170

 
$
5,991

Weighted average shares outstanding
 
10,245,448

 
9,587,784

 
9,522,066

Net income per common share
 
$
0.77

 
$
0.75

 
$
0.63

Diluted Earnings Per Common Share:
 
 

 
 

 
 

Net income
 
$
8,250

 
$
7,520

 
$
6,477

Less: Preferred stock dividends and accretion
 
(350
)
 
(350
)
 
(486
)
Income available to common shareholders
 
$
7,900

 
$
7,170

 
$
5,991

Weighted average shares outstanding
 
10,245,448

 
9,587,784

 
9,522,066

Effect of dilutive stock options and warrants
 
62,592

 
28,629

 
16,596

Weighted average shares of common stock and common stock equivalents
 
10,308,040

 
9,616,413

 
9,538,662

Net income per diluted common share
 
$
0.77

 
$
0.75

 
$
0.63

 
Outstanding options and warrants of 202,355 , 352,319 , and 436,619 were not factored into the calculation of dilutive stock options at December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 , respectively, because they were anti-dilutive.



101


15.
SHARED-BASED COMPENSATION
 
On December 31, 2013 , the Company had two share-based compensation plans, which are described below. The Plans do not provide for the settlement of awards in cash and new shares are issued upon option exercise or restricted share grants. 
On November 15, 2000, the Company adopted, and subsequently amended on December 20, 2000, the Central Valley Community Bancorp 2000 Stock Option Plan (2000 Plan) for which 203,660 shares remain reserved for issuance for options already granted to employees and directors under incentive and nonstatutory agreements. The plan expired on November 15, 2010. Outstanding options under this plan are exercisable until their expiration, however, no new options will be granted under this plan. The plan required that the option price may not be less than the fair market value of the stock at the date the option was granted, and that the option price must be paid in full at the time it is exercised. The options under the plan expire on dates determined by the Board of Directors, but not later than 10 years from the date of grant. The vesting period was determined by the Board of Directors and was generally over 5 years .
In May 2005, the Company adopted the Central Valley Community Bancorp 2005 Omnibus Incentive Plan (2005 Plan). The plan provides for awards in the form of incentive stock options, non-statutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, and restricted stock. The plan also allows for performance awards that may be in the form of cash or shares of the Company, including restricted stock. The maximum number of shares that can be issued with respect to all awards under the plan is 476,000 . Currently under the 2005 Plan, there are 176,770 shares reserved for issuance for options already granted to employees and 296,540 remain reserved for future grants as of December 31, 2013 . The 2005 plan requires that the exercise price may not be less than the fair market value of the stock at the date the option is granted, and that the option price must be paid in full at the time it is exercised. The options and awards under the plan expire on dates determined by the Board of Directors, but not later than 10 years from the date of grant. The vesting period for the options and option related stock appreciation rights is determined by the Board of Directors and is generally over five years .
No options to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock were granted during the years ending December 31, 2013 and 2011 from any of the Company’s stock based compensation plans. In 2012, options to purchase 92,150 shares of common stock were granted from the 2005 Plan at exercise prices between $8.02 and $8.75 . All options were granted with an exercise price equal to the market value on the grant date.
The Company bases the fair value of the options previously granted on the date of grant using a Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model that uses assumptions based on expected option life, the level of estimated forfeitures, dividend yields, expected stock volatility and the risk-free interest rate.  Stock volatility is based on the historical volatility of the Company’s stock.  The risk-free rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve and the expected term of the options.  Historical data is used to determine the expected term of its stock options and dividend yields. In addition to these assumptions, management makes estates regarding pre-vesting forfeitures that will impact total compensation expense recognized under the plans.
The fair value of each option is estimated on the date of grant using the following assumptions:
 
2012
Dividend yield
0.00%
Expected volatility
42%
Risk-free interest rate
0.71%
Expected option term
6.5 years

For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 , the compensation cost recognized for share based compensation was $98,000 , $108,000 , and $196,000 , respectively. The recognized tax benefit for share based compensation expense was $28,000 , $16,000 , and $36,000 for 2013 , 2012 , and 2011 , respectively.
A summary of the combined activity of the Plans for the year ended December 31, 2013 follows (dollars in thousands, except per share amounts):
 
 
Shares
 
Weighted 
Average
Exercise
Price
 
Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term (Years)
 
Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
Options outstanding at January 1, 2013
 
499,289

 
$
8.78

 
 
 
 

Options exercised
 
(93,329
)
 
$
8.45

 
 
 
 

Options forfeited
 
(25,530
)
 
$
9.15

 
 
 
 

Options outstanding at December 31, 2013
 
380,430

 
$
8.83

 
4.71
 
$
1,176

Options vested or expected to vest at December 31, 2013
 
375,055

 
$
8.85

 
4.66
 
$
2,928

Options exercisable at December 31, 2013
 
278,890

 
$
9.38

 
3.49
 
$
776

 

102


Information related to the stock option plan during each year follows (in thousands, except per share amounts):
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Weighted-average per share grant-date fair value of options granted
 
$

 
$
3.40

 
$

Intrinsic value of options exercised
 
$
82

 
$
93

 
$
417

Cash received from options exercised
 
$
789

 
$
385

 
$
680

Excess tax benefit realized for option exercises
 
$
17

 
$
26

 
$
116


As of December 31, 2013 , there was $268,000 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested share-based compensation arrangements granted under all Plans. The cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 3.15 years. The total fair value of options vested was $102,000 and $140,000 for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 , respectively.

16.
EMPLOYEE BENEFITS
 
401(k) and Profit Sharing Plan - The Bank has established a 401(k) and profit sharing plan.  The 401(k) plan covers substantially all employees who have completed a three -month period in which they are credited with at least 1000 hours of service.  Participants in the profit sharing plan are eligible to receive employer contributions after completion of 2 years of service.  Bank contributions to the profit sharing plan are determined at the discretion of the Board of Directors.  Participants are automatically vested 100% in all employer contributions.  The Bank contributed $225,000 , $210,000 , and $150,000 to the profit sharing plan in 2013 , 2012 and 2011 , respectively.  
Additionally, the Bank may elect to make a matching contribution to the participants’ 401(k) plan accounts.  The amount to be contributed is announced by the Bank at the beginning of the plan year.  For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 , the Bank made a 100% matching contribution on all deferred amounts up to 3% of eligible compensation and a 50% matching contribution on all deferred amounts above 3% to a maximum of 5% .  For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 , the Bank made matching contributions totaling $382,000 , $388,000 , and $352,000 , respectively.

Deferred Compensation Plan - The Bank has a nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan which provides directors with an unfunded, deferred compensation program.  Under the plan, eligible participants may elect to defer some or all of their current compensation or director fees.  Deferred amounts earn interest at an annual rate determined by the Board of Directors ( 2.85% at December 31, 2013 ).  At December 31, 2013 and 2012 , the total net deferrals included in accrued interest payable and other liabilities were $2,976,000 and $1,978,000 , respectively.
In connection with the implementation of the above plan, single premium universal life insurance policies on the life of each participant were purchased by the Bank, which is beneficiary and owner of the policies.  The cash surrender value of the policies totaled $3,416,000 and $3,308,000 and at December 31, 2013 and 2012 , respectively.  Income recognized on these policies, net of related expenses, for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 , was $108,000 , $103,000 , and $98,000 , respectively.
 
Salary Continuation Plans - The Board of Directors approved salary continuation plans for certain key executives during 2002 and subsequently amended the plans in 2006.  Under these plans, the Bank is obligated to provide the executives with annual benefits for 15 years after retirement.  These benefits are substantially equivalent to those available under split-dollar life insurance policies purchased by the Bank on the life of the executives.  The expense recognized under these plans for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 , totaled $581,000 , $658,000 , and $341,000 , respectively.  Accrued compensation payable under the salary continuation plans totaled $4,834,000 and $4,339,000 at December 31, 2013 and 2012 , respectively.
In connection with these plans, the Bank purchased single premium life insurance policies with cash surrender values totaling $4,804,000 and $4,659,000 at December 31, 2013 and 2012 , respectively.  Income recognized on these policies, net of related expense, for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 totaled $145,000 , $150,000 , and $144,000 , respectively.
In connection with the acquisition of Service 1 st  Bank, the Bank assumed a liability for the estimated present value of future benefits payable to former key executives of Service 1 st .  The liability relates to change in control benefits associated with Service 1 st ’s salary continuation plans.  The benefits are payable to the individuals when they reach retirement age.  At December 31, 2013 and 2012 , the total amount of the liability was $1,907,000 and $1,807,000 , respectively.  Expense recognized by the Bank in 2013 , 2012 and 2011 associated with these plans was $194,000 , $184,000 , and $98,000 , respectively.  These benefits are substantially equivalent to those available under split-dollar life insurance policies acquired.  These single premium life insurance policies had cash surrender values totaling $4,326,000 , and $4,196,000 at December 31, 2013 and 2012 , respectively.  Income recognized on these policies, net of related expenses, for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 , was $130,000 , $150,000 , and $140,000 , respectively.

103


In connection with the acquisition of Visalia Community Bank (VCB), the Bank assumed a liability for the estimated present value of future benefits payable to former key executives of VCB.  The liability relates to change in control benefits associated with VCB’s salary continuation plans.  The benefits are payable to the individuals when they reach retirement age.  At December 31, 2013 , the total amount of the liability was $863,000 .  Expense recognized by the Company in 2013 associated with these plans was $8,000 .  These benefits are substantially equivalent to those available under split-dollar life insurance policies acquired.  These single premium life insurance policies had cash surrender values totaling $6,897,000 at December 31, 2013 .  Income recognized on these policies, net of related expenses, for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $111,000 .
The current annual tax-free interest rate on all life insurance policies is 4.91% .

17.
LOANS TO RELATED PARTIES
 
During the normal course of business, the Bank enters into loans with related parties, including executive officers and directors.  The following is a summary of the aggregate activity involving related party borrowers (in thousands):
Balance, January 1, 2013
$
716

Disbursements
162

Amounts repaid
(71
)
Balance, December 31, 2013
$
807

 
 
Undisbursed commitments to related parties, December 31, 2013
$
1,426

 
18. PARENT ONLY CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS
 
December 31, 2013 and 2012
(In thousands)
 
 
2013
 
2012
ASSETS
 

 
 

Cash and cash equivalents
$
385

 
$
2,807

Investment in Bank subsidiary
124,378

 
119,812

Other assets
523

 
576

Total assets
$
125,286

 
$
123,195

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 

 
 

Liabilities:
 

 
 

Junior subordinated debentures due to subsidiary grantor trust
$
5,155

 
$
5,155

Other liabilities
88

 
375

Total liabilities
5,243

 
5,530

Shareholders’ equity:
 

 
 

Preferred stock, Series C

 
7,000

Common stock
53,981

 
40,583

Retained earnings
68,348

 
62,496

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax
(2,286
)
 
7,586

Total shareholders’ equity
120,043

 
117,665

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
$
125,286

 
$
123,195



104


CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
 
For the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011
(In thousands)  
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Income:
 

 
 

 
 

Dividends declared by Subsidiary - eliminated in consolidation
$
18,000

 
$
3,000

 
$

Other income
5

 
3

 
3

Total income
18,005

 
3,003

 
3

Expenses:
 

 
 

 
 

Interest on junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures
98

 
107

 
100

Professional fees
102

 
140

 
148

Other expenses
424

 
587

 
352

Total expenses
624

 
834

 
600

Income (loss) before equity in undistributed net income of Subsidiary
17,381

 
2,169

 
(597
)
Equity in undistributed net income of Subsidiary, net of distributions
(9,414
)
 
4,993

 
6,854

Income before income tax benefit
7,967

 
7,162

 
6,257

Benefit from income taxes
283

 
358

 
220

Net income
8,250

 
7,520

 
6,477

Preferred stock dividend and accretion of discount
350

 
350

 
486

Income available to common shareholders
$
7,900

 
$
7,170

 
$
5,991

 
 
 
 
 
 
Comprehensive (loss) income
$
(1,622
)
 
$
10,982

 
$
9,634



105


CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
For the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011
(In thousands)
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Cash flows from operating activities:
 

 
 

 
 

Net income
$
8,250

 
$
7,520

 
$
6,477

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 

Undistributed net income of subsidiary, net of distributions
9,414

 
(4,993
)
 
(6,854
)
Stock-based compensation
98

 
108

 
196

Tax benefit from exercise of stock options
(17
)
 
(26
)
 
(116
)
Net decrease (increase) in other assets
86

 
(28
)
 
(50
)
Net (decrease) increase in other liabilities
(198
)
 
179

 
(23
)
Benefit for deferred income taxes
(18
)
 
(15
)
 
(36
)
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
17,615

 
2,745

 
(406
)
Cash flows used in investing activities:
 

 
 

 
 

Investment in subsidiary
(11,358
)
 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:
 

 
 

 
 

Cash dividend payments on common stock
(2,048
)
 
(480
)
 

Cash dividend payments on preferred stock
(437
)
 
(350
)
 
(307
)
Share repurchase and retirement

 
(488
)
 

Proceeds from exercise of stock options
789

 
385

 
680

Redemption of preferred stock Series C
(7,000
)
 

 

Warrant purchase

 

 
(185
)
Tax benefit from exercise of stock options
17

 
26

 
116

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
(8,679
)
 
(907
)
 
304

(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
(2,422
)
 
1,838

 
(102
)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
2,807

 
969

 
1,071

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
$
385

 
$
2,807

 
$
969

 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash paid during the year for interest
$
125

 
$
109

 
$
98

Non-cash investing and financing activities:
 
 
 

 
 

Redemption of preferred stock Series A and issuance of preferred stock Series C
$

 
$

 
$
7,000

Common stock issued in Visalia Community Bank acquisition
12,494

 

 



SUPPLEMENTARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
The following supplementary financial information is not a part of the Company’s financial statements.
 

106


Unaudited Quarterly Statement of Operations Data
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
 
 
Q4 2013 (1)
 
Q3 2013 (1)
 
Q2 2013
 
Q1 2013
 
Q4 2012
 
Q3 2012
 
Q2 2012
 
Q1 2012
Net interest income
$
9,192

 
$
10,536

 
$
6,878

 
$
6,845

 
$
7,189

 
$
7,572

 
$
7,510

 
$
7,666

Provision for credit losses

 

 

 

 
200

 

 
100

 
400

Net interest income after provision for credit losses
9,192

 
10,536

 
6,878

 
6,845

 
6,989

 
7,572

 
7,410

 
7,266

Total non-interest income
1,965

 
1,813

 
1,828

 
2,226

 
1,829

 
2,284

 
1,471

 
1,658

Total non-interest expense
8,538

 
8,991

 
7,224

 
6,933

 
6,983

 
6,655

 
6,718

 
6,918

Provision for income taxes
408

 
389

 
195

 
355

 
193

 
745

 
454

 
293

Net income
$
2,211

 
$
2,969

 
$
1,287

 
$
1,783

 
$
1,642

 
$
2,456

 
$
1,709

 
$
1,713

Net income available to common shareholders
$
2,123

 
$
2,882

 
$
1,199

 
$
1,696

 
$
1,554

 
$
2,369

 
$
1,622

 
$
1,625

Basic earnings per share
$
0.19

 
$
0.26

 
$
0.13

 
$
0.18

 
$
0.16

 
$
0.25

 
$
0.17

 
$
0.17

Diluted earnings per share
$
0.19

 
$
0.26

 
$
0.12

 
$
0.18

 
$
0.16

 
$
0.25

 
$
0.17

 
$
0.17


(1) The increase in Q4 2013 and Q3 2013 is a result of the Visalia Community Bank acquisition effective July, 1, 2014.

ITEM 9 -
CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.

Not Applicable.

ITEM 9A -
CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
 
Based on their evaluation as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K (as required by paragraph (b) of Rule 13a-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the Exchange Act)), the Registrant’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer have concluded that the Registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act) were effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act was recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in Securities and Exchange Commission rules and forms.
 
REPORT OF MANAGEMENT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
 
Management of Central Valley Community Bancorp and its subsidiary (the Company) is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for the Company, as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  The Company’s management, including the chief executive officer and chief financial officer, has assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013 , presented in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the 1992 Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control - Integrated Framework. Based on this assessment, management concluded that, as of December 31, 2013 , the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective based on those criteria.
There have not been any changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2013 , that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
This annual report does not include an attestation report of the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting. Management’s report was not subject to attestation by the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm pursuant to rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission that permit the

107

Table of Contents

Company to provide only management’s report in this annual report.
 
 
CENTRAL VALLEY COMMUNITY BANCORP
 
 
 
 
 
 
Date:
March 21, 2014
 
By:
/s/ Daniel J. Doyle
 
 
Daniel J. Doyle
 
 
President and Chief Executive Officer
 
 
(principal executive officer)
 
 
 
Date:
March 21, 2014
 
By:
/s/ David A. Kinross
 
 
David A. Kinross
 
 
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
 
 
(principal accounting officer and principal financial officer)
ITEM 9B -
OTHER INFORMATION
 
Not Applicable.
 
PART III

ITEM 10 -
DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, PROMOTERS AND CONTROL PERSONS; COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 16(a) OF THE EXCHANGE ACT.

For information concerning directors and executive officers of the Company, see “ELECTION OF DIRECTORS OF THE COMPANY” in the definitive Proxy Statement for the Company’s 2014 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A (the Proxy Statement), which section of the Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.
 
Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance
 
Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 requires the Company’s officers and directors, and persons who own more than 10% of a registered class of the Company’s equity securities, to file reports of ownership and changes in ownership with the FDIC.  Officers, directors and greater than 10% shareholders are required by SEC regulations to furnish the Company with copies of all Section 16(a) forms they file. 
Based solely on its review of the copies of such forms received by it, or written representations from certain reporting persons that no Forms 4 and 5 were required for those persons, the Company believes that for the 2013 fiscal year the officers and directors of the Company complied with all applicable filing requirements.
 
ITEM 11 -
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.
 
The information required by this Item can be found in the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement under the captions “Executive Compensation” and is by this reference incorporated herein.
 
ITEM 12 -
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.
 
For information concerning security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management, see “PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS” and “ELECTION OF DIRECTORS OF THE COMPANY” in the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement, which sections of the Proxy Statement are incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 13 -
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS.
 
For information concerning certain relationships and related transactions, see “CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS” and “INDEBTEDNESS OF MANAGEMENT” in the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement, which sections of the Proxy Statement are incorporated herein by reference.
 

108

Table of Contents

ITEM 14 -
PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES
 
For information concerning principal accounting fees and services, see “PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES” in the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement, which sections of the Proxy Statement are incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 15 -
EXHIBITS
 
(a)  EXHIBITS
 
See Index to Exhibits of this Form 10-K.

109

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Company has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
 
 
CENTRAL VALLEY COMMUNITY BANCORP
 
 
 
 
 
 
Date:
March 21, 2014
 
By:
/s/ Daniel J. Doyle
 
 
Daniel J. Doyle
 
 
President and Chief Executive Officer
 
 
(principal executive officer)
 
 
 
Date:
March 21, 2014
 
By:
/s/ David A. Kinross
 
 
David A. Kinross
 
 
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
 
 
(principal accounting officer and principal financial officer)

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

110

Table of Contents

 
/s/ Daniel J. Doyle
 
Date: March 21, 2014
Daniel J. Doyle,
 
 
President and Chief Executive Officer and Director (principal executive officer)
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ David A. Kinross
 
Date: March 21, 2014
David A. Kinross,
 
 
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
 
 
(principal accounting officer and principal financial officer)
 
 
 
 
 
Daniel N. Cunningham *
 
Date: March 21, 2014
Daniel N. Cunningham,
 
 
Chairman of the Board and Director
 
 
 
 
 
Sidney B. Cox *
 
Date: March 21, 2014
Sidney B. Cox, Director
 
 
 
 
 
Edwin S. Darden *
 
Date: March 21, 2014
Edwin S. Darden, Director
 
 
 
 
 
F.T. Elliott, IV *
 
Date: March 21, 2014
F.T. Elliott, Director
 
 
 
 
 
Steven D. McDonald *
 
Date: March 21, 2014
Steven D. McDonald, Director
 
 
 
 
 
Louis McMurray *
 
Date: March 21, 2014
Louis McMurray, Director
 
 
 
 
 
William S. Smittcamp *
 
Date: March 21, 2014
William S. Smittcamp, Director
 
 
 
 
 
Joseph B. Weirick *
 
Date: March 21, 2014
Joseph B. Weirick, Director
 
 
 
 
 
* By
/s/ Daniel J. Doyle
 
Date: March 21, 2014
Daniel J. Doyle, as Attorney-in-fact
 
 
 
 
 
 

111

Table of Contents

INDEX TO EXHIBITS 
Exhibit
 
 
Number
 
Exhibit
 
 
 
2.1
 
Agreement and Plan of Reorganization by and between Central Valley Community Bancorp and Bank of Madera County dated as of July 19, 2004 as amended to reflect amendments at Section 2.5 dated September 29, 2004, incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the proxy statement-prospectus contained in the Registration Statement on Form S-4, Registration Statement No. 333-118534, effective as of November 4, 2004.
 
 
 
2.2
 
Reorganization Agreement and Plan of Merger by and among Central Valley Community Bancorp, Central Valley Community Bank, Service 1 st  Bancorp, and Service 1 st  Bank dated as of May 28, 2008 as amended as of August 21, 2008, incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the proxy statement-prospectus contained in the Registration Statement on Form S-4, Registration Statement No. 333-152151, effective date September 9, 2008.
 
 
 
3.1
 
Certificate of Determination for Preferred Stock (20).
 
 
 
3.1.1
 
Articles of Incorporation of the Company. (1)
 
 
 
3.1.2
 
Certificate of Amendment of Articles of Incorporation, dated July 6, 2000. (2)
 
 
 
3.1.3
 
Certificate of Amendment of Articles of Incorporation, dated January 6, 2003 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1.3 to Registrant’s Annual report on Form 10-KSB for the year ended December 31, 2003, filed March 26, 2004.
 
 
 
3.1.4
 
Certificate of Amendment of Articles of Incorporation, dated October 31, 2005 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.(I) to Registrant’s Quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2005, filed November 14, 2005.
 
 
 
3.1.5
 
Certificate of Determination of Series A Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, dated January 16, 2009 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K dated January 30, 2009).
 
 
 
3.1.6
 
Certificate of Determination of Series B Adjustable Rate Non-cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock dated December 22, 2009 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K dated December 22, 2009).
 
 
 
3.2
 
Bylaws of the Company as amended to date. (20)
 
 
 
4.1
 
Form of Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of December 22, 2009 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K dated December 22, 2009).
 
 
 
4.2
 
Form of Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of December 22, 2009 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K dated December 22, 2009).
 
 
 
9
 
N/A
 
 
 
10.1
 
Central Valley Community Bancorp 2000 Stock Option Plan. (3) *
 
 
 
10.2
 
Central Valley Community Bancorp Incentive Stock Option Agreement. (2) *
 
 
 

112

Table of Contents

10.3
 
Central Valley Community Bancorp Non-Statutory Stock Option Agreement. (2) *
 
 
 
10.4
 
Clovis Community Bank 1992 Stock Option Plan. (2) *
 
 
 
10.5
 
Clovis Community Bank Incentive Stock Option Agreement. (2) *
 
 
 
10.6
 
Clovis Community Bank Non-Statutory Stock Option Agreement. (2) *
 
 
 
10.7
 
Clovis Community Bank Amended and Restated Salary Deferral Plan, effective January 1, 1997. (2) *
 
 
 
10.8
 
Amendment Number One to the Clovis Community Bank Amended and Restated Salary Deferral Plan, effective January 1, 1997. (2) *
 
 
 
10.9
 
Amendment Number Two to the Clovis Community Bank Amended and Restated Salary Deferral Plan, effective January 1, 1997. (2) *
 
 
 
10.10
 
Deferred Fee Agreement by and between Clovest Corporation and Daniel N. Cunningham. (2) *
 
 
 
10.11
 
Deferred Fee Agreement by and between Clovest Corporation and Steven McDonald. (2) *
 
 
 
10.12
 
Deferred Fee Agreement by and between Clovest Corporation and Louis McMurray. (2) *
 
 
 
10.13
 
Deferred Fee Agreement by and between Clovest Corporation and Wanda Lee Rogers. (16) *
 
 
 
10.14
 
Deferred Fee Agreement by and between Clovest Corporation and William S. Smittcamp. (2) *
 
 
 
10.15
 
Clovis Community Bank 1999 Senior Management Incentive Plan. (2) *
 
 
 
10.16
 
Employment Agreement by and between Clovis Community Bank and Daniel J. Doyle dated May 11, 1998. (2) *
 
 
 
10.17
 
[reserved]
 
 
 
10.18
 
[reserved]
 
 
 
10.19
 
Salary Continuation Agreement by and between Clovis Community Bank and Daniel J. Doyle, dated June 7, 2000. (2)*
 
 
 
10.20
 
Salary Continuation Agreement by and between Clovis Community Bank and Gayle Graham, dated June 7, 2000. (2) *
 
 
 
10.21
 
Salary Continuation Agreement by and between Clovis Community Bank and Gary Quisenberry, dated June 7, 2000. (2) *
 
 
 
10.22
 
Salary Continuation Agreement by and between Clovis Community Bank and Tom Sommer, dated June 7, 2000. (2) *
 
 
 
10.23
 
Clovis Community Bank Amended and Restated Deferred Fee Agreement for Daniel N. Cunningham. (2)*
 
 
 

113

Table of Contents

10.24
 
Clovis Community Bank Amended and Restated Deferred Fee Agreement for Steven McDonald. (2) *
 
 
 
10.25
 
Clovis Community Bank Amended and Restated Deferred Fee Agreement for Louis McMurray. (2) *
 
 
 
10.26
 
Clovis Community Bank Amended and Restated Deferred Fee Agreement for Wanda Lee Rogers. (2) *
 
 
 
10.27
 
Clovis Community Bank Amended and Restated Deferred Fee Agreement for William S. Smittcamp. (2) *
 
 
 
10.28
 
Life Insurance Endorsement Method Split Dollar Plan Agreement by and between Clovis Community Bank and Daniel J. Doyle, dated June 21, 2000. (2) *
 
 
 
10.29
 
Life Insurance Endorsement Method Split Dollar Plan Agreement by and between Clovis Community Bank and Dorothy Graham, dated June 21, 2000. (3) *
 
 
 
10.30
 
Life Insurance Endorsement Method Split Dollar Plan Agreement by and between Clovis Community Bank and Gary Quisenberry, dated June 21, 2000. (3) *
 
 
 
10.31
 
Life Insurance Endorsement Method Split Dollar Plan Agreement by and between Clovis Community Bank and Tom Sommer, dated June 21, 2000. (3) *
 
 
 
10.32
 
Salary Continuation Agreement by and between Clovis Community Bank and Shirley Wilburn, dated April 1, 2001. (5) *
 
 
 
10.33
 
Life Insurance Endorsement Method Split Dollar Plan Agreement by and between Clovis Community Bank and Shirley Wilburn, dated April 1, 2001. (5) *
 
 
 
10.34
 
Director Deferred Fee Agreement by and between Clovis Community Bank and Edwin S. Darden. Jr., effective August 1, 2001. (6) *
 
 
 
10.35
 
Addendum A, Clovis Community Bank Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement by and between Clovis Community Bank and Edwin S. Darden Jr., effective November 29, 2001. (6) *
 
 
 
10.36
 
Form of Second Amended and Restated Director Deferred Fee Agreement by and between Clovis Community Bank and Daniel N. Cunningham, Steven McDonald, Louis McMurray, Wanda Lee Rogers and William S. Smittcamp, effective February 13, 2002. (7) *
 
 
 
10.37
 
Schedule A, Participants’ Normal Retirement Age and Form of Benefit Elected to Second Amended and Restated Director Deferred Fee Agreement by and between Clovis Community Bank and Daniel N. Cunningham, Steven McDonald, Louis McMurray, Wanda Lee Rogers and William S. Smittcamp, effective February 13, 2002 . (7) *
 
 
 
10.38
 
Addendum A, Clovis Community Bank Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement by and between Clovis Community Bank and Daniel N. Cunningham, Steven McDonald, Louis McMurray, Wanda Lee Rogers and William S. Smittcamp, effective February 13, 2002. (7) *
 
 
 
10.39
 
Schedule B, Participants and Their Executive Interest in Clovis Community Bank Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement, by and between Clovis Community Bank and Daniel N. Cunningham, Steven McDonald, Louis McMurray, Wanda Lee Rogers and William S. Smittcamp, effective February 13, 2002. (7) *
 
 
 
10.40
 
Central Valley Community Bank Employee and Director Preferred Interest Bonus Plan. (7) *
 
 
 

114

Table of Contents

10.41
 
Amendment No. 1 to Employment Agreement by and between Central Valley Community Bank and Daniel J. Doyle effective July 17, 2002. (8) *
 
 
 
10.42
 
Amendment No. 1 to Salary Continuation Agreement by and between Central Valley Community Bank and Daniel J. Doyle effective October 16, 2002. (9)*
 
 
 
10.43
 
Form of Amendment to the Split Dollar Agreement and Policy Endorsement with Central Valley Community Bank by and between Central Valley Community Bank f/k/a Clovis Community Bank and Daniel N. Cunningham, Steven McDonald, Louis McMurray, Wanda Lee Rogers and William S. Smittcamp, effective January 1, 2003. (10)*
 
 
 
10.44
 
Schedule C, Participants and life insurance policies in Central Valley Community Bank Amended Split Dollar Agreement and Policy Endorsement by and between Central Valley Community Bank f/k/a Clovis Community Bank and Daniel N. Cunningham, Steven McDonald, Louis McMurray, Wanda Lee Rogers and William S. Smittcamp, effective January 1, 2003. (10)*
 
 
 
10.45
 
Amendment No. 2 to Executive Salary Continuation Agreement by and between Central Valley Community Bank, f/k/a Clovis Community Bank, and Daniel J. Doyle. (11)*
 
 
 
10.46
 
Amendment No. 1 to Endorsement Split Dollar Plan Agreement by and between Central Valley Community Bank, f/k/a Clovis Community Bank, and Daniel J. Doyle. (11)*
 
 
 
10.47
 
Second Amendment to the Clovest Corporation Director Deferred Compensation Plan Agreement Dated November 14, 1996 by and between Clovest Corporation and Daniel N. Cunningham effective October 31, 2003. (12)*
 
 
 
10.48
 
Second Amendment to the Clovest Corporation Director Deferred Compensation Plan Agreement Dated November 14, 1996 by and between Clovest Corporation and William S. Smittcamp effective October 31, 2003. (12)*
 
 
 
10.49
 
Second Amendment to the Clovest Corporation Director Deferred Compensation Plan Agreement Dated November 14, 1996 by and between Clovest Corporation and Louis McMurray effective October 31, 2003. (12)*
 
 
 
10.50
 
Second Amendment to the Clovest Corporation Director Deferred Compensation Plan Agreement Dated November 14, 1996 by and between Clovest Corporation and Wanda Lee Rogers effective October 31, 2003. (12)*
 
 
 
10.51
 
Business Loan Agreement and Pledge Agreement dated as of December 17, 2004, between Central Valley Community Bancorp and Bank of the West. (13)
 
 
 
10.52
 
Form of Amendment No. 1 To Salary Continuation Agreement dated June 7, 2000 by and between Central Valley Community Bank and Gayle Graham, Gary Quisenberry, Tom Sommer and Shirley Wilburn effective February 1, 2005. (14)*
 
 
 
10.53
 
Exhibit 1 to Amendment No. 1 to Salary Continuation Agreement by and between Central Valley Community Bank and Gayle Graham effective February 1, 2005. (14)*
 
 
 
10.54
 
Exhibit 1 to Amendment No. 1 to Salary Continuation Agreement by and between Central Valley Community Bank and Gary Quisenberry effective February 1, 2005. (14)*
 
 
 
10.56
 
Exhibit 1 to Amendment No. 1 to Salary Continuation Agreement by and between Central Valley Community Bank and Tom Sommer effective February 1, 2005. (14)*
 
 
 

115

Table of Contents

10.57
 
Exhibit 1 to Amendment No. 1 to Salary Continuation Agreement by and between Central Valley Community Bank and Shirley Wilburn effective February 1, 2005. (14)*
 
 
 
10.58
 
Form of Amendment No. 1 To Life Insurance Endorsement Method Split Dollar Plan Agreement by and between Central Valley Community Bank and Gayle Graham, Gary Quisenberry and Tom Sommer effective February 1, 2005. (14)*
 
 
 
10.59
 
Exhibit B to Amendment No. 1 To Life Insurance Endorsement Method Split Dollar Plan Agreement by and between Central Valley Community Bank and Gayle Graham effective February 1, 2005. (14)*
 
 
 
10.60
 
Exhibit B to Amendment No. 1 To Life Insurance Endorsement Method Split Dollar Plan Agreement by and between Central Valley Community Bank and Gary Quisenberry effective February 1, 2005. (14)*
 
 
 
10.61
 
Exhibit B to Amendment No. 1 To Life Insurance Endorsement Method Split Dollar Plan Agreement by and between Central Valley Community Bank and Tom Sommer effective February 1, 2005. (14)*
 
 
 
10.62
 
Amendment No. 1 To Life Insurance Endorsement Method Split Dollar Plan Agreement by and between Central Valley Community Bank and Shirley Wilburn effective February 1, 2005. (14)*
 
 
 
10.63
 
Amendment No. 3 To Salary Continuation Agreement by and between Central Valley Community Bank and Daniel Doyle effective February 1, 2005. (14)*
 
 
 
10.64
 
Central Valley Community Bancorp 2005 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference from Appendix A to the registrant’s proxy statement filed April 5, 2005. (14)*
 
 
 
10.65
 
Life Insurance Endorsement Method Split Dollar Plan Agreement by and between Central Valley Community Bank and David Kinross, dated July 1, 2006.(15)*
 
 
 
10.66
 
Executive Salary Continuation Agreement by and between Central Valley Community Bank and David Kinross, dated July 1, 2006. (15)*
 
 
 
10.67
 
Amended and Restated Life Insurance Endorsement Method Split Dollar Plan Agreement by and between Central Valley Community Bank and Daniel J. Doyle, dated December 31, 2006. (16)*
 
 
 
10.68
 
Amended and Restated Executive Salary Continuation Agreement by and between Central Valley Community Bank and Daniel J. Doyle, dated December 31, 2006. (16)*
 
 
 
10.69
 
Amended Life Insurance Endorsement Method Split Dollar Plan Agreement by and between Central Valley Community Bank and Shirley Wilburn, dated December 31, 2006. (16)*
 
 
 
10.70
 
Amended Executive Salary Continuation Agreement by and between Central Valley Community Bank and Shirley Wilburn, dated December 31, 2006. (16)*
 
 
 
10.71
 
Amendment No. 2 To Life Insurance Endorsement Method Split Dollar Plan Agreement by and between Central Valley Community Bank and Gayle Graham, dated December 20, 2006. (16)*
 
 
 
10.72
 
Amendment No. 2 To Salary Continuation Agreement by and between Central Valley Community Bank and Gayle Graham, dated December 20, 2006. (16)*
 
 
 
10.73
 
Amended Life Insurance Endorsement Method Split Dollar Agreement by and between Central Valley Community Bank and David Kinross, dated March 1, 2007. (16)*
 
 
 

116

Table of Contents

10.74
 
Amended Executive Salary Continuation Agreement by and between Central Valley Community Bank and David Kinross, dated March 1, 2007. (16)*
 
 
 
10.75
 
Amended Life Insurance Endorsement Method Split Dollar Agreement by and between Central Valley Community Bank and Tom Sommer, dated March 1, 2007. (16)*
 
 
 
10.76
 
Amended Executive Salary Continuation Agreement by and between Central Valley Community Bank and Tom Sommer, dated March 1, 2007. (16)*
 
 
 
10.77
 
Amended Life Insurance Endorsement Method Split Dollar Agreement by and between Central Valley Community Bank and Gary Quisenberry, dated March 1, 2007. (16)*
 
 
 
10.78
 
Amended Executive Salary Continuation Agreement by and between Central Valley Community Bank and Gary Quisenberry, dated March 1, 2007. (16)*
 
 
 
10.79
 
Life Insurance Endorsement Method Split Dollar Plan Agreement by and between Central Valley Community Bank and Lydia E. Shaw, dated January 2, 2008.(17)*
 
 
 
10.80
 
Executive Salary Continuation Agreement by and between Central Valley Community Bank and Lydia E. Shaw, dated January 2, 2008. (17)*
 
 
 
10.81
 
Form of Salary Continuation Agreement Amendment dated March 1, 2008 by and between Central Valley Community Bank and David Kinross, Tom Sommer, Lydia Shaw and Gary Quisenberry. (17)*
 
 
 
10.82
 
Salary Continuation Agreement Amendment dated March 1, 2008 by and between Central Valley Community Bank and Daniel J. Doyle. (17)*
 
 
 
10.83
 
Form of Second Amendment to the Director Deferred Compensation Agreement effective January 1, 2009 by and between Central Valley Community Bank and Daniel N. Cunningham, Edwin S. Darden, Jr., Steven D. McDonald, Louis C. McMurray, William S. Smittcamp and Wanda L. Rogers. (Filed as Exhibits to Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference).
 
 
 
10.84
 
Second Executive Salary Continuation Agreement effective April 1, 2010 by and between Central Valley Community Bank and Thomas Sommer. (19)*
 
 
 
10.85
 
Second Executive Salary Continuation Agreement effective April 1, 2010 by and between Central Valley Community Bank and Gary Quisenberry. (19)*
 
 
 
10.86
 
Securities Purchase Agreement, dated August 18, 2011, between the Company and the United States Department of Treasury. (20)
 
 
 
10.87
 
Letter Agreement, dated August 18, 2011, between the Company and the United States Department of Treasury. (20)
 
 
 
10.88
 
Share Exchange Agreement, dated August 23, 2011, among the Company and Patriot Financial Partners, L.P. and Patriot Financial Partners Parallel, L.P. (20)
 
 
 
10.89
 
Second Amended and Restated Executive Salary Continuation Agreement effective July 1, 2011, by and between Central Valley Community Bank and Daniel J. Doyle. (20)*
 
 
 
10.90
 
Second Amended and Restated Life Insurance Method Split Dollar Plan Agreement effective July 1, 2011, by and between Central Valley Community Bank and Daniel J. Doyle. (20)*

117

Table of Contents

10.91
 
Amended Executive Salary Continuation Agreement effective January 1, 2012, by and between Central Valley Community Bank and Lydia Shaw. (21)*
 
 
 
10.92
 
Amended Life Insurance Endorsement Method Split Dollar Agreement effective January 1, 2012, by and between Central Valley Community Bank and Lydia Shaw. (21)*
 
 
 
10.93
 
Second Amended Executive Salary Continuation Agreement effective January 1, 2012, by and between Central Valley Community Bank and David Kinross. (21)*
 
 
 
10.94
 
Second Amended Life Insurance Endorsement Method Split Dollar Agreement effective January 1, 2012, by and between Central Valley Community Bank and David Kinross. (21)*
 
 
 
10.95
 
Amended Second Executive Salary Continuation Agreement effective January 1, 2012, by and between Central Valley Community Bank and Gary Quisenberry. (21)*
 
 
 
10.96
 
Second Amended Life Insurance Endorsement Method Split Dollar Agreement effective January 1, 2012, by and between Central Valley Community Bank and Gary Quisenberry. (21)*
 
 
 
10.97
 
Amended Second Executive Salary Continuation Agreement effective January 1, 2012, by and between Central Valley Community Bank and Tom Sommer. (21)*
 
 
 
10.98
 
Second Amended Life Insurance Endorsement Method Split Dollar Agreement effective January 1, 2012, by and between Central Valley Community Bank and Tom Sommer. (21)*
 
 
 
10.99
 
Amended Split Dollar Plan Agreement and Endorsement effective March 21, 2012, by and between Central Valley Community Bank and William S. Smittcamp. (22)*
 
 
 
10.100
 
Amended Split Dollar Plan Agreement and Endorsement effective March 21, 2012, by and between Central Valley Community Bank and Daniel N. Cunningham. (22)*
 
 
 
10.101
 
Amended Split Dollar Plan Agreement and Endorsement effective March 21, 2012, by and between Central Valley Community Bank and Louis McMurray. (22)*
 
 
 
10.102
 
Amended Split Dollar Plan Agreement and Endorsement effective March 21, 2012, by and between Central Valley Community Bank and Steven D. McDonald. (22)*
 
 
 
10.103
 
Amended Split Dollar Plan Agreement and Endorsement effective March 21, 2012, by and between Central Valley Community Bank and Edwin S. Darden. (22)*
 
 
 
10.104
 
Amended Split Dollar Plan Agreement and Endorsement effective December 18, 2013, by and between Central Valley Community Bank and Daniel N. Cunningham. (23)*
 
 
 
10.105
 
Amended Split Dollar Plan Agreement and Endorsement effective December 18, 2013, by and between Central Valley Community Bank and Edwin S. Darden. (23)*
 
 
 
10.106
 
Amended Split Dollar Plan Agreement and Endorsement effective December 18, 2013, by and between Central Valley Community Bank and Louis McMurray. (23)*
 
 
 
10.107
 
Amended Split Dollar Plan Agreement and Endorsement effective December 18, 2013, by and between Central Valley Community Bank and Steven D. McDonald. (23)*
 
 
 

118

Table of Contents

10.108
 
Amended Split Dollar Plan Agreement and Endorsement effective December 18, 2013, by and between Central Valley Community Bank and William S. Smittcamp. (23)*
 
 
 
10.109
 
Employment Agreement by and between Central Valley Community Bank and James M. Ford dated January 23, 2014. (23) *
 
 
 
11
 
N/A
 
 
 
12
 
N/A
 
 
 
13
 
N/A
 
 
 
16
 
N/A
 
 
 
18
 
N/A
 
 
 
21
 
Subsidiaries.
 
 
 
22
 
N/A
 
 
 
23
 
Consent of Crowe Horwath LLP.
 
 
 
24
 
Power of Attorney
 
 
 
31.1
 
Rule 13a-14(a) [Section 302] Certification Of Principal Executive Officer.
 
 
 
31.2
 
Rule 13a-14(a) [Section 302] Certification Of Principal Financial Officer.
 
 
 
32.1
 
Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, As Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002.
 
 
 
32.2
 
Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350. As Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002.
 
 
 
101.INS
 
XBRL Instance Document
 
 
 
101.SCH
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
 
 
 
101.CAL
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Document
 
 
 
101.DEF
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase
 
 
 
101.LAB
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Labels Linkbase Document
 
 
 
101.PRE
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Link Document
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

119

Table of Contents

*              Management contract and compensatory plans.

(1)
Filed as Exhibit 3.1.1 to the Annual Report on Form 10-KSB for the year ended December 31, 2000 (the 2000 Form 10-KSB) and incorporated herein by reference.

(2)
Filed as Exhibits to the 2000 Form 10-KSB and incorporated herein by reference.

(3)
Attached as Exhibit 99.1 to Registration Statement No. 333-52384 on Form S-8 filed by the Registrant (the 2000 Plan S-8 Registration Statement) and incorporated herein by reference.

(4)
Attached as Exhibit 99.1 to Registration Statement No. 333-50276 on Form S-8 filed by the Registrant (the 1992 Plan S-8 Registration Statement) and incorporated herein by reference.

(5)
Filed as Exhibits to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-QSB for the quarter ended June 30, 2001 and incorporated herein by reference.

(6)
Filed as Exhibits to the Annual Report on Form 10-KSB for the year ended December 31, 2001 and incorporated herein by reference.

(7)
Filed as Exhibits to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-QSB for the quarter ended June 30, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference.

(8)
Filed as Exhibit 10.41 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-QSB for the quarter ended September 30, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference.

(9)
Filed as Exhibit 10.42 to the Annual Report on Form 10-KSB for the year ended December 31, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference.

(10)
Filed as Exhibits to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-QSB for the quarter ended March 31, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference.

(11)
Filed as Exhibits to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-QSB for the quarter ended September, 30 2003 and incorporated herein by reference.

(12)
Filed as Exhibits to the Annual Report on Form 10-KSB for the year ended December 31, 2003, filed March 26, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.

(13)
Filed as Exhibits to the Annual Report on Form 10-KSB for the year ended December 31, 2004, filed March 24, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.

(14)
Filed as Exhibits to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June, 30 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.

(15)
Filed as Exhibits to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June, 30 2006 and incorporated herein by reference.

(16)
Filed as Exhibits to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006, filed March 28, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference

(17)
Filed as Exhibits to Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007, filed March 5, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference

(18)
Filed as Exhibits to Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008, filed March 19, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference

(19)
Filed as Exhibits to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference.


120

Table of Contents

(20)
Filed as Exhibits to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.

(21)
Filed as Exhibit to Annual Report on Form 10K for the year ended December 31, 2011, filed March 21, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference.

(22)
Filed as Exhibits to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference.

(23)
Filed as Exhibits to Annual Report on Form 10K for the year ended December 31, 2013, filed March 21, 2014 filed here.

121
Exhibit 10.104

CENTRAL VALLEY COMMUNITY BANK
AMENDED SPLIT DOLLAR AGREEMENT AND ENDORSEMENT
THIS AMENDED SPLIT DOLLAR AGREEMENT AND ENDORSEMENT is entered into as of this     18th     day of December , 2013, by and between Central Valley Community Bank (the “Bank”), a California-chartered bank located in Fresno, California and DANIEL N. CUNNINGHAM, a Director of the Bank (the “Director”). The Endorsement attached as Exhibit A and the Beneficiary Designation form attached as Exhibit B are incorporated by reference and made a part of this Agreement.
To encourage the Director to remain a member of the Bank’s Board of Directors, the Bank is willing to divide the death proceeds of one or more life insurance policies on the Director’s life. The Bank will pay life insurance premiums from its general assets.
This Agreement supersedes that certain Split Dollar Agreement And Endorsement dated February 13, 2002, as amended on January 8, 2003, and on March 21, 2012.
ARTICLE 1
GENERAL DEFINITIONS
Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Split Dollar Agreement And Endorsement are used herein as defined in the Second Amended and Restated Director Deferred Fee Agreement dated as of February 13, 2002, as amended June 18, 2003, and January 1, 2009 (the “Deferred Fee Agreement”). The following terms shall have the meanings specified:
Insurer ” means Lincoln National Life Insurance Company and Security Life Insurance Company of Denver.
Policy ” means the following insurance policy numbers:
JP5234733    Lincoln National Life Insurance Company
00698111    Midland National Life Insurance Company
Insured ” means the Director.
ARTICLE 2     
POLICY OWNERSHIP INTERESTS
2.1      Bank Ownership . The Bank is the sole owner of the Policy and shall have the right to exercise all incidents of ownership. The Bank shall be the beneficiary of any death proceeds remaining after the Director’s interest has been paid under Section 2.2.
2.2      Director’s Interest . The Director shall have the right to designate the beneficiary(ies) of death proceeds. Upon the death of the Insured, the Insured’s beneficiaries shall be entitled to an amount equal to the balance of the Deferral Account maintained by the Bank for the Insured under the Deferred Fee Agreement as of the date of the Insured’s death. However, the amount paid to the Insured, the Insured’s transferee and the Insured’s beneficiary(ies) or estate shall be reduced by any amounts paid under the Deferred Fee Agreement and the Insured, the Insured’s transferee and the Insured’s beneficiary(ies) or estate shall have no rights or interests in the Policy beyond the amount due and payable. The Director shall also have the right to elect and change settlement options specified in the Policy that may be permitted. However, the Director, the Director’s transferee and the Director’s beneficiary(ies) or estate shall have no rights or interests in the Policy for that portion of the death proceeds designated in this Section 2.2 if Termination of Service of the Director shall have previously occurred as a result of Termination for Cause under the Deferred Fee Agreement.
2.3      Option to Purchase . The Bank shall not sell, surrender, or transfer ownership of the Policy while this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement is in effect without first giving the Director or the Director’s transferee a right of first refusal to purchase the Policy for the Policy’s interpolated terminal reserve value. The right of first refusal to purchase the Policy must be exercised within 6o days after the date the Bank gives written notice of the Bank’s intention to sell, surrender, or transfer ownership of the Policy. This provision shall not impair the right of the Bank to terminate this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement.
2.4      Comparable Coverage . Upon execution of this Agreement, the Bank shall maintain the Policy in full force and effect, and the Bank shall not amend, terminate or otherwise abrogate the Director’s interest in the Policy unless the Bank (a) replaces the Policy with a comparable insurance policy to cover the benefit provided under this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement and (b) executes a new Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement and Endorsement for the comparable insurance policy. The Policy or any comparable policy shall be subject to the claims of the Bank’s creditors.
ARTICLE 3     
PREMIUMS
3.1      Premium Payment . The Bank shall pay any premiums due on the Policy.
3.2      Imputed Income . The Bank shall impute income to the Director in an amount equal to (a) the current term rate for the Director’s age, multiplied by (b) the net death benefit payable to the Director’s beneficiary(ies). The “current term rate” is the minimum amount required to be imputed under IRS Revenue Rulings 64-328 and 66-110, or any subsequent applicable authority.
ARTICLE 4     
ASSIGNMENT
The Director may assign without consideration all interests in the Policy and in this Split Dollar Agreement to any person, entity or trust. If the Director transfers all of the Director’s interest in the Policy, then all of the Director’s interest in the Policy and in the Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement shall be vested in the Director’s transferee, who shall be substituted as a party hereunder, and the Director shall have no further interest in the Policy or in this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement.
ARTICLE 5     
INSURER
The Insurer shall be bound only by the terms of the Policy. Any payments the Insurer makes or actions it takes in accordance with the Policy shall fully discharge it from all claims, suits, and demands of all entities or persons. The Insurer shall not be bound by or be deemed to have notice of the provisions of this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement.
ARTICLE 6     
CLAIMS PROCEDURE
6.1      Claims Procedure . The Bank shall notify in writing any person or entity making a claim under this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement (the “Claimant”) of his or her eligibility or ineligibility for benefits under this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement. The Bank shall provide the written notice within 90 days after Claimant’s written application for benefits. If the Bank determines that the Claimant is not eligible for benefits or full benefits, the notice shall set forth (a) the specific reasons for the denial, (b) a specific reference to the provisions of this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement on which denial is based, (c) a description of any additional information or material necessary for the Claimant to perfect his or her claim, and a description of why it is needed, and (d) an explanation of this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement s claims review procedure and other appropriate information concerning the steps to be taken if the Claimant wishes to have the claim reviewed. If the Bank determines that there are special circumstances requiring additional time to make a decision, the Bank shall notify the Claimant of the special circumstances and the date by which a decision is expected to be made, extending the time for up to an additional 90 days.
6.2      Review Procedure . If the Bank determines that the Claimant is not eligible for benefits or full benefits, or if the Claimant believes that he or she is entitled to greater or different benefits, the Claimant shall have the opportunity to have his or her claim reviewed by the Bank by filing a petition for review with the Bank within 60 days after receipt of the written notice issued by the Bank. The Claimant’s petition shall state the specific reasons the Claimant believes entitle him or her to benefits or to greater or different benefits. Within 60 days after the Bank’s receipt of the petition, the Bank shall give the Claimant (and counsel, if any) an opportunity to present his or her position to the Bank verbally or in writing, and the Claimant (or counsel) shall have the right to review the pertinent documents. The Bank shall notify the Claimant of the Bank’s decision in writing within the 60-day period, stating specifically the basis of its decision and identifying the specific provisions of this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement on which the decision is based. If, because of the need for a hearing, the 60-day period is not sufficient, the decision may be deferred for up to another 60-day period at the election of the Bank, but notice of this deferral must be given to the Claimant.
ARTICLE 7     
AMENDMENTS AND TERMINATION
7.1      Amendment . This Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement may be amended only by a writing signed by the Bank and the Director.
7.2      Termination of Agreement . This Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement shall terminate upon the occurrence of any of the following events:
(a)
The Insured is discharged or removed from service as a Director of the Bank for Cause. The term “Cause” shall mean any of the following: (1) gross negligence or gross neglect of duties, (2) the commission of a felony or the commission of a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, (3) fraud, disloyalty, dishonesty, or willful violation of any law or material policy of the Bank committed in connection with the Director’s service and, in the Bank’s sole judgment, resulting in an adverse effect on the Bank, or
(b)
Surrender, lapse, or other termination of the Policy by the Bank, or
(c)
Distribution of the death benefit proceeds in accordance with Section 2.2 above, or
(d)
Payment in full by the Bank to the Director of the Deferral Account maintained by the Bank pursuant to the Deferred Fee Agreement.
ARTICLE 8     
MISCELLANEOUS
8.1      Binding Effect . This Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement shall bind the Director and the Bank and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, administrators and transferees, and any Policy beneficiary.
8.2      No Guarantee of Employment . This Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement is not an employment policy or contract. It does not give the Director the right to remain a Director of the Bank, nor does it interfere with the right of the Bank’s stockholder(s) not to re-elect the Director or the right of the stockholder(s) or the Board to remove an individual as a Director of the Bank. This Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement also does not require the Director to remain a Director or interfere with the Director’s right to terminate service at any time.
8.3      Successors; Binding Agreement . By an assumption agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Director, the Bank shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Bank to expressly assume and agree to perform this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Bank would be required to perform this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement if no succession had occurred. The Bank’s failure to obtain such an assumption agreement before succession becomes effective shall be considered a breach of the Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement and shall entitle the Director to the Change of Control benefit payable under the Deferred Fee Agreement.
8.4      Applicable Law . The Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by and construed according to the internal substantive laws of the State of California, disregarding principles of conflict of laws.
8.5      Entire Agreement . This Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement and the Deferred Fee Agreement constitute the entire agreement between the Bank and the Director concerning the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Director under this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement other than those specifically set forth herein.
8.6      Administration . The Bank shall have all powers necessary to administer this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement, including but not limited to the power to:
(a)
interpret the provisions of the Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement,
(b)
establish and revise the method of accounting for the Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement,
(c)
maintain a record of benefit payments, and
(d)
establish rules and prescribe forms necessary or desirable to administer the Split Dollar Agreement.
8.7      Named Fiduciary . The Bank shall be the named fiduciary and plan administrator under this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement. The Bank may delegate to others certain aspects of management and operational responsibilities, including the employment of advisors and the delegation of ministerial duties to qualified individuals.
8.8      Severability . If for any reason any provision of this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement not held invalid, and each such provision shall continue in full force and effect to the full extent consistent with the law. If any provision of this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement is held invalid in part, such invalidity shall in no way affect the remainder of such provision not held so invalid, and the remainder of such provision together with all other provisions of this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement shall continue in full force and effect to the full extent consistent with the law.
8.9      Headings . The headings herein are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement.
8.10      Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand or mailed, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, with postage prepaid, to the following addresses or to such other address as either party may designate by like notice.
(a)
If to the Bank, to:    Board of Directors
Central Valley Community Bank
7100 N. Financial Dr., Suite 101
Fresno, California 93720

(b)
If to the Director, to:    DANIEL N. CUNNINGHAM
    
    
and to such other or additional person or persons as either party shall have designated to the other party in writing by like notice.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Bank and the Director have signed this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement as of the date and year first written above.
DIRECTOR
/s/Daniel N. Cunningham
DANIEL N. CUNNINGHAM
CENTRAL VALLEY COMMUNITY BANK
By: /s/Daniel J. Doyle    
Daniel J. Doyle
Its: President & Chief Executive Officer


EXHIBIT A

SPLIT DOLLAR POLICY ENDORSEMENT
CENTRAL VALLEY COMMUNITY BANK
Policy No. JP5234733 Lincoln National Life Insurance Company
Policy No. 00698111    Midland National Life Insurance Company
Insured: DANIEL N. CUNNINGHAM
Supplementing and amending the application for insurance to Security Life Insurance Company of Denver and West Coast Life Insurance Company, (collectively, the “Insurer”) on DANIEL N. CUNNINGHAM, the applicant requests and directs that:
BENEFICIARIES
1. Central Valley Community Bank, located in Fresno, California, shall be the beneficiary of any death proceeds remaining after the Insured’s interest has been paid under paragraph (2) below.
2.      The Insured or the Insured’s transferee shall designate the beneficiary(ies) of death proceeds. Upon the death of the Insured, the Insured’s beneficiaries shall be entitled to an amount equal to the balance of the Deferral Account maintained by the Bank for the Insured under the Second Amended and Restated Director Deferred Fee Agreement as of the date of the Insured’s death. However, the amount paid to the Insured, the Insured’s transferee and the Insured’s beneficiary(ies) or estate shall be reduced by any amounts paid under the Second Amended and Restated Director Deferred Fee Agreement and the Insured, the Insured’s transferee and the Insured’s beneficiary(ies) or estate shall have no rights or interests in the Policy beyond the amount due and payable.
OWNERSHIP
3.      The Owner of the Policy shall be Central Valley Community Bank. The Owner shall have all ownership rights in the Policy except as may be specifically granted to the Insured or the Insured’s transferee in paragraph (4) of this endorsement.
4.      The Insured or the Insured’s transferee shall have the right to assign his or her rights and interests in the Policy with respect to that portion of the death proceeds designated in paragraph (2) of this endorsement, and to exercise all settlement options with respect to such death proceeds.
5.      Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (4) above, the Insured, the Insured’s transferee, or the Insured’s beneficiary(ies) or estate shall have no rights or interests in the Policy with respect to that portion of the death proceeds designated in paragraph (2) of this endorsement if the Insured’s service with Central Valley Community Bank is terminated because of Termination for Cause under the Second Amended and Restated Director Deferred Fee Agreement.
6.     
MODIFICATION OF ASSIGNMENT PROVISIONS OF THE POLICY
7.      Upon the death of the Insured, the interest of any collateral assignee of the Owner of the Policy designated in (3) above shall be limited to the portion of the proceeds described in paragraph (2) above.
OWNER’S AUTHORITY
8.      The Insurer is hereby authorized to recognize the Owner’s claim to rights hereunder without investigating the reason for any action taken by the Owner, including the Owner’s statement of the amount of premiums the Owner has paid on the Policy. The signature of the Owner shall be sufficient for the exercise of any rights under this Endorsement and the receipt of the Owner for any sums received by it shall be a full discharge and release therefore to the Insurer. The Insurer may rely on a sworn statement in form satisfactory to it furnished by the Owner, its successors or assigns, as to their interest and any payments made pursuant to such statement shall discharge Central Valley Community Bank accordingly.
9.      Any transferee’s rights shall be subject to this Endorsement.
10.      The Owner accepts and agrees to this split dollar endorsement.
11.      The undersigned is signing in a representative capacity and warrants that he or she has the authority to bind the entity on whose behalf this document is being executed.
Signed by Central Valley Community Bank at Fresno, California, this _____ day of __________________, 2013.
CENTRAL VALLEY COMMUNITY BANK
By: /s/ Daniel J. Doyle    
Daniel J. Doyle
Its: President & Chief Executive Officer
 

The Insured accepts and agrees to the foregoing.
Signed at Fresno, California, this _____ day of __________________, 2013.
INSURED
/s/Daniel N. Cunningham    
DANIEL N. CUNNINGHAM
 
EXHIBIT B

BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION
Central Valley Community Bank
Fresno, CA
Split Dollar Plan
I, Daniel N. Cunningham, designate the following as beneficiary of benefits under the Agreement payable following my death:
Primary :
   
    %
   
    %
Contingent :
 
   
    %
   
    %
Notes :
Please PRINT CLEARLY or TYPE the names of the beneficiaries.
To name a trust as beneficiary, please provide the name of the trustee(s) and the exact name and date of the trust agreement.
To name your estate as beneficiary, please write “Estate of [your name]”.
Be aware that none of the contingent beneficiaries will receive anything unless ALL of the primary beneficiaries predecease you.
I understand that I may change these beneficiary designations by delivering a new written designation to the Administrator, which shall be effective only upon receipt and acknowledgment by the Administrator prior to my death. I further understand that the designations will be automatically revoked if the beneficiary predeceases me, or, if I have named my spouse as beneficiary and our marriage is subsequently dissolved.
Name:     Daniel N. Cunningham
Signature:               Date:             
SPOUSAL CONSENT (Required if Spouse not named beneficiary):
I consent to the beneficiary designation above, and acknowledge that if I am named beneficiary and our marriage is subsequently dissolved, the designation will be automatically revoked.
Spouse Name:                   
Signature:        Date: _____________
Received by the Plan Administrator this      day of          ,      .
By:         
Title:         

{00234032.DOCX / }     1
Exhibit 10.105

CENTRAL VALLEY COMMUNITY BANK
AMENDED SPLIT DOLLAR AGREEMENT AND ENDORSEMENT
THIS AMENDED SPLIT DOLLAR AGREEMENT AND ENDORSEMENT is entered into as of this     18th     day of     December , 2013, by and between Central Valley Community Bank (the “Bank”), a California-chartered bank located in Fresno, California and EDWIN S. DARDEN, JR., a Director of the Bank (the “Director”). The Endorsement attached as Exhibit A and the Beneficiary Designation form attached as Exhibit B are incorporated by reference and made a part of this Agreement.
To encourage the Director to remain a member of the Bank’s Board of Directors, the Bank is willing to divide the death proceeds of one or more life insurance policies on the Director’s life. The Bank will pay life insurance premiums from its general assets.
This Agreement supersedes that certain Split Dollar Agreement And Endorsement dated November 29, 2001, as amended on October 10, 2005, and on March 21, 2012.
ARTICLE 1
GENERAL DEFINITIONS
Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Split Dollar Agreement And Endorsement are used herein as defined in the Second Amended and Restated Director Deferred Fee Agreement dated as of February 14, 2002, as amended June 18, 2003, and January 1, 2009 (the “Deferred Fee Agreement”). The following terms shall have the meanings specified:
Insurer ” means Lincoln National Life Insurance Company.
Policy ” means the following insurance policy number:
JP5218231 Lincoln National Life Insurance Company
Insured ” means the Director.
ARTICLE 2     
POLICY OWNERSHIP INTERESTS
2.1      Bank Ownership . The Bank is the sole owner of the Policy and shall have the right to exercise all incidents of ownership. The Bank shall be the beneficiary of any death proceeds remaining after the Director’s interest has been paid under Section 2.2.
2.2      Director’s Interest . The Director shall have the right to designate the beneficiary(ies) of death proceeds. Upon the death of the Insured, the Insured’s beneficiaries shall be entitled to an amount equal to the balance of the Deferral Account maintained by the Bank for the Insured under the Deferred Fee Agreement as of the date of the Insured’s death. However, the amount paid to the Insured, the Insured’s transferee and the Insured’s beneficiary(ies) or estate shall be reduced by any amounts paid under the Deferred Fee Agreement and the Insured, the Insured’s transferee and the Insured’s beneficiary(ies) or estate shall have no rights or interests in the Policy beyond the amount due and payable. The Director shall also have the right to elect and change settlement options specified in the Policy that may be permitted. However, the Director, the Director’s transferee and the Director’s beneficiary(ies) or estate shall have no rights or interests in the Policy for that portion of the death proceeds designated in this Section 2.2 if Termination of Service of the Director shall have previously occurred as a result of Termination for Cause under the Deferred Fee Agreement.
2.3      Option to Purchase . The Bank shall not sell, surrender, or transfer ownership of the Policy while this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement is in effect without first giving the Director or the Director’s transferee a right of first refusal to purchase the Policy for the Policy’s interpolated terminal reserve value. The right of first refusal to purchase the Policy must be exercised within 6o days after the date the Bank gives written notice of the Bank’s intention to sell, surrender, or transfer ownership of the Policy. This provision shall not impair the right of the Bank to terminate this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement.
2.4      Comparable Coverage . Upon execution of this Agreement, the Bank shall maintain the Policy in full force and effect, and the Bank shall not amend, terminate or otherwise abrogate the Director’s interest in the Policy unless the Bank (a) replaces the Policy with a comparable insurance policy to cover the benefit provided under this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement and (b) executes a new Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement and Endorsement for the comparable insurance policy. The Policy or any comparable policy shall be subject to the claims of the Bank’s creditors.
ARTICLE 3     
PREMIUMS
3.1      Premium Payment . The Bank shall pay any premiums due on the Policy.
3.2      Imputed Income . The Bank shall impute income to the Director in an amount equal to (a) the current term rate for the Director’s age, multiplied by (b) the net death benefit payable to the Director’s beneficiary(ies). The “current term rate” is the minimum amount required to be imputed under IRS Revenue Rulings 64-328 and 66-110, or any subsequent applicable authority.
ARTICLE 4     
ASSIGNMENT
The Director may assign without consideration all interests in the Policy and in this Split Dollar Agreement to any person, entity or trust. If the Director transfers all of the Director’s interest in the Policy, then all of the Director’s interest in the Policy and in the Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement shall be vested in the Director’s transferee, who shall be substituted as a party hereunder, and the Director shall have no further interest in the Policy or in this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement.
ARTICLE 5     
INSURER
The Insurer shall be bound only by the terms of the Policy. Any payments the Insurer makes or actions it takes in accordance with the Policy shall fully discharge it from all claims, suits, and demands of all entities or persons. The Insurer shall not be bound by or be deemed to have notice of the provisions of this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement.
ARTICLE 6     
CLAIMS PROCEDURE
6.1      Claims Procedure . The Bank shall notify in writing any person or entity making a claim under this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement (the “Claimant”) of his or her eligibility or ineligibility for benefits under this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement. The Bank shall provide the written notice within 90 days after Claimant’s written application for benefits. If the Bank determines that the Claimant is not eligible for benefits or full benefits, the notice shall set forth (a) the specific reasons for the denial, (b) a specific reference to the provisions of this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement on which denial is based, (c) a description of any additional information or material necessary for the Claimant to perfect his or her claim, and a description of why it is needed, and (d) an explanation of this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement s claims review procedure and other appropriate information concerning the steps to be taken if the Claimant wishes to have the claim reviewed. If the Bank determines that there are special circumstances requiring additional time to make a decision, the Bank shall notify the Claimant of the special circumstances and the date by which a decision is expected to be made, extending the time for up to an additional 90 days.
6.2      Review Procedure . If the Bank determines that the Claimant is not eligible for benefits or full benefits, or if the Claimant believes that he or she is entitled to greater or different benefits, the Claimant shall have the opportunity to have his or her claim reviewed by the Bank by filing a petition for review with the Bank within 60 days after receipt of the written notice issued by the Bank. The Claimant’s petition shall state the specific reasons the Claimant believes entitle him or her to benefits or to greater or different benefits. Within 60 days after the Bank’s receipt of the petition, the Bank shall give the Claimant (and counsel, if any) an opportunity to present his or her position to the Bank verbally or in writing, and the Claimant (or counsel) shall have the right to review the pertinent documents. The Bank shall notify the Claimant of the Bank’s decision in writing within the 60-day period, stating specifically the basis of its decision and identifying the specific provisions of this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement on which the decision is based. If, because of the need for a hearing, the 60-day period is not sufficient, the decision may be deferred for up to another 60-day period at the election of the Bank, but notice of this deferral must be given to the Claimant.
ARTICLE 7     
AMENDMENTS AND TERMINATION
7.1      Amendment . This Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement may be amended only by a writing signed by the Bank and the Director.
7.2      Termination of Agreement . This Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement shall terminate upon the occurrence of any of the following events:
(a)
The Insured is discharged or removed from service as a Director of the Bank for Cause. The term “Cause” shall mean any of the following: (1) gross negligence or gross neglect of duties, (2) the commission of a felony or the commission of a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, (3) fraud, disloyalty, dishonesty, or willful violation of any law or material policy of the Bank committed in connection with the Director’s service and, in the Bank’s sole judgment, resulting in an adverse effect on the Bank, or
(b)
Surrender, lapse, or other termination of the Policy by the Bank, or
(c)
Distribution of the death benefit proceeds in accordance with Section 2.2 above, or
(d)
Payment in full by the Bank to the Director of the Deferral Account maintained by the Bank pursuant to the Deferred Fee Agreement.
ARTICLE 8     
MISCELLANEOUS
8.1      Binding Effect . This Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement shall bind the Director and the Bank and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, administrators and transferees, and any Policy beneficiary.
8.2      No Guarantee of Employment . This Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement is not an employment policy or contract. It does not give the Director the right to remain a Director of the Bank, nor does it interfere with the right of the Bank’s stockholder(s) not to re-elect the Director or the right of the stockholder(s) or the Board to remove an individual as a Director of the Bank. This Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement also does not require the Director to remain a Director or interfere with the Director’s right to terminate service at any time.
8.3      Successors; Binding Agreement . By an assumption agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Director, the Bank shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Bank to expressly assume and agree to perform this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Bank would be required to perform this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement if no succession had occurred. The Bank’s failure to obtain such an assumption agreement before succession becomes effective shall be considered a breach of the Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement and shall entitle the Director to the Change of Control benefit payable under the Deferred Fee Agreement.
8.4      Applicable Law . The Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by and construed according to the internal substantive laws of the State of California, disregarding principles of conflict of laws.
8.5      Entire Agreement . This Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement and the Deferred Fee Agreement constitute the entire agreement between the Bank and the Director concerning the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Director under this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement other than those specifically set forth herein.
8.6      Administration . The Bank shall have all powers necessary to administer this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement, including but not limited to the power to:
(a)
interpret the provisions of the Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement,
(b)
establish and revise the method of accounting for the Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement,
(c)
maintain a record of benefit payments, and
(d)
establish rules and prescribe forms necessary or desirable to administer the Split Dollar Agreement.
8.7      Named Fiduciary . The Bank shall be the named fiduciary and plan administrator under this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement. The Bank may delegate to others certain aspects of management and operational responsibilities, including the employment of advisors and the delegation of ministerial duties to qualified individuals.
8.8      Severability . If for any reason any provision of this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement not held invalid, and each such provision shall continue in full force and effect to the full extent consistent with the law. If any provision of this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement is held invalid in part, such invalidity shall in no way affect the remainder of such provision not held so invalid, and the remainder of such provision together with all other provisions of this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement shall continue in full force and effect to the full extent consistent with the law.
8.9      Headings . The headings herein are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement.
8.10      Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand or mailed, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, with postage prepaid, to the following addresses or to such other address as either party may designate by like notice.
(a)
If to the Bank, to:    Board of Directors
Central Valley Community Bank
7100 N. Financial Dr., Suite 101
Fresno, California 93720

(b)
If to the Director, to:    EDWIN S. DARDEN, JR.
    
    
and to such other or additional person or persons as either party shall have designated to the other party in writing by like notice.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Bank and the Director have signed this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement as of the date and year first written above.
DIRECTOR
/s/Edwin S. Darden, Jr.
EDWIN S. DARDEN, JR.
CENTRAL VALLEY COMMUNITY BANK
By: /s/Daniel J. Doyle    
Daniel J. Doyle
Its: President & Chief Executive Officer


EXHIBIT A

SPLIT DOLLAR POLICY ENDORSEMENT
CENTRAL VALLEY COMMUNITY BANK
Policy No. JP5218231 Lincoln National Life Insurance Company
Insured: EDWIN S. DARDEN, JR.
Supplementing and amending the application for insurance to Security Life Insurance Company of Denver and West Coast Life Insurance Company, (collectively, the “Insurer”) on EDWIN S. DARDEN, JR., the applicant requests and directs that:
BENEFICIARIES
1. Central Valley Community Bank, located in Fresno, California, shall be the beneficiary of any death proceeds remaining after the Insured’s interest has been paid under paragraph (2) below.
2.      The Insured or the Insured’s transferee shall designate the beneficiary(ies) of death proceeds. Upon the death of the Insured, the Insured’s beneficiaries shall be entitled to an amount equal to the balance of the Deferral Account maintained by the Bank for the Insured under the Second Amended and Restated Director Deferred Fee Agreement as of the date of the Insured’s death. However, the amount paid to the Insured, the Insured’s transferee and the Insured’s beneficiary(ies) or estate shall be reduced by any amounts paid under the Second Amended and Restated Director Deferred Fee Agreement and the Insured, the Insured’s transferee and the Insured’s beneficiary(ies) or estate shall have no rights or interests in the Policy beyond the amount due and payable.
OWNERSHIP
3.      The Owner of the Policy shall be Central Valley Community Bank. The Owner shall have all ownership rights in the Policy except as may be specifically granted to the Insured or the Insured’s transferee in paragraph (4) of this endorsement.
4.      The Insured or the Insured’s transferee shall have the right to assign his or her rights and interests in the Policy with respect to that portion of the death proceeds designated in paragraph (2) of this endorsement, and to exercise all settlement options with respect to such death proceeds.
5.      Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (4) above, the Insured, the Insured’s transferee, or the Insured’s beneficiary(ies) or estate shall have no rights or interests in the Policy with respect to that portion of the death proceeds designated in paragraph (2) of this endorsement if the Insured’s service with Central Valley Community Bank is terminated because of Termination for Cause under the Second Amended and Restated Director Deferred Fee Agreement.
6.     
MODIFICATION OF ASSIGNMENT PROVISIONS OF THE POLICY
7.      Upon the death of the Insured, the interest of any collateral assignee of the Owner of the Policy designated in (3) above shall be limited to the portion of the proceeds described in paragraph (2) above.
OWNER’S AUTHORITY
8.      The Insurer is hereby authorized to recognize the Owner’s claim to rights hereunder without investigating the reason for any action taken by the Owner, including the Owner’s statement of the amount of premiums the Owner has paid on the Policy. The signature of the Owner shall be sufficient for the exercise of any rights under this Endorsement and the receipt of the Owner for any sums received by it shall be a full discharge and release therefore to the Insurer. The Insurer may rely on a sworn statement in form satisfactory to it furnished by the Owner, its successors or assigns, as to their interest and any payments made pursuant to such statement shall discharge Central Valley Community Bank accordingly.
9.      Any transferee’s rights shall be subject to this Endorsement.
10.      The Owner accepts and agrees to this split dollar endorsement.
11.      The undersigned is signing in a representative capacity and warrants that he or she has the authority to bind the entity on whose behalf this document is being executed.
Signed by Central Valley Community Bank at Fresno, California, this _____ day of __________________, 2013.
CENTRAL VALLEY COMMUNITY BANK
By: /s/ Daniel J. Doyle    
Daniel J. Doyle
Its: President & Chief Executive Officer
 

The Insured accepts and agrees to the foregoing.
Signed at Fresno, California, this _____ day of __________________, 2013.
INSURED
/s/Edwin S. Darden, Jr.    
EDWIN S. DARDEN, JR.
 
EXHIBIT B

BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION
Central Valley Community Bank
Fresno, CA
Split Dollar Plan
I, Edwin S. Darden, Jr. , designate the following as beneficiary of benefits under the Agreement payable following my death:
Primary :
   
    %
   
    %
Contingent :
 
   
    %
   
    %
Notes :
Please PRINT CLEARLY or TYPE the names of the beneficiaries.
To name a trust as beneficiary, please provide the name of the trustee(s) and the exact name and date of the trust agreement.
To name your estate as beneficiary, please write “Estate of [your name]”.
Be aware that none of the contingent beneficiaries will receive anything unless ALL of the primary beneficiaries predecease you.
I understand that I may change these beneficiary designations by delivering a new written designation to the Administrator, which shall be effective only upon receipt and acknowledgment by the Administrator prior to my death. I further understand that the designations will be automatically revoked if the beneficiary predeceases me, or, if I have named my spouse as beneficiary and our marriage is subsequently dissolved.
Name:    Edwin S. Darden, Jr.
Signature:               Date:             
SPOUSAL CONSENT (Required if Spouse not named beneficiary):
I consent to the beneficiary designation above, and acknowledge that if I am named beneficiary and our marriage is subsequently dissolved, the designation will be automatically revoked.
Spouse Name:                   
Signature:        Date: _____________
Received by the Plan Administrator this      day of          ,      .
By:         
Title:         

{00234041.DOCX / }     1
Exhibit 10.106

CENTRAL VALLEY COMMUNITY BANK
AMENDED SPLIT DOLLAR AGREEMENT AND ENDORSEMENT
THIS AMENDED SPLIT DOLLAR AGREEMENT AND ENDORSEMENT is entered into as of this     18th     day of     December , 2013, by and between Central Valley Community Bank (the “Bank”), a California-chartered bank located in Fresno, California and LOUIS McMURRAY, a Director of the Bank (the “Director”). The Endorsement attached as Exhibit A and the Beneficiary Designation form attached as Exhibit B are incorporated by reference and made a part of this Agreement.
To encourage the Director to remain a member of the Bank’s Board of Directors, the Bank is willing to divide the death proceeds of one or more life insurance policies on the Director’s life. The Bank will pay life insurance premiums from its general assets.
This Agreement supersedes that certain Split Dollar Agreement And Endorsement dated February 13, 2002, as amended on January 8, 2003, and on March 21, 2012.
ARTICLE 1
GENERAL DEFINITIONS
Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Split Dollar Agreement And Endorsement are used herein as defined in the Second Amended and Restated Director Deferred Fee Agreement dated as of February 13, 2002, as amended June 18, 2003, and January 1, 2009 (the “Deferred Fee Agreement”). The following terms shall have the meanings specified:
Insurer ” means Security Life Insurance Company of Denver and West Coast Life Insurance Company.
Policy ” means the following insurance policy numbers:
U200002177 Security Life Insurance Company of Denver
ZUA343934 West Coast Life Insurance Company

Insured ” means the Director.
ARTICLE 2     
POLICY OWNERSHIP INTERESTS
2.1      Bank Ownership . The Bank is the sole owner of the Policy and shall have the right to exercise all incidents of ownership. The Bank shall be the beneficiary of any death proceeds remaining after the Director’s interest has been paid under Section 2.2.
2.2      Director’s Interest . The Director shall have the right to designate the beneficiary(ies) of death proceeds. Upon the death of the Insured, the Insured’s beneficiaries shall be entitled to an amount equal to the balance of the Deferral Account maintained by the Bank for the Insured under the Deferred Fee Agreement as of the date of the Insured’s death. However, the amount paid to the Insured, the Insured’s transferee and the Insured’s beneficiary(ies) or estate shall be reduced by any amounts paid under the Deferred Fee Agreement and the Insured, the Insured’s transferee and the Insured’s beneficiary(ies) or estate shall have no rights or interests in the Policy beyond the amount due and payable. The Director shall also have the right to elect and change settlement options specified in the Policy that may be permitted. However, the Director, the Director’s transferee and the Director’s beneficiary(ies) or estate shall have no rights or interests in the Policy for that portion of the death proceeds designated in this Section 2.2 if Termination of Service of the Director shall have previously occurred as a result of Termination for Cause under the Deferred Fee Agreement.
2.3      Option to Purchase . The Bank shall not sell, surrender, or transfer ownership of the Policy while this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement is in effect without first giving the Director or the Director’s transferee a right of first refusal to purchase the Policy for the Policy’s interpolated terminal reserve value. The right of first refusal to purchase the Policy must be exercised within 6o days after the date the Bank gives written notice of the Bank’s intention to sell, surrender, or transfer ownership of the Policy. This provision shall not impair the right of the Bank to terminate this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement.
2.4      Comparable Coverage . Upon execution of this Agreement, the Bank shall maintain the Policy in full force and effect, and the Bank shall not amend, terminate or otherwise abrogate the Director’s interest in the Policy unless the Bank (a) replaces the Policy with a comparable insurance policy to cover the benefit provided under this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement and (b) executes a new Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement and Endorsement for the comparable insurance policy. The Policy or any comparable policy shall be subject to the claims of the Bank’s creditors.
ARTICLE 3     
PREMIUMS
3.1      Premium Payment . The Bank shall pay any premiums due on the Policy.
3.2      Imputed Income . The Bank shall impute income to the Director in an amount equal to (a) the current term rate for the Director’s age, multiplied by (b) the net death benefit payable to the Director’s beneficiary(ies). The “current term rate” is the minimum amount required to be imputed under IRS Revenue Rulings 64-328 and 66-110, or any subsequent applicable authority.
ARTICLE 4     
ASSIGNMENT
The Director may assign without consideration all interests in the Policy and in this Split Dollar Agreement to any person, entity or trust. If the Director transfers all of the Director’s interest in the Policy, then all of the Director’s interest in the Policy and in the Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement shall be vested in the Director’s transferee, who shall be substituted as a party hereunder, and the Director shall have no further interest in the Policy or in this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement.
ARTICLE 5     
INSURER
The Insurer shall be bound only by the terms of the Policy. Any payments the Insurer makes or actions it takes in accordance with the Policy shall fully discharge it from all claims, suits, and demands of all entities or persons. The Insurer shall not be bound by or be deemed to have notice of the provisions of this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement.
ARTICLE 6     
CLAIMS PROCEDURE
6.1      Claims Procedure . The Bank shall notify in writing any person or entity making a claim under this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement (the “Claimant”) of his or her eligibility or ineligibility for benefits under this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement. The Bank shall provide the written notice within 90 days after Claimant’s written application for benefits. If the Bank determines that the Claimant is not eligible for benefits or full benefits, the notice shall set forth (a) the specific reasons for the denial, (b) a specific reference to the provisions of this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement on which denial is based, (c) a description of any additional information or material necessary for the Claimant to perfect his or her claim, and a description of why it is needed, and (d) an explanation of this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement s claims review procedure and other appropriate information concerning the steps to be taken if the Claimant wishes to have the claim reviewed. If the Bank determines that there are special circumstances requiring additional time to make a decision, the Bank shall notify the Claimant of the special circumstances and the date by which a decision is expected to be made, extending the time for up to an additional 90 days.
6.2      Review Procedure . If the Bank determines that the Claimant is not eligible for benefits or full benefits, or if the Claimant believes that he or she is entitled to greater or different benefits, the Claimant shall have the opportunity to have his or her claim reviewed by the Bank by filing a petition for review with the Bank within 60 days after receipt of the written notice issued by the Bank. The Claimant’s petition shall state the specific reasons the Claimant believes entitle him or her to benefits or to greater or different benefits. Within 60 days after the Bank’s receipt of the petition, the Bank shall give the Claimant (and counsel, if any) an opportunity to present his or her position to the Bank verbally or in writing, and the Claimant (or counsel) shall have the right to review the pertinent documents. The Bank shall notify the Claimant of the Bank’s decision in writing within the 60-day period, stating specifically the basis of its decision and identifying the specific provisions of this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement on which the decision is based. If, because of the need for a hearing, the 60-day period is not sufficient, the decision may be deferred for up to another 60-day period at the election of the Bank, but notice of this deferral must be given to the Claimant.
ARTICLE 7     
AMENDMENTS AND TERMINATION
7.1      Amendment . This Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement may be amended only by a writing signed by the Bank and the Director.
7.2      Termination of Agreement . This Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement shall terminate upon the occurrence of any of the following events:
(a)
The Insured is discharged or removed from service as a Director of the Bank for Cause. The term “Cause” shall mean any of the following: (1) gross negligence or gross neglect of duties, (2) the commission of a felony or the commission of a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, (3) fraud, disloyalty, dishonesty, or willful violation of any law or material policy of the Bank committed in connection with the Director’s service and, in the Bank’s sole judgment, resulting in an adverse effect on the Bank, or
(b)
Surrender, lapse, or other termination of the Policy by the Bank, or
(c)
Distribution of the death benefit proceeds in accordance with Section 2.2 above, or
(d)
Payment in full by the Bank to the Director of the Deferral Account maintained by the Bank pursuant to the Deferred Fee Agreement.
ARTICLE 8     
MISCELLANEOUS
8.1      Binding Effect . This Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement shall bind the Director and the Bank and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, administrators and transferees, and any Policy beneficiary.
8.2      No Guarantee of Employment . This Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement is not an employment policy or contract. It does not give the Director the right to remain a Director of the Bank, nor does it interfere with the right of the Bank’s stockholder(s) not to re-elect the Director or the right of the stockholder(s) or the Board to remove an individual as a Director of the Bank. This Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement also does not require the Director to remain a Director or interfere with the Director’s right to terminate service at any time.
8.3      Successors; Binding Agreement . By an assumption agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Director, the Bank shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Bank to expressly assume and agree to perform this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Bank would be required to perform this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement if no succession had occurred. The Bank’s failure to obtain such an assumption agreement before succession becomes effective shall be considered a breach of the Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement and shall entitle the Director to the Change of Control benefit payable under the Deferred Fee Agreement.
8.4      Applicable Law . The Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by and construed according to the internal substantive laws of the State of California, disregarding principles of conflict of laws.
8.5      Entire Agreement . This Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement and the Deferred Fee Agreement constitute the entire agreement between the Bank and the Director concerning the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Director under this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement other than those specifically set forth herein.
8.6      Administration . The Bank shall have all powers necessary to administer this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement, including but not limited to the power to:
(a)
interpret the provisions of the Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement,
(b)
establish and revise the method of accounting for the Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement,
(c)
maintain a record of benefit payments, and
(d)
establish rules and prescribe forms necessary or desirable to administer the Split Dollar Agreement.
8.7      Named Fiduciary . The Bank shall be the named fiduciary and plan administrator under this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement. The Bank may delegate to others certain aspects of management and operational responsibilities, including the employment of advisors and the delegation of ministerial duties to qualified individuals.
8.8      Severability . If for any reason any provision of this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement not held invalid, and each such provision shall continue in full force and effect to the full extent consistent with the law. If any provision of this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement is held invalid in part, such invalidity shall in no way affect the remainder of such provision not held so invalid, and the remainder of such provision together with all other provisions of this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement shall continue in full force and effect to the full extent consistent with the law.
8.9      Headings . The headings herein are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement.
8.10      Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand or mailed, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, with postage prepaid, to the following addresses or to such other address as either party may designate by like notice.
(a)
If to the Bank, to:    Board of Directors
Central Valley Community Bank
7100 N. Financial Dr., Suite 101
Fresno, California 93720

(b)
If to the Director, to:    LOUIS McMURRAY
    
    
and to such other or additional person or persons as either party shall have designated to the other party in writing by like notice.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Bank and the Director have signed this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement as of the date and year first written above.
DIRECTOR
/s/Louis McMurray
LOUIS McMURRAY
CENTRAL VALLEY COMMUNITY BANK
By: /s/Daniel J. Doyle    
Daniel J. Doyle
Its: President & Chief Executive Officer


EXHIBIT A

SPLIT DOLLAR POLICY ENDORSEMENT
CENTRAL VALLEY COMMUNITY BANK
Policy No. U200002177 Security Life Insurance Company of Denver
Policy No. ZUA343934 West Coast Life Insurance Company
Insured: LOUIS McMURRAY
Supplementing and amending the application for insurance to Security Life Insurance Company of Denver and West Coast Life Insurance Company, (collectively, the “Insurer”) on LOUIS McMURRAY, the applicant requests and directs that:
BENEFICIARIES
1. Central Valley Community Bank, located in Fresno, California, shall be the beneficiary of any death proceeds remaining after the Insured’s interest has been paid under paragraph (2) below.
2.      The Insured or the Insured’s transferee shall designate the beneficiary(ies) of death proceeds. Upon the death of the Insured, the Insured’s beneficiaries shall be entitled to an amount equal to the balance of the Deferral Account maintained by the Bank for the Insured under the Second Amended and Restated Director Deferred Fee Agreement as of the date of the Insured’s death. However, the amount paid to the Insured, the Insured’s transferee and the Insured’s beneficiary(ies) or estate shall be reduced by any amounts paid under the Second Amended and Restated Director Deferred Fee Agreement and the Insured, the Insured’s transferee and the Insured’s beneficiary(ies) or estate shall have no rights or interests in the Policy beyond the amount due and payable.
OWNERSHIP
3.      The Owner of the Policy shall be Central Valley Community Bank. The Owner shall have all ownership rights in the Policy except as may be specifically granted to the Insured or the Insured’s transferee in paragraph (4) of this endorsement.
4.      The Insured or the Insured’s transferee shall have the right to assign his or her rights and interests in the Policy with respect to that portion of the death proceeds designated in paragraph (2) of this endorsement, and to exercise all settlement options with respect to such death proceeds.
5.      Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (4) above, the Insured, the Insured’s transferee, or the Insured’s beneficiary(ies) or estate shall have no rights or interests in the Policy with respect to that portion of the death proceeds designated in paragraph (2) of this endorsement if the Insured’s service with Central Valley Community Bank is terminated because of Termination for Cause under the Second Amended and Restated Director Deferred Fee Agreement.
6.     
MODIFICATION OF ASSIGNMENT PROVISIONS OF THE POLICY
7.      Upon the death of the Insured, the interest of any collateral assignee of the Owner of the Policy designated in (3) above shall be limited to the portion of the proceeds described in paragraph (2) above.
OWNER’S AUTHORITY
8.      The Insurer is hereby authorized to recognize the Owner’s claim to rights hereunder without investigating the reason for any action taken by the Owner, including the Owner’s statement of the amount of premiums the Owner has paid on the Policy. The signature of the Owner shall be sufficient for the exercise of any rights under this Endorsement and the receipt of the Owner for any sums received by it shall be a full discharge and release therefore to the Insurer. The Insurer may rely on a sworn statement in form satisfactory to it furnished by the Owner, its successors or assigns, as to their interest and any payments made pursuant to such statement shall discharge Central Valley Community Bank accordingly.
9.      Any transferee’s rights shall be subject to this Endorsement.
10.      The Owner accepts and agrees to this split dollar endorsement.
11.      The undersigned is signing in a representative capacity and warrants that he or she has the authority to bind the entity on whose behalf this document is being executed.
Signed by Central Valley Community Bank at Fresno, California, this _____ day of __________________, 2013.
CENTRAL VALLEY COMMUNITY BANK
By: /s/ Daniel J. Doyle    
Daniel J. Doyle
Its: President & Chief Executive Officer
 

The Insured accepts and agrees to the foregoing.
Signed at Fresno, California, this _____ day of __________________, 2013.
INSURED
/s/Louis McMurray    
LOUIS McMURRAY
 
EXHIBIT B

BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION
Central Valley Community Bank
Fresno, CA
Split Dollar Plan
I, Louis McMurray , designate the following as beneficiary of benefits under the Agreement payable following my death:
Primary :
   
    %
   
    %
Contingent :
 
   
    %
   
    %
Notes :
Please PRINT CLEARLY or TYPE the names of the beneficiaries.
To name a trust as beneficiary, please provide the name of the trustee(s) and the exact name and date of the trust agreement.
To name your estate as beneficiary, please write “Estate of [your name]”.
Be aware that none of the contingent beneficiaries will receive anything unless ALL of the primary beneficiaries predecease you.
I understand that I may change these beneficiary designations by delivering a new written designation to the Administrator, which shall be effective only upon receipt and acknowledgment by the Administrator prior to my death. I further understand that the designations will be automatically revoked if the beneficiary predeceases me, or, if I have named my spouse as beneficiary and our marriage is subsequently dissolved.
Name:    Louis McMurray
Signature:               Date:             
SPOUSAL CONSENT (Required if Spouse not named beneficiary):
I consent to the beneficiary designation above, and acknowledge that if I am named beneficiary and our marriage is subsequently dissolved, the designation will be automatically revoked.
Spouse Name:                   
Signature:        Date: _____________
Received by the Plan Administrator this      day of          ,      .
By:         
Title:         

{00219611.DOCX /2 }     1
Exhibit 10.107

CENTRAL VALLEY COMMUNITY BANK
AMENDED SPLIT DOLLAR AGREEMENT AND ENDORSEMENT
THIS AMENDED SPLIT DOLLAR AGREEMENT AND ENDORSEMENT is entered into as of this     18th     day of     December , 2013, by and between Central Valley Community Bank (the “Bank”), a California-chartered bank located in Fresno, California and STEVEN D. McDONALD, a Director of the Bank (the “Director”). The Endorsement attached as Exhibit A and the Beneficiary Designation form attached as Exhibit B are incorporated by reference and made a part of this Agreement.
To encourage the Director to remain a member of the Bank’s Board of Directors, the Bank is willing to divide the death proceeds of one or more life insurance policies on the Director’s life. The Bank will pay life insurance premiums from its general assets.
This Agreement supersedes that certain Split Dollar Agreement And Endorsement dated February 13, 2002, as amended on January 8, 2003, and on March 21, 2012.
ARTICLE 1
GENERAL DEFINITIONS
Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Split Dollar Agreement And Endorsement are used herein as defined in the Second Amended and Restated Director Deferred Fee Agreement dated as of February 13, 2002, as amended June 18, 2003, and January 1, 2009 (the “Deferred Fee Agreement”). The following terms shall have the meanings specified:
Insurer ” means Lincoln National Life Insurance Company.
Policy ” means the following insurance policy numbers:
JP5227171 Lincoln National Life Insurance Company
JP5234736 Lincoln National Life Insurance Company
Insured ” means the Director.
ARTICLE 2     
POLICY OWNERSHIP INTERESTS
2.1      Bank Ownership . The Bank is the sole owner of the Policy and shall have the right to exercise all incidents of ownership. The Bank shall be the beneficiary of any death proceeds remaining after the Director’s interest has been paid under Section 2.2.
2.2      Director’s Interest . The Director shall have the right to designate the beneficiary(ies) of death proceeds. Upon the death of the Insured, the Insured’s beneficiaries shall be entitled to an amount equal to the balance of the Deferral Account maintained by the Bank for the Insured under the Deferred Fee Agreement as of the date of the Insured’s death. However, the amount paid to the Insured, the Insured’s transferee and the Insured’s beneficiary(ies) or estate shall be reduced by any amounts paid under the Deferred Fee Agreement and the Insured, the Insured’s transferee and the Insured’s beneficiary(ies) or estate shall have no rights or interests in the Policy beyond the amount due and payable. The Director shall also have the right to elect and change settlement options specified in the Policy that may be permitted. However, the Director, the Director’s transferee and the Director’s beneficiary(ies) or estate shall have no rights or interests in the Policy for that portion of the death proceeds designated in this Section 2.2 if Termination of Service of the Director shall have previously occurred as a result of Termination for Cause under the Deferred Fee Agreement.
2.3      Option to Purchase . The Bank shall not sell, surrender, or transfer ownership of the Policy while this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement is in effect without first giving the Director or the Director’s transferee a right of first refusal to purchase the Policy for the Policy’s interpolated terminal reserve value. The right of first refusal to purchase the Policy must be exercised within 6o days after the date the Bank gives written notice of the Bank’s intention to sell, surrender, or transfer ownership of the Policy. This provision shall not impair the right of the Bank to terminate this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement.
2.4      Comparable Coverage . Upon execution of this Agreement, the Bank shall maintain the Policy in full force and effect, and the Bank shall not amend, terminate or otherwise abrogate the Director’s interest in the Policy unless the Bank (a) replaces the Policy with a comparable insurance policy to cover the benefit provided under this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement and (b) executes a new Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement and Endorsement for the comparable insurance policy. The Policy or any comparable policy shall be subject to the claims of the Bank’s creditors.
ARTICLE 3     
PREMIUMS
3.1      Premium Payment . The Bank shall pay any premiums due on the Policy.
3.2      Imputed Income . The Bank shall impute income to the Director in an amount equal to (a) the current term rate for the Director’s age, multiplied by (b) the net death benefit payable to the Director’s beneficiary(ies). The “current term rate” is the minimum amount required to be imputed under IRS Revenue Rulings 64-328 and 66-110, or any subsequent applicable authority.
ARTICLE 4     
ASSIGNMENT
The Director may assign without consideration all interests in the Policy and in this Split Dollar Agreement to any person, entity or trust. If the Director transfers all of the Director’s interest in the Policy, then all of the Director’s interest in the Policy and in the Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement shall be vested in the Director’s transferee, who shall be substituted as a party hereunder, and the Director shall have no further interest in the Policy or in this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement.
ARTICLE 5     
INSURER
The Insurer shall be bound only by the terms of the Policy. Any payments the Insurer makes or actions it takes in accordance with the Policy shall fully discharge it from all claims, suits, and demands of all entities or persons. The Insurer shall not be bound by or be deemed to have notice of the provisions of this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement.
ARTICLE 6     
CLAIMS PROCEDURE
6.1      Claims Procedure . The Bank shall notify in writing any person or entity making a claim under this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement (the “Claimant”) of his or her eligibility or ineligibility for benefits under this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement. The Bank shall provide the written notice within 90 days after Claimant’s written application for benefits. If the Bank determines that the Claimant is not eligible for benefits or full benefits, the notice shall set forth (a) the specific reasons for the denial, (b) a specific reference to the provisions of this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement on which denial is based, (c) a description of any additional information or material necessary for the Claimant to perfect his or her claim, and a description of why it is needed, and (d) an explanation of this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement s claims review procedure and other appropriate information concerning the steps to be taken if the Claimant wishes to have the claim reviewed. If the Bank determines that there are special circumstances requiring additional time to make a decision, the Bank shall notify the Claimant of the special circumstances and the date by which a decision is expected to be made, extending the time for up to an additional 90 days.
6.2      Review Procedure . If the Bank determines that the Claimant is not eligible for benefits or full benefits, or if the Claimant believes that he or she is entitled to greater or different benefits, the Claimant shall have the opportunity to have his or her claim reviewed by the Bank by filing a petition for review with the Bank within 60 days after receipt of the written notice issued by the Bank. The Claimant’s petition shall state the specific reasons the Claimant believes entitle him or her to benefits or to greater or different benefits. Within 60 days after the Bank’s receipt of the petition, the Bank shall give the Claimant (and counsel, if any) an opportunity to present his or her position to the Bank verbally or in writing, and the Claimant (or counsel) shall have the right to review the pertinent documents. The Bank shall notify the Claimant of the Bank’s decision in writing within the 60-day period, stating specifically the basis of its decision and identifying the specific provisions of this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement on which the decision is based. If, because of the need for a hearing, the 60-day period is not sufficient, the decision may be deferred for up to another 60-day period at the election of the Bank, but notice of this deferral must be given to the Claimant.
ARTICLE 7     
AMENDMENTS AND TERMINATION
7.1      Amendment . This Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement may be amended only by a writing signed by the Bank and the Director.
7.2      Termination of Agreement . This Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement shall terminate upon the occurrence of any of the following events:
(a)
The Insured is discharged or removed from service as a Director of the Bank for Cause. The term “Cause” shall mean any of the following: (1) gross negligence or gross neglect of duties, (2) the commission of a felony or the commission of a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, (3) fraud, disloyalty, dishonesty, or willful violation of any law or material policy of the Bank committed in connection with the Director’s service and, in the Bank’s sole judgment, resulting in an adverse effect on the Bank, or
(b)
Surrender, lapse, or other termination of the Policy by the Bank, or
(c)
Distribution of the death benefit proceeds in accordance with Section 2.2 above, or
(d)
Payment in full by the Bank to the Director of the Deferral Account maintained by the Bank pursuant to the Deferred Fee Agreement.
ARTICLE 8     
MISCELLANEOUS
8.1      Binding Effect . This Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement shall bind the Director and the Bank and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, administrators and transferees, and any Policy beneficiary.
8.2      No Guarantee of Employment . This Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement is not an employment policy or contract. It does not give the Director the right to remain a Director of the Bank, nor does it interfere with the right of the Bank’s stockholder(s) not to re-elect the Director or the right of the stockholder(s) or the Board to remove an individual as a Director of the Bank. This Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement also does not require the Director to remain a Director or interfere with the Director’s right to terminate service at any time.
8.3      Successors; Binding Agreement . By an assumption agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Director, the Bank shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Bank to expressly assume and agree to perform this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Bank would be required to perform this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement if no succession had occurred. The Bank’s failure to obtain such an assumption agreement before succession becomes effective shall be considered a breach of the Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement and shall entitle the Director to the Change of Control benefit payable under the Deferred Fee Agreement.
8.4      Applicable Law . The Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by and construed according to the internal substantive laws of the State of California, disregarding principles of conflict of laws.
8.5      Entire Agreement . This Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement and the Deferred Fee Agreement constitute the entire agreement between the Bank and the Director concerning the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Director under this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement other than those specifically set forth herein.
8.6      Administration . The Bank shall have all powers necessary to administer this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement, including but not limited to the power to:
(a)
interpret the provisions of the Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement,
(b)
establish and revise the method of accounting for the Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement,
(c)
maintain a record of benefit payments, and
(d)
establish rules and prescribe forms necessary or desirable to administer the Split Dollar Agreement.
8.7      Named Fiduciary . The Bank shall be the named fiduciary and plan administrator under this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement. The Bank may delegate to others certain aspects of management and operational responsibilities, including the employment of advisors and the delegation of ministerial duties to qualified individuals.
8.8      Severability . If for any reason any provision of this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement not held invalid, and each such provision shall continue in full force and effect to the full extent consistent with the law. If any provision of this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement is held invalid in part, such invalidity shall in no way affect the remainder of such provision not held so invalid, and the remainder of such provision together with all other provisions of this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement shall continue in full force and effect to the full extent consistent with the law.
8.9      Headings . The headings herein are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement.
8.10      Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand or mailed, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, with postage prepaid, to the following addresses or to such other address as either party may designate by like notice.
(a)
If to the Bank, to:    Board of Directors
Central Valley Community Bank
7100 N. Financial Dr., Suite 101
Fresno, California 93720

(b)
If to the Director, to:    STEVEN D. McDONALD
    
    
and to such other or additional person or persons as either party shall have designated to the other party in writing by like notice.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Bank and the Director have signed this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement as of the date and year first written above.
DIRECTOR
/s/Steven D. McDonald
STEVEN D. McDONALD
CENTRAL VALLEY COMMUNITY BANK
By: /s/Daniel J. Doyle    
Daniel J. Doyle
Its: President & Chief Executive Officer


EXHIBIT A

SPLIT DOLLAR POLICY ENDORSEMENT
CENTRAL VALLEY COMMUNITY BANK
Policy No. JP5227171 Lincoln National Life Insurance Company
Policy No. JP5234736 Lincoln National Life Insurance Company
Insured: STEVEN D. McDONALD
Supplementing and amending the application for insurance to Security Life Insurance Company of Denver and West Coast Life Insurance Company, (collectively, the “Insurer”) on STEVEN D. McDONALD, the applicant requests and directs that:
BENEFICIARIES
1. Central Valley Community Bank, located in Fresno, California, shall be the beneficiary of any death proceeds remaining after the Insured’s interest has been paid under paragraph (2) below.
2.      The Insured or the Insured’s transferee shall designate the beneficiary(ies) of death proceeds. Upon the death of the Insured, the Insured’s beneficiaries shall be entitled to an amount equal to the balance of the Deferral Account maintained by the Bank for the Insured under the Second Amended and Restated Director Deferred Fee Agreement as of the date of the Insured’s death. However, the amount paid to the Insured, the Insured’s transferee and the Insured’s beneficiary(ies) or estate shall be reduced by any amounts paid under the Second Amended and Restated Director Deferred Fee Agreement and the Insured, the Insured’s transferee and the Insured’s beneficiary(ies) or estate shall have no rights or interests in the Policy beyond the amount due and payable.
OWNERSHIP
3.      The Owner of the Policy shall be Central Valley Community Bank. The Owner shall have all ownership rights in the Policy except as may be specifically granted to the Insured or the Insured’s transferee in paragraph (4) of this endorsement.
4.      The Insured or the Insured’s transferee shall have the right to assign his or her rights and interests in the Policy with respect to that portion of the death proceeds designated in paragraph (2) of this endorsement, and to exercise all settlement options with respect to such death proceeds.
5.      Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (4) above, the Insured, the Insured’s transferee, or the Insured’s beneficiary(ies) or estate shall have no rights or interests in the Policy with respect to that portion of the death proceeds designated in paragraph (2) of this endorsement if the Insured’s service with Central Valley Community Bank is terminated because of Termination for Cause under the Second Amended and Restated Director Deferred Fee Agreement.
6.     
MODIFICATION OF ASSIGNMENT PROVISIONS OF THE POLICY
7.      Upon the death of the Insured, the interest of any collateral assignee of the Owner of the Policy designated in (3) above shall be limited to the portion of the proceeds described in paragraph (2) above.
OWNER’S AUTHORITY
8.      The Insurer is hereby authorized to recognize the Owner’s claim to rights hereunder without investigating the reason for any action taken by the Owner, including the Owner’s statement of the amount of premiums the Owner has paid on the Policy. The signature of the Owner shall be sufficient for the exercise of any rights under this Endorsement and the receipt of the Owner for any sums received by it shall be a full discharge and release therefore to the Insurer. The Insurer may rely on a sworn statement in form satisfactory to it furnished by the Owner, its successors or assigns, as to their interest and any payments made pursuant to such statement shall discharge Central Valley Community Bank accordingly.
9.      Any transferee’s rights shall be subject to this Endorsement.
10.      The Owner accepts and agrees to this split dollar endorsement.
11.      The undersigned is signing in a representative capacity and warrants that he or she has the authority to bind the entity on whose behalf this document is being executed.
Signed by Central Valley Community Bank at Fresno, California, this _____ day of __________________, 2013.
CENTRAL VALLEY COMMUNITY BANK
By: /s/ Daniel J. Doyle    
Daniel J. Doyle
Its: President & Chief Executive Officer
 

The Insured accepts and agrees to the foregoing.
Signed at Fresno, California, this _____ day of __________________, 2013.
INSURED
/s/Steven D. McDonald    
STEVEN D. McDONALD
 
EXHIBIT B

BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION
Central Valley Community Bank
Fresno, CA
Split Dollar Plan
I, Steven D. McDonald, designate the following as beneficiary of benefits under the Agreement payable following my death:
Primary :
   
    %
   
    %
Contingent :
 
   
    %
   
    %
Notes :
Please PRINT CLEARLY or TYPE the names of the beneficiaries.
To name a trust as beneficiary, please provide the name of the trustee(s) and the exact name and date of the trust agreement.
To name your estate as beneficiary, please write “Estate of [your name]”.
Be aware that none of the contingent beneficiaries will receive anything unless ALL of the primary beneficiaries predecease you.
I understand that I may change these beneficiary designations by delivering a new written designation to the Administrator, which shall be effective only upon receipt and acknowledgment by the Administrator prior to my death. I further understand that the designations will be automatically revoked if the beneficiary predeceases me, or, if I have named my spouse as beneficiary and our marriage is subsequently dissolved.
Name:     Steven D. McDonald
Signature:               Date:             
SPOUSAL CONSENT (Required if Spouse not named beneficiary):
I consent to the beneficiary designation above, and acknowledge that if I am named beneficiary and our marriage is subsequently dissolved, the designation will be automatically revoked.
Spouse Name:                   
Signature:        Date: _____________
Received by the Plan Administrator this      day of          ,      .
By:         
Title:         

{00234094.DOCX / }     1
Exhibit 10.108

CENTRAL VALLEY COMMUNITY BANK
AMENDED SPLIT DOLLAR AGREEMENT AND ENDORSEMENT
THIS AMENDED SPLIT DOLLAR AGREEMENT AND ENDORSEMENT is entered into as of this     18th     day of     December , 2013, by and between Central Valley Community Bank (the “Bank”), a California-chartered bank located in Fresno, California and WILLIAM S. SMITTCAMP, a Director of the Bank (the “Director”). The Endorsement attached as Exhibit A and the Beneficiary Designation form attached as Exhibit B are incorporated by reference and made a part of this Agreement.
To encourage the Director to remain a member of the Bank’s Board of Directors, the Bank is willing to divide the death proceeds of one or more life insurance policies on the Director’s life. The Bank will pay life insurance premiums from its general assets.
This Agreement supersedes that certain Split Dollar Agreement And Endorsement dated February 13, 2002, as amended on January 8, 2003, and on March 21, 2012.
ARTICLE 1
GENERAL DEFINITIONS
Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Split Dollar Agreement And Endorsement are used herein as defined in the Second Amended and Restated Director Deferred Fee Agreement dated as of February 13, 2002, as amended June 18, 2003, and January 1, 2009 (the “Deferred Fee Agreement”). The following terms shall have the meanings specified:
Insurer ” means Security Life Insurance Company of Denver and West Coast Life Insurance Company.
Policy ” means the following insurance policy numbers:
00698918 Midland National Life Insurance Company
ZUA343963 West Coast Life Insurance Company
Insured ” means the Director.
ARTICLE 2     
POLICY OWNERSHIP INTERESTS
2.1      Bank Ownership . The Bank is the sole owner of the Policy and shall have the right to exercise all incidents of ownership. The Bank shall be the beneficiary of any death proceeds remaining after the Director’s interest has been paid under Section 2.2.
2.2      Director’s Interest . The Director shall have the right to designate the beneficiary(ies) of death proceeds. Upon the death of the Insured, the Insured’s beneficiaries shall be entitled to an amount equal to the balance of the Deferral Account maintained by the Bank for the Insured under the Deferred Fee Agreement as of the date of the Insured’s death. However, the amount paid to the Insured, the Insured’s transferee and the Insured’s beneficiary(ies) or estate shall be reduced by any amounts paid under the Deferred Fee Agreement and the Insured, the Insured’s transferee and the Insured’s beneficiary(ies) or estate shall have no rights or interests in the Policy beyond the amount due and payable. The Director shall also have the right to elect and change settlement options specified in the Policy that may be permitted. However, the Director, the Director’s transferee and the Director’s beneficiary(ies) or estate shall have no rights or interests in the Policy for that portion of the death proceeds designated in this Section 2.2 if Termination of Service of the Director shall have previously occurred as a result of Termination for Cause under the Deferred Fee Agreement.
2.3      Option to Purchase . The Bank shall not sell, surrender, or transfer ownership of the Policy while this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement is in effect without first giving the Director or the Director’s transferee a right of first refusal to purchase the Policy for the Policy’s interpolated terminal reserve value. The right of first refusal to purchase the Policy must be exercised within 6o days after the date the Bank gives written notice of the Bank’s intention to sell, surrender, or transfer ownership of the Policy. This provision shall not impair the right of the Bank to terminate this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement.
2.4      Comparable Coverage . Upon execution of this Agreement, the Bank shall maintain the Policy in full force and effect, and the Bank shall not amend, terminate or otherwise abrogate the Director’s interest in the Policy unless the Bank (a) replaces the Policy with a comparable insurance policy to cover the benefit provided under this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement and (b) executes a new Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement and Endorsement for the comparable insurance policy. The Policy or any comparable policy shall be subject to the claims of the Bank’s creditors.
ARTICLE 3     
PREMIUMS
3.1      Premium Payment . The Bank shall pay any premiums due on the Policy.
3.2      Imputed Income . The Bank shall impute income to the Director in an amount equal to (a) the current term rate for the Director’s age, multiplied by (b) the net death benefit payable to the Director’s beneficiary(ies). The “current term rate” is the minimum amount required to be imputed under IRS Revenue Rulings 64-328 and 66-110, or any subsequent applicable authority.
ARTICLE 4     
ASSIGNMENT
The Director may assign without consideration all interests in the Policy and in this Split Dollar Agreement to any person, entity or trust. If the Director transfers all of the Director’s interest in the Policy, then all of the Director’s interest in the Policy and in the Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement shall be vested in the Director’s transferee, who shall be substituted as a party hereunder, and the Director shall have no further interest in the Policy or in this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement.
ARTICLE 5     
INSURER
The Insurer shall be bound only by the terms of the Policy. Any payments the Insurer makes or actions it takes in accordance with the Policy shall fully discharge it from all claims, suits, and demands of all entities or persons. The Insurer shall not be bound by or be deemed to have notice of the provisions of this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement.
ARTICLE 6     
CLAIMS PROCEDURE
6.1      Claims Procedure . The Bank shall notify in writing any person or entity making a claim under this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement (the “Claimant”) of his or her eligibility or ineligibility for benefits under this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement. The Bank shall provide the written notice within 90 days after Claimant’s written application for benefits. If the Bank determines that the Claimant is not eligible for benefits or full benefits, the notice shall set forth (a) the specific reasons for the denial, (b) a specific reference to the provisions of this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement on which denial is based, (c) a description of any additional information or material necessary for the Claimant to perfect his or her claim, and a description of why it is needed, and (d) an explanation of this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement s claims review procedure and other appropriate information concerning the steps to be taken if the Claimant wishes to have the claim reviewed. If the Bank determines that there are special circumstances requiring additional time to make a decision, the Bank shall notify the Claimant of the special circumstances and the date by which a decision is expected to be made, extending the time for up to an additional 90 days.
6.2      Review Procedure . If the Bank determines that the Claimant is not eligible for benefits or full benefits, or if the Claimant believes that he or she is entitled to greater or different benefits, the Claimant shall have the opportunity to have his or her claim reviewed by the Bank by filing a petition for review with the Bank within 60 days after receipt of the written notice issued by the Bank. The Claimant’s petition shall state the specific reasons the Claimant believes entitle him or her to benefits or to greater or different benefits. Within 60 days after the Bank’s receipt of the petition, the Bank shall give the Claimant (and counsel, if any) an opportunity to present his or her position to the Bank verbally or in writing, and the Claimant (or counsel) shall have the right to review the pertinent documents. The Bank shall notify the Claimant of the Bank’s decision in writing within the 60-day period, stating specifically the basis of its decision and identifying the specific provisions of this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement on which the decision is based. If, because of the need for a hearing, the 60-day period is not sufficient, the decision may be deferred for up to another 60-day period at the election of the Bank, but notice of this deferral must be given to the Claimant.
ARTICLE 7     
AMENDMENTS AND TERMINATION
7.1      Amendment . This Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement may be amended only by a writing signed by the Bank and the Director.
7.2      Termination of Agreement . This Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement shall terminate upon the occurrence of any of the following events:
(a)
The Insured is discharged or removed from service as a Director of the Bank for Cause. The term “Cause” shall mean any of the following: (1) gross negligence or gross neglect of duties, (2) the commission of a felony or the commission of a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, (3) fraud, disloyalty, dishonesty, or willful violation of any law or material policy of the Bank committed in connection with the Director’s service and, in the Bank’s sole judgment, resulting in an adverse effect on the Bank, or
(b)
Surrender, lapse, or other termination of the Policy by the Bank, or
(c)
Distribution of the death benefit proceeds in accordance with Section 2.2 above, or
(d)
Payment in full by the Bank to the Director of the Deferral Account maintained by the Bank pursuant to the Deferred Fee Agreement.
ARTICLE 8     
MISCELLANEOUS
8.1      Binding Effect . This Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement shall bind the Director and the Bank and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, administrators and transferees, and any Policy beneficiary.
8.2      No Guarantee of Employment . This Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement is not an employment policy or contract. It does not give the Director the right to remain a Director of the Bank, nor does it interfere with the right of the Bank’s stockholder(s) not to re-elect the Director or the right of the stockholder(s) or the Board to remove an individual as a Director of the Bank. This Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement also does not require the Director to remain a Director or interfere with the Director’s right to terminate service at any time.
8.3      Successors; Binding Agreement . By an assumption agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Director, the Bank shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Bank to expressly assume and agree to perform this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Bank would be required to perform this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement if no succession had occurred. The Bank’s failure to obtain such an assumption agreement before succession becomes effective shall be considered a breach of the Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement and shall entitle the Director to the Change of Control benefit payable under the Deferred Fee Agreement.
8.4      Applicable Law . The Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by and construed according to the internal substantive laws of the State of California, disregarding principles of conflict of laws.
8.5      Entire Agreement . This Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement and the Deferred Fee Agreement constitute the entire agreement between the Bank and the Director concerning the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Director under this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement other than those specifically set forth herein.
8.6      Administration . The Bank shall have all powers necessary to administer this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement, including but not limited to the power to:
(a)
interpret the provisions of the Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement,
(b)
establish and revise the method of accounting for the Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement,
(c)
maintain a record of benefit payments, and
(d)
establish rules and prescribe forms necessary or desirable to administer the Split Dollar Agreement.
8.7      Named Fiduciary . The Bank shall be the named fiduciary and plan administrator under this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement. The Bank may delegate to others certain aspects of management and operational responsibilities, including the employment of advisors and the delegation of ministerial duties to qualified individuals.
8.8      Severability . If for any reason any provision of this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement not held invalid, and each such provision shall continue in full force and effect to the full extent consistent with the law. If any provision of this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement is held invalid in part, such invalidity shall in no way affect the remainder of such provision not held so invalid, and the remainder of such provision together with all other provisions of this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement shall continue in full force and effect to the full extent consistent with the law.
8.9      Headings . The headings herein are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement.
8.10      Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand or mailed, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, with postage prepaid, to the following addresses or to such other address as either party may designate by like notice.
(a)
If to the Bank, to:    Board of Directors
Central Valley Community Bank
7100 N. Financial Dr., Suite 101
Fresno, California 93720

(b)
If to the Director, to:    WILLIAM S. SMITTCAMP
    
    
and to such other or additional person or persons as either party shall have designated to the other party in writing by like notice.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Bank and the Director have signed this Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement as of the date and year first written above.
DIRECTOR
/s/William S. Smittcamp
WILLIAM S. SMITTCAMP
CENTRAL VALLEY COMMUNITY BANK
By: /s/Daniel J. Doyle    
Daniel J. Doyle
Its: President & Chief Executive Officer


EXHIBIT A

SPLIT DOLLAR POLICY ENDORSEMENT
CENTRAL VALLEY COMMUNITY BANK
Policy No. 00698918 Midland National Life Insurance Company
Policy No. ZUA343963 West Coast Life Insurance Company
Insured: WILLIAM S. SMITTCAMP
Supplementing and amending the application for insurance to Security Life Insurance Company of Denver and West Coast Life Insurance Company, (collectively, the “Insurer”) on WILLIAM S. SMITTCAMP, the applicant requests and directs that:
BENEFICIARIES
1. Central Valley Community Bank, located in Fresno, California, shall be the beneficiary of any death proceeds remaining after the Insured’s interest has been paid under paragraph (2) below.
2.      The Insured or the Insured’s transferee shall designate the beneficiary(ies) of death proceeds. Upon the death of the Insured, the Insured’s beneficiaries shall be entitled to an amount equal to the balance of the Deferral Account maintained by the Bank for the Insured under the Second Amended and Restated Director Deferred Fee Agreement as of the date of the Insured’s death. However, the amount paid to the Insured, the Insured’s transferee and the Insured’s beneficiary(ies) or estate shall be reduced by any amounts paid under the Second Amended and Restated Director Deferred Fee Agreement and the Insured, the Insured’s transferee and the Insured’s beneficiary(ies) or estate shall have no rights or interests in the Policy beyond the amount due and payable.
OWNERSHIP
3.      The Owner of the Policy shall be Central Valley Community Bank. The Owner shall have all ownership rights in the Policy except as may be specifically granted to the Insured or the Insured’s transferee in paragraph (4) of this endorsement.
4.      The Insured or the Insured’s transferee shall have the right to assign his or her rights and interests in the Policy with respect to that portion of the death proceeds designated in paragraph (2) of this endorsement, and to exercise all settlement options with respect to such death proceeds.
5.      Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (4) above, the Insured, the Insured’s transferee, or the Insured’s beneficiary(ies) or estate shall have no rights or interests in the Policy with respect to that portion of the death proceeds designated in paragraph (2) of this endorsement if the Insured’s service with Central Valley Community Bank is terminated because of Termination for Cause under the Second Amended and Restated Director Deferred Fee Agreement.
6.     
MODIFICATION OF ASSIGNMENT PROVISIONS OF THE POLICY
7.      Upon the death of the Insured, the interest of any collateral assignee of the Owner of the Policy designated in (3) above shall be limited to the portion of the proceeds described in paragraph (2) above.
OWNER’S AUTHORITY
8.      The Insurer is hereby authorized to recognize the Owner’s claim to rights hereunder without investigating the reason for any action taken by the Owner, including the Owner’s statement of the amount of premiums the Owner has paid on the Policy. The signature of the Owner shall be sufficient for the exercise of any rights under this Endorsement and the receipt of the Owner for any sums received by it shall be a full discharge and release therefore to the Insurer. The Insurer may rely on a sworn statement in form satisfactory to it furnished by the Owner, its successors or assigns, as to their interest and any payments made pursuant to such statement shall discharge Central Valley Community Bank accordingly.
9.      Any transferee’s rights shall be subject to this Endorsement.
10.      The Owner accepts and agrees to this split dollar endorsement.
11.      The undersigned is signing in a representative capacity and warrants that he or she has the authority to bind the entity on whose behalf this document is being executed.
Signed by Central Valley Community Bank at Fresno, California, this _____ day of __________________, 2013.
CENTRAL VALLEY COMMUNITY BANK
By: /s/ Daniel J. Doyle    
Daniel J. Doyle
Its: President & Chief Executive Officer
 

The Insured accepts and agrees to the foregoing.
Signed at Fresno, California, this _____ day of __________________, 2013.
INSURED
/s/William S. Smittcamp    
WILLIAM S. SMITTCAMP
 
EXHIBIT B

BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION
Central Valley Community Bank
Fresno, CA
Split Dollar Plan
I, William S. Smittcamp , designate the following as beneficiary of benefits under the Agreement payable following my death:
Primary :
   
    %
   
    %
Contingent :
 
   
    %
   
    %
Notes :
Please PRINT CLEARLY or TYPE the names of the beneficiaries.
To name a trust as beneficiary, please provide the name of the trustee(s) and the exact name and date of the trust agreement.
To name your estate as beneficiary, please write “Estate of [your name]”.
Be aware that none of the contingent beneficiaries will receive anything unless ALL of the primary beneficiaries predecease you.
I understand that I may change these beneficiary designations by delivering a new written designation to the Administrator, which shall be effective only upon receipt and acknowledgment by the Administrator prior to my death. I further understand that the designations will be automatically revoked if the beneficiary predeceases me, or, if I have named my spouse as beneficiary and our marriage is subsequently dissolved.
Name:    William S. Smittcamp
Signature:               Date:             
SPOUSAL CONSENT (Required if Spouse not named beneficiary):
I consent to the beneficiary designation above, and acknowledge that if I am named beneficiary and our marriage is subsequently dissolved, the designation will be automatically revoked.
Spouse Name:                   
Signature:        Date: _____________
Received by the Plan Administrator this      day of          ,      .
By:         
Title:         

{00234048.DOCX / }     1
Exhibit 10.109


EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
(Central Valley Community Bank)
This Employment Agreement (the "Agreement") is made effective as of January 23, 2014, by and between CENTRAL VALLEY COMMUNITY BANK, a California banking corporation ("Bank") and JAMES FORD, an individual ("Executive").
Bank desires to avail itself of the skill, knowledge and experience of Executive as President of Bank. Executive, being willing to be employed by Bank as President, and Bank being willing to employ Executive, on the terms, covenants and conditions hereinafter set forth, it is agreed as follows:
1. Position . Executive is hereby employed as President of Bank.
2.      Employment Term . The term of this Agreement, and Executive’s employment with Bank, shall commence February 1, 2014 (“Effective Date”), and continue through December 31, 2016 ("Initial Term"), subject, however , to prior termination as set forth in Section 6 of this Agreement. At the end of the Initial Term, this Agreement shall renew automatically for additional consecutive one year periods (the Initial Term plus any such additional periods are hereinafter sometimes referred to as the “Employment Term”) unless either party furnishes the other party with written notice (“Nonrenewal Notice”) of its intention not to renew by no later than sixty (60) days prior to the then scheduled expiration of the Employment Term. Any Nonrenewal Notice given by Bank to Executive shall be treated as an early termination without Cause (as hereinafter defined) for purposes of Section 6(e) of this Agreement.
3.      Executive Duties . Upon the Effective Date, Executive is hereby vested with such powers and duties as are designated by the Bylaws of Bank (as amended from time to time, “Bylaws”), by the Board of Directors of Bank (the "Board"), or by any duly authorized Committee of the Board. Subject to the control of the Board and the Chief Executive Officer, Executive shall have general executive supervision of the business and affairs of Bank and shall be senior in rank to all other officers of Bank other than its Chief Executive Officer. As President, Executive shall have the authority to sign contracts, bills, notes, drafts and other obligations of Bank, as granted to the President by the Bylaws or the Board and in accordance with appropriate governmental regulation. Executive shall report to the Chief Executive Officer and the Board.
4.      Extent of Services . Executive shall devote substantially all of his time and effort to the business of Bank and shall not during the Employment Term be engaged in any other business activities, except personal investments, without the prior written consent of Bank; provided, however , Executive may engage in appropriate civic, charitable or religious activities and devote a reasonable amount of time to them provided that such activities do not interfere or conflict with Executive’s responsibilities and are not or not likely to be contrary to Bank’s interests.
5.      Compensation and Benefits .

1

1355022.2



(a)      Salary . Executive shall receive an annual salary of three hundred thousand dollars ($300,000), which may be increased from time to time at the discretion of the Board (“Base Salary”). Executive’s Base Salary shall be paid in periodic installments in accordance with the general payroll practices of Bank, as in effect from time to time and shall be prorated for any partial periods.
(b)      Incentive Bonus . Executive shall be eligible to receive an annual incentive bonus of up to sixty percent (60%) of his Base Salary based on Executive reaching certain goals, both subjective and objective, each fiscal year during the Employment Term. It is the intent of the parties to reduce the specific goals as established by the Board to writing within 30 days of the Effective Date and by February 15th of each year thereafter. All incentive bonuses shall be payable in a lump sum not later than March 15th of the calendar year following the end of the fiscal year for which the bonus is earned.
(c)      Restricted Stock . Within 90 days following the Effective Date, Bank shall use commercially reasonable efforts to offer Executive an agreement (“Restricted Stock Agreement”) to receive restricted shares (“Restricted Shares”) of the common stock of Central Valley Community Bancorp (“Bancorp”) under the Central Valley Community Bancorp 2005 Omnibus Incentive Plan with a value of one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000) on the date of grant for each of the first three (3) years of the Employment Term, as reasonably determined by the Board. Among other things, the Restricted Stock Agreement shall provide that (i) the Restricted Shares shall vest at twenty percent (20%) per year of continued employment from February 1st of the year of each grant (with the first vesting period being satisfied on the first anniversary thereof), (ii) the grants for the second and third years of employment would be made on the respective anniversary dates of the Restricted Stock Agreement, (iii) the vesting periods would be accelerated upon a Change in Control (as hereinafter defined), (iv) the issuance of Restricted Shares shall be conditioned upon compliance with all applicable laws. The Restricted Stock Agreement shall comply in all respects with Internal Revenue Code section 409A and applicable regulations and with restrictions on payments under applicable banking laws.
(d)      SERP and BOLI . Within 90 days following the Effective Date, Bank shall use commercially reasonable efforts to offer Executive a Salary Continuation Agreement pursuant to which Executive would be entitled to receive $100,000 per year for ten (10) years beginning at age sixty-five (65), with vesting equal to fifty percent (50%) at age sixty (60) and ten percent (10%) each year for five consecutive years after Executive has reached the age of sixty (60), subject to accelerated vesting upon a Change in Control. The Salary Continuation Agreement shall comply in all respects with Internal Revenue Code section 409A and applicable regulations and with restrictions on payments under applicable banking laws. The Bank shall make reasonable efforts to obtain life insurance covering the Executive and, upon obtaining one or more insurance policies on the Executive’s life, shall offer an assignment of a portion of the life insurance proceeds, to be paid to the Executive’s beneficiaries in the event of death before all benefits are paid under the Salary Continuation Agreement.
(e)      Moving and Relocation Expenses . Executive shall receive a net of $50,000 for moving and relocation expenses. To the extent that any of the amount paid by Bank

2

1355022.2



for Executive's moving expenses is deemed to be taxable, Bank will pay Executive an amount such that once taxes are withheld, Executive will receive a net of $50,000 for this purpose.
(f)      Country Club Membership. Bank agrees to maintain a corporate membership at a country club (“Country Club Membership”) that is mutually agreed upon by the Board and Executive. The Country Club Membership would be owned exclusively by Bank and would list Executive as Bank’s designee under the Country Club Membership. Bank agrees to pay all business-related expenses at the country club.
(g)      Automobile Allowance . Bank shall provide Executive with an automobile allowance of $1,500.00 per month to cover Executive's cost of an automobile and related automobile travel expenses. The automobile shall be approved by Board as being suitable for the President. Executive shall be responsible for paying all operation expenses of any nature whatsoever with regard to Executive's chosen automobile. Executive shall furnish Bank adequate records and other documentary evidence required by Bank. Executive shall also procure and maintain in force an automobile insurance policy on such automobile at his own expense, with coverage naming Bank as an additional insured with the minimum coverage of $1 million combined single limit of liability (including any umbrella insurance coverage maintained by Executive). Executive shall provide Bank with copy of the insurance policy.
(h)      Vacation . Executive shall accrue four weeks paid vacation per year. Said vacation leave shall accrue on a pro-rata monthly basis and shall be subject to the terms and provisions of the vacation policy of Bank as amended from time to time.
(i)      General Expenses . Bank shall upon submission and approval of written statements and bills in accordance with the regular procedures of Bank relative to senior executives, pay or reimburse Executive for any and all necessary, customary and usual expenses incurred by him while traveling for or on behalf of Bank and for any and all other necessary, customary or usual expenses (including, without limitation, gifts and entertainment) incurred by Executive for or on behalf of Bank in the normal course of business. Executive agrees that, if at any time any payment made to Executive by Bank, whether for salary or whether as auto expense or business expense reimbursement, shall be disallowed in whole or in part as a deductible expense by the appropriate taxing authorities, Executive shall reimburse Bank to the full extent of such disallowance.
(j)      Other Benefits . During the Employment Term, Executive shall be eligible to participate, subject to the terms thereof, in all retirement benefit plans, and all medical, dental and other welfare benefit plans of Bank as may be in affect from time to time with respect to senior executives employed by Bank.
6.      Termination . This Agreement may be terminated during the Employment Term in accordance with this Section 6. In the event of such termination, Executive shall be released from all obligations under this Agreement, except that Executive shall remain subject to Sections 7, 8, 11(a), 11(b), 11(e), 11(l), 12 and 13, and Bank shall be released from all obligations under this Agreement, except as otherwise provided in this Section and Sections 11(e), 11(l), 12 and 13.

3

1355022.2



(a)      Early Termination by Bank for Cause . This Agreement may be terminated for Cause by Bank upon written notice, and Executive shall not be entitled to receive compensation or other benefits for any period after termination for Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, "Cause" shall mean the determination by the Board of Directors, acting in good faith and by the vote of two-thirds of its members, excluding Executive (if applicable), that Executive has (i) willfully failed to perform or habitually neglected the duties which he is required to perform hereunder; or (ii) willfully failed to follow any policy of the Bank which materially adversely affects the condition of the Bank; or (iii) engaged in any activity in contravention of any Bank policy, statute, regulation or governmental policy which materially adversely affects the Bank's condition, or its reputation in the community, or which evidences the lack of Executive's fitness or ability to perform Executive's duties; or (iv) willfully refused to follow any instruction from the Board of Directors unless Executive reasonably establishes that compliance with such instruction would cause the Bank or Executive to violate any statute, regulation or governmental or Bank policy; or (v) been convicted of or pleaded guilty or nolo contendere to any felony, or (vi) committed any act which would cause termination of coverage under the Bank's Bankers Blanket Bond as to Executive, as distinguished from termination of coverage as to the Bank as a whole.
(b)      Early Termination Upon Disability . If Executive becomes Disabled during the Employment Term this Agreement shall terminate and Executive shall be entitled to the Base Salary provided for in Section 5 of this Agreement for a period of up to one-hundred and eighty (180) days from the date of Executive's first absence due to his disability, plus accrued but unused vacation leave, but not beyond the date specified herein for the end of the Employment Term. Payment shall be made to Executive in a lump sum payment, not later than ninety (90) days following the termination of this Agreement due to Executive’s Disability. All other compensation and benefits provided for under this Agreement shall cease as of the date of termination (benefits accrued and payable following Executive’s termination due to Disability under this Agreement or any other plan or agreement shall be payable in accordance with the terms of such plan or agreement). For purposes of this Agreement only, Disability shall mean that the Executive (i) is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months; or (ii) is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than 3 months under an accident and health plan covering Bank employees. If there is a dispute regarding whether the Executive is Disabled, such dispute shall be resolved by a mutually agreeable physician. Such resolution shall be binding upon all Parties to this Agreement. The determination of Disability shall be made in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner applied to all Bank employees under similar circumstances. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the term “Disability” shall be interpreted in accordance with Code Section 409A.
(c)      Automatic Termination Upon Closure or Take-Over . This Agreement shall terminate automatically if Bank is closed or taken over by the Federal Deposit Insurance

4

1355022.2



Corporation, the California Department of Business Oversight, or by any other supervisory authority.

5

1355022.2




(d)      Merger or Corporate Dissolution .
i.      In the event of a merger in which Bancorp is not the surviving corporation, in the event of a transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of Bank or Bancorp, in the event of any other corporate reorganization in which there is a change in ownership of the outstanding shares of Bancorp wherein more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding shares of Bancorp are transferred to any other partnership, corporation, trust or business entity, or in the event of the dissolution of Bank or Bancorp, this Agreement shall not be terminated, but instead, the surviving or resulting corporation, the transferee of Bank's or Bancorp’s assets, or Bank shall be bound by and shall have the benefit of the provisions of this Agreement.
ii.      Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of any such merger, reorganization or transfer of assets constituting a change in “the ownership or effective control” or "the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets" of Bancorp or Bank, within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(2)(A)(i) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended ("IRC"), or any successor statute (each a “Change in Control”), and, within twelve (12) months following any such Change in Control either (a) Executive is terminated without Cause by Bank or its successor, (b) Executive terminates this Agreement and his employment with Bank or its successor for Good Reason (as hereinafter defined), or (c) this Agreement and Executive’s employment is terminated as a result of a Nonrenewal Notice delivered to Executive by Bank or its successor, then Executive shall be entitled to severance as follows: Executive shall be paid a lump sum payment equal to the average annual total cash compensation paid to Executive by Bank during the most recent three (3) previous fiscal years of Bank (“Average Annual Cash Compensation Amount”) multiplied by two. In the event Executive has been employed less than three (3) years, the Average Annual Cash Compensation Amount shall be determined by using Executive's compensation history with Bank to determine the annual compensation formula for purposes of this paragraph. Payment under this Section 6(d)(ii) shall be made to the Executive within ninety (90) days following the date the Executive’s employment terminates. In the event that Executive qualifies for the payment contemplated by this Section 6(d)(ii), he shall not be entitled to the payments contemplated in Section 6(e) or 6(f).    
(e)      Early Termination Without Cause at Bank's Option . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, Bank may terminate this Agreement early at any time and without Cause by giving Executive thirty (30) days' written notice of Bank's intent to terminate this Agreement. In addition to the compensation and benefits described in Section 6(i) below, if Executive is terminated pursuant to this Section of the Agreement and Section 6(d)(ii) is not applicable, he will be entitled to receipt of additional severance payments as follows:
i.      Executive shall be entitled to receive up to 24 payments, each in the amount equal to one-twelfth (1/12) of the Without Cause Severance Amount (as hereinafter defined), less any withholding required by law. For purposes of this Agreement, the “Without Cause Severance Amount” shall equal the Average Annual Cash Compensation Amount multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which shall equal the number of months then remaining in the Employment Term (subject to a minimum of 12 and a maximum of 24) and the

6

1355022.2



denominator of which shall equal twelve (12). Any payments due and owing to Executive under this Section will be due on the 15th day of each month commencing on the first month following Executive's termination and shall continue until all payments due and owing Executive are made or until Executive obtains other comparable employment, whichever comes first. For purposes of implementing subparagraph (i) of this Section, Executive agrees to furnish Bank with prompt written notice describing any subsequent employment he secures (including his compensation for such employment) following any termination under this Section.
ii.      For purposes of subparagraph (i) of this Section, the term "comparable employment" shall mean any employment in which Executive's compensation (measured by any cash or non-cash payments or benefits) is comparable to his compensation under this Agreement. Any compensation comparison undertaken for the purposes of this Agreement shall be done without regard to any vested or unvested stock options or shares of restricted stock granted to Executive.
(f)      Termination by Executive for Good Reason . Executive may terminate this Agreement for Good Reason, in which case he shall be entitled to receive the severance payments contemplated by Section 6(e)(i) if Section 6(d)(ii) is not applicable. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Good Reason” shall mean the occurrence of one of the following events within six months prior to the termination of Executive’s employment: (a) demotion of Executive's status as President or a higher position if Executive has been serving in that capacity, (b) any decrease in Executive's Base Salary, (c) material demotion in Executive's duties and authority, and/or (d) change in Executive's office location more than thirty (30) miles from Fresno, California.
(g)      Limitation of Benefits under Certain Circumstances . If the payments and benefits pursuant to this Section 6, either alone or together with other payments and benefits which the Executive has the right to receive from Bank, would constitute a “parachute payment” under Section 280G of the IRC, the payments and benefits payable by Bank pursuant this Section 6 shall be reduced, in the manner determined by the Board, by the amount, if any, which is the minimum necessary to result in no portion of the payments and benefits payable by Bank under Section 6 being non-deductible to Bank pursuant to Section 280G of the Code and subject to the excise tax imposed under Section 4999 of the Code. The determination of any reduction in the payments and benefits to be made pursuant to Section 6 shall be based upon the opinion of independent counsel selected by Bank and paid by Bank. Such counsel shall be reasonably acceptable to Executive; shall promptly prepare the foregoing opinion, but in no event later than thirty (30) days from the date of termination; and may use such actuaries or other consultants as such counsel deems necessary or advisable for the purpose. Nothing contained herein shall result in a reduction of any payments or benefits to which Executive may be entitled upon termination of employment under any circumstances other than as specified in this Section 6, or a reduction in the payments and benefits specified in Section 6 below zero.
(h)      Severance and Release Agreement . The severance payments contemplated by Sections 6(d)(ii), 6(e)(i) and 6(f) are sometimes referred to in this Agreement as “Severance Payments.” Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, Bank shall have no

7

1355022.2



obligation to make any Severance Payments unless Executive shall sign and deliver to Bank within thirty (30) days of termination a Severance and Release Agreement, as completed by Bank at time of termination, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A .
(i)      Benefits Payable at Termination . Unless otherwise specifically stated in this Agreement or required by law, the compensation and benefits payable to Executive upon termination of this Agreement and termination of Executive’s employment with Bank shall be limited to the payment of all accrued salary, vacation, and reimbursable expenses for which expense reports have been provided to Bank in accordance with Bank's policies and this Agreement.
(j)      Delay in Payment for Specified Employees . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, if Executive is a Specified Employee as of the date of termination of employment, payments under this Agreement upon termination of employment may not be made before the date that is six months after termination of employment (or, if earlier than the end of the six-month period, the date of death of the Executive). Payments to which the Executive would otherwise be entitled during the first six months following termination of employment shall be accumulated and paid on the first day of the seventh month following termination of employment.
i.      Executive shall be deemed to be a “Specified Employee” if, as of the date of Executive's termination of employment, Executive is a Key Employee of the Bank and the Bank has stock which is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise.
ii.    If Executive meets each of the requirements of Internal Revenue Code Section 416(i)(1)(A)(i), (ii), or (iii) (applied in accordance with the regulations thereunder and disregarding section 416(i)(5)) at any time during a twelve month period ending on December 31 (the “Specified Employee Identification Date”), then Executive shall be treated as a Key Employee for the entire twelve month period beginning on the following April 1. Such April 1 date shall be the “Specified Employee Effective Date” for purposes of Internal Revenue Code section 409A.
7.      Work Product . Executive acknowledges that all inventions, innovations, improvements, developments, methods, designs, analyses, drawings, reports and all similar or related information (whether or not patentable) which relate to Bank or its Affiliates (as hereafter defined), research and development or existing or future products or services and which are conceived, developed or made by the Executive while employed by Bank (“Work Product”) belong to Bank or such Affiliates (as applicable). Executive shall promptly disclose such Work Product to the Board and perform all actions reasonably requested by the Board (whether during or after the Executive’s employment with Bank) to establish and confirm such ownership (including, without limitation, executing assignments, consents, power of attorney and other instruments). For purposes of the Agreement, an “Affiliate” of Bank is any person or entity that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with Bank.
8.      Disclosure of Information .

8

1355022.2



(a)      Confidential Information . Bank has and will develop and own certain Confidential Information, which has a great value in its business. Bank also has and will have access to Confidential Information of its customers. “Customers” shall mean any persons or entities for whom Bank performs services or from whom Bank obtains information. Confidential Information includes information disclosed to Executive during the course of his employment, and information developed or learned by Executive during the course of his employment. “Confidential Information” is broadly defined and includes all information which has or could have commercial value or other utility in Bank’s business or the businesses of Bank’s customers or Affiliates of Bank. Confidential Information also includes all information which could be detrimental to the interests of Bank or its Affiliates or Customers if it were disclosed. By example and without limitation, Confidential Information includes all information concerning loan information, Customer data, including but not limited to Customer and supplier identities, Customer characteristics or agreements and Customer lists, applicant data, employment categories, job classifications, employment histories, job analyses and validations, preferences, credit history, agreements, and any personally identifiable information related to Customers, or Customer’s employees, customers or clients, including names, addresses, phone numbers, account numbers and social security numbers; any information provided to Executive by a Customer, including but not limited to electronic information, documents, software, and trade secrets; historical sales information; advertising and marketing materials and strategies; financial information related to Bank, Customers, Affiliates, Customer’s or Affiliate’s employees or any other party; labor relations strategies; research and development strategies and results, including new materials research; pending projects and proposals; production processes; scientific or technological data, formulae and prototypes; employee data, including but not limited to any personally identifiable information related to employees, and co-workers, their spouse-partner and/or family members such as names, addresses, phone numbers, account numbers, social security numbers, employment history, credit information, and the compensation of co-workers; anything contained in another employee’s personnel file; individually identifiable health information of other employees, and co-workers, their spouse-partner and/or family members, Customers, or any other party, including but not limited to any information related to a physical or mental health condition, the provision of health care, the payment of health care, or any information received from a health care provider, health care plan or related entity; pricing and product information; computer data information; products; supplier information and data; testing techniques; processes; formulas; trade secrets; inventions; discoveries; improvements; specifications; data, know-how, and formats; marketing plans; pending projects and proposals; business plans; computer processes; computer programs and codes; technological data; strategies; forecasts; budgets; and projections.
(b)      Protection of Confidential Information . Executive agrees that at all times during and after his employment by Bank, Executive will keep confidential and not disclose to any third party or make any use of the Confidential Information of Bank or its Affiliates or Customers, except for the benefit of Bank, or its Affiliates or Customers and in the course of his employment. In the event Executive is required by law to disclose such information described in this Section 8, Executive will provide Bank and its legal counsel with immediate notice of such request so that Bank may consider seeking a protective order.

9

1355022.2



(c)      No Prior Commitments . Executive has no other agreements, relationships, or commitments to any other person or entity that would conflict with Executive’s obligations to Bank under this Agreement. Executive will not disclose to Bank, or use or induce Bank to use, any proprietary information or trade secrets of others. Executive represents and warrants that he has returned all property and confidential information belonging to all other prior banks and other entities.
(d)      Return of Policy . In the event Executive’s employment with Bank is terminated (voluntarily or otherwise), Executive agrees to inform Bank of all documents and other data relating to his employment which is in his possession and control and to deliver promptly all such documents and data to Bank.
(e)      Obligations Following Termination . In the event Executive’s employment with Bank is terminated (voluntarily or otherwise), Executive agrees that he will protect the Confidential Information of Bank and its Affiliates and Customers, and will prevent their misappropriation or disclosure. Executive will not disclose or use any Confidential Information for his benefit, or the benefit of any third party, or to the detriment of Bank or its Customers. In addition, after termination of his employment with Bank, Executive will not, either directly or indirectly for a period of one (1) year after termination of employment, (i) solicit, recruit or attempt to recruit any officer of Bank, (ii) advise or recommend to any other person that such other person employ or attempt to employ any other employee of Bank while the other employee is employed by Bank; (iii) induce or attempt to induce any other employee of Bank to terminate his or her employment with Bank; (iv) interfere with the business of Bank by inducing any other individual or entity to sever its relationship with Bank or (v) solicit any Customers or potential Customers of Bank for services similar to those performed by Bank.
(f)      Relief . Executive acknowledges that breach of this Section may cause Bank irreparable harm for which money is inadequate compensation. Executive therefore agrees that Bank will be entitled to injunctive relief to enforce this Section and this Agreement, in addition to damages and other available remedies, and Executive consents to such injunctive relief. In addition to any other rights and remedies Bank may have against Executive, any material violation of this Section 8 shall result in the forfeiture of any Severance compensation payable by Bank to Executive under this Agreement to the fullest extent permitted by law, including, without limitation, any Severance Payments to which Executive would otherwise be entitled upon termination of employment with Bank, including, without limitation, under Sections 6(d)(ii), 6(e)(i) and 6(f).
(g)      Survival . The terms and provisions of this Section 8 shall survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement for all intents and purposes.
9.      Non-Competition by Executive . During the Employment Term, Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, either as an employee, employer, consultant, agent, principal, partner, stockholder, corporate officer, director, or in any other individual or representative capacity, engage or participate in any competing banking business; provided, however, Executive shall not be restricted by this Section from owning securities of corporations listed on a national securities exchange or regularly traded by national securities dealers so long as such investment does not

10

1355022.2



exceed one percent (1%) of the market value of the outstanding securities of such corporation. Upon the expiration of this Agreement for any reason, for one year Executive agrees not to solicit or hire any employees of Bank.
10.      Surety Bond . Executive agrees that he will furnish all information and take any steps necessary to enable Bank to obtain or maintain a fidelity bond conditional on the rendering of a true account by Executive of all monies, goods or other property which may come into the custody, charge or possession of Executive during the Employment Term. The surety company issuing the bond and the amount of the bond are to be paid by Bank. If Executive cannot qualify for a surety bond at any time during the Employment Term for any reason that is (a) not beyond his control or (b) due to his actions or omissions, then Bank shall have the option to terminate this Agreement immediately.
11.      General . This Agreement is further governed by the following provisions:
(a)      Regulatory Compliance . This Agreement is drawn to be effective in the State of California and shall be construed in accordance with California laws, except to the extent superseded by federal law. The parties specifically acknowledge that while the restrictions contained in Section 131 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991, relating to the payment of bonuses and increases for senior executive officers of institutions which are deemed "undercapitalized", do not currently apply to Bank, such provisions may affect the terms of this Agreement if during its term Bank should be deemed undercapitalized by any state or federal regulatory authority (including, without limitation, the Federal Deposit Insurance Company and the Federal Reserve Board). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, under no circumstances shall Bank be required to make any payments to Executive or take any other actions under this Agreement if such payments or actions would result in any violation of applicable law, rule, regulation or regulatory directive.
(b)      Clawback . Notwithstanding any provisions of this Agreement to the contrary, if any Payment Restrictions (as hereinafter defined) require the recapture or “clawback” of any payments made to Executive under this Agreement, Executive shall repay to Bank the aggregate amount of any such payments, with such repayment to occur no later than thirty (30) days following Executive’s receipt of a written notice from Bank indicating that payments received by Executive under this Agreement are subject to recapture or clawback pursuant to the Payment Restrictions. “Payment Restrictions” means any applicable state or federal statute, law, regulation, or regulatory interpretation or other guidance, or contractual arrangement with or required by a governmental authority that would require Bank to seek or demand repayment or return of any payments made to Executive for any reason, including, without limitation, FIL-66-02010 and any related or successor regulatory guidance, any regulatory or enforcement interpretations or guidance provided by the Securities Exchange Commission or other regulatory body under Section 954 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, or Bank or its successors later obtaining information indicating that Executive has committed, is substantially responsible for, or has violated, the respective acts or omission, conditions, or offenses outlined under 12 C.F.R. 359.4(a)(4).

11

1355022.2



(c)      Entire Agreement . This Agreement supersedes any and all other agreements, either oral or in writing, between the parties hereto with respect to the employment of Executive by Bank and contains all of the covenants and agreements among the parties with respect to such employment. Any modification, waiver or amendment of this Agreement will be effective only if it is in writing and signed by the party to be charged.
(d)      Waiver . Any waiver by any party of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate as or be construed to be a waiver of any other breach of such provision or of any breach of any other provision of this Agreement. The failure of a party to insist upon strict adherence to any term of this Agreement on one or more occasions shall not be considered a waiver or deprive that party of the right thereafter to insist upon strict adherence to that term or any other term of this Agreement.
(e)      Choice of Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California.
(f)      Binding Effect of Agreement . This Agreement shall insure to the benefit of and be binding upon Bank, its successors and assigns, including without limitation, any person, partnership or corporation which may acquire all or substantially all of Bank's assets and business, or with or into which Bank may be consolidated, merged or otherwise reorganized, and this provision shall apply in the event of any subsequent merger, consolidation, reorganization, or transfer. The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Executive and his heirs and personal representatives. The rights and obligations of Executive under this Agreement shall not be transferable by assignment or otherwise, such rights shall not be subject to commutation, encumbrance or the claims of Executive's creditors, and any attempt to do any of the foregoing shall be void.
(g)      Indemnification . Bank shall indemnify Executive to the maximum extent permitted under the Bylaws of Bank and the California Corporations Code. If available at reasonable rates, Bank shall endeavor to apply for and obtain Directors and Officers Liability Insurance to indemnify and insure Bank and Executive from and against liability or loss arising out of Executive's actual or asserted misfeasance or nonfeasance in the good faith performance of his duties or out of any actual or asserted wrongful act against, or by Bank including, but not limited to, judgments, fines, settlements and expenses incurred in the defense of actions, proceedings and appeals therefrom. The provisions of this paragraph shall inure to the benefit of Executive's estate, executor, administrator, heirs, legatees or devisees.
(h)      Severability . In the event that any term or condition contained in this Agreement shall, for any reason, be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other term or condition of this Agreement, but this Agreement shall be construed as if such invalid or illegal or unenforceable term or condition had never been contained herein.
(i)      Headings . The headings in this Agreement are solely for the convenience of reference and shall be given no effect in the construction or interpretation of this Agreement.

12

1355022.2



(j)      Notices . Any notices to be given hereunder by one party to the other shall be effected in writing either by personal delivery or by mail, registered or certified, postage prepaid with return receipt requested. Mailed notices shall be addressed to the parties at the addresses indicated at the end of this Agreement, but each party may change his or its address by notice in accordance with this paragraph. Notices delivered personally shall be deemed communicated as of actual receipt; mailed notices shall be deemed communicated as of five (5) days after mailing.
(k)      Calendar Days--Close of Business . Unless the context otherwise requires, all periods ending on a given day or date or upon the lapse of a period of days shall end on the close of the business on that day or date, and references to "days" shall be understood to refer to calendar days.
(l)      Attorneys' Fees and Costs . If any action at law or in equity, or any arbitration proceeding, is brought to enforce or interpret the terms of this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys' fees, costs and necessary disbursements in addition to any other relief to which he or it may be entitled.
(m)      Approval by Board of Directors . The parties acknowledge that Executive's employment with Bank is subject to the approval of Bank's Board of Directors. Executive's contract under this Agreement is subject to, and shall not commence, until approval by the Board of Directors.
12.      Mediation and Arbitration of Disputes . Any disputes regarding the employment relationship or its termination for whatever reason or events occurring during the employment relationship shall be subject to mediation followed by binding arbitration, to the extent permitted by law, pursuant to the employment dispute resolution rules and regulations of the American Arbitration Association. This includes any rights or claims the Executive may have under (1) Title VII of the Civil rights Act of 1964 (race, color, religion, sex and national origin discrimination); (2) Section 1981 of the Civil Rights Act of 1866 (discrimination); (3) the Age Discrimination in Employment Act (age discrimination)' (4) the Equal Pay Act (equal pay); (5) the California Fair Employment and Housing Act (discrimination, including race, color, national origin, ancestry, physical handicap, medical condition, marital status, sex or age); (6) the California Labor Code (wages, benefits and other matters); (7) the Fair Labor Standards Act (wage and hour matters); (9) the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (insurance matters); (10) Executive Order 11246 (affirmative action); (11) the Federal Rehabilitation Act (handicap discrimination); (12) the Americans with Disabilities Act (discrimination based on disability); and any other federal, state or local laws or regulations regarding employment discrimination.
Any request for arbitration must be made in writing within 365 calendar days of the occurrence-giving rise to the dispute. The arbitrator shall apply the substantive law (and the law of remedies, if applicable) of the State of California, or federal law, or both, as applicable to the claim or claims asserted. It is the parties' intention that the arbitrator's decision shall not be subject to judicial review except for fraud or similar misconduct or unless an error appears on the face of the award, or the award causes substantial injustice. Unless the arbitrator orders otherwise

13

1355022.2



(after taking into consideration Section 11(l) hereof), each party shall be responsible for compensating their attorneys and witnesses and bearing any other costs incurred by them. THE PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE THEY ARE WAIVING THEIR RIGHT TO A COURT TRIAL OR A JURY TRIAL.
13.      Executive's Representations . Executive represents and warrants that he is free to enter into this Agreement and to perform each of the terms and covenants in it. Executive represents and warrants that he is not restricted or prohibited, contractually or otherwise, from entering into or performing this Agreement, and that his execution and performance of this Agreement is not a violation or a breach of any other agreement between Executive and any other person or entity.
Executed as of the date first above written at Fresno, California.
   BANK::
CENTRAL VALLEY COMMUNITY BANK
By: /s/DANIEL J. DOYLE    
DANIEL J. DOYLE,
Chief Executive Officer
   EXECUTIVE:
/s/JAMES M. FORD
JAMES FORD


14

1355022.2




EXHIBIT A

SEVERANCE AND RELEASE AGREEMENT


This Severance and Release Agreement (“Agreement”) is made by and between Central Valley Community Bank, a California banking corporation (“Bank”), and James Ford, an individual (“Executive”).
RECITALS

A.    Bank and Executive are parties to that certain Employment Agreement, dated ________________, 20__ (“Employment Agreement”).

        B.    Executive’s employment with Bank has been terminated and Bank and Executive wish to enter into this Agreement pursuant to Section 6(h) of the Employment Agreement.

For and in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants in this Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:
AGREEMENT

1.     Termination of Employment . Bank and Executive agree that Executive’s employment with Bank terminated on ______________, 201__ (“Termination Date”). Executive acknowledges that he has been paid all wages and other sums due to him within the time frames required by law.
 
2.     Compensation .

(a)     Severance . Bank shall pay Executive severance pay in the amount of _______________ ($____________.00), less statutory wage deductions, if and only if an original of this Agreement, duly executed by Executive, is delivered to Bank within thirty (30) days following the Termination Date. This amount shall be paid within thirty (30) days of timely delivery of an original of this Agreement, duly executed by Executive, to Bank.

(b)     Vacation Pay . Bank has paid Executive on his Termination Date all accrued but unused vacation.


15

1355022.2



3.     Sufficiency of Consideration . Executive acknowledges that the severance provided under Section 2(a) is a special benefit provided to him in return for his execution of this Agreement. Bank and Executive specifically agree that the consideration provided to Executive pursuant to Section 2(a) is good and sufficient consideration for this Agreement.

4.     No Actions by Executive . In consideration of the promises and covenants made by Bank in this Agreement Executive agrees:

(a)     Filing of Actions . That he has not filed and will refrain from filing, either on his own or from participating with any third party in filing, any action or proceeding against any Released Parties (as defined in this Section) with any administrative agency, board, or court relating to the termination of Executive’s employment, or any acts related to Executive’s employment with Bank. “Released Parties” means Bank, its Board of Directors, any members of the Board of Directors in any of their capacities, including individually, its present or former Executives, officers, directors, agents or affiliates.

(b)     Dismissal . That if any agency, board or court assumes jurisdiction of any action against the Released Parties arising out of the termination of Executive’s employment or any acts related to Executive’s employment with Bank, Executive will direct that agency, board or court to withdraw or dismiss the matter, with prejudice, and will execute any necessary paperwork to effect the withdrawal or dismissal, with prejudice.

(c)     Discrimination . Executive acknowledges that Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, and as amended, the Americans with Disabilities Act, The Civil Rights Act of 1991, Sections 1981 through 1988 of Title 42 of the United States Code, as amended, section 510 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”), the Family Medical Leave Act, the California Family Rights Act and the California Fair Employment and Housing Act provide Executive the right to bring action against the Released Parties if Executive believes he has been discriminated against on the basis of race, age, ancestry, color, religion, sex, sexual orientation, medical condition, national origin, marital status, genetic information, veteran status, or physical or mental disability. Executive understands the rights afforded to Executive under these Acts and agrees he will not file any action against the Released Parties based upon any alleged violation of these Acts. Executive irrevocably and unconditionally waives any rights to assert a claim for relief available under these Acts, or any other state or federal laws related to employment discrimination, against the Released Parties including, but not limited to, present or future wages, mental or emotional distress, attorney's fees, reinstatement or injunctive relief..

5.     Compromise and Settlement . Executive, in consideration of the promises and covenants made by Bank in this Agreement, hereby compromises, settles and releases the Released Parties from any and all past, present, or future claims, demands, obligations or causes of action, whether based on tort, contract, or other theories of recovery arising from the employment relationship between Bank and Executive, and the termination of the employment relationship. Such claims include those Executive may have or has against the Released Parties. This Release does not apply to claims Executive may bring seeking workers’ compensation

16

1355022.2



benefits under California Labor Code section 3600, et seq ., but does apply to claims under California Labor Code sections 132a and 4553.
 
6.     No Retaliation . Executive further agrees that he has not been retaliated against for reporting any allegations of wrongdoing by Bank and Released Parties, including any allegations of corporate fraud, or for claiming a work related injury or filing any workers’ compensation claim. The Parties acknowledge that this Agreement does not limit either party’s right, where applicable, to file or participate in an investigation proceeding of any federal, state or local governmental agency. To the extent permitted by law, Executive agrees that if such an administrative claim is made, Executive shall not be entitled to recover any individual monetary relief or other individual remedies

7.     Waiver . Executive acknowledges that this Agreement applies to all known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, injury or damage arising out of or pertaining to his employment relationship with Bank and its termination, and expressly waives any benefits he may have under Section 1542 of the California Civil Code, which provides as follows:

“A general release does not extend to claims which the creditor does not know or suspect to exist in his or her favor at the time of executing the release, which if known by him or her must have materially affected his or her settlement with the debtor.”

Executive understands and acknowledges that the significance and consequence of this waiver of California Civil Code Section 1542 is that even if Executive should eventually suffer injury arising out of or pertaining to the employment relationship and its termination, he will not be able to make any claim against any of the Released Parties for those injuries. Furthermore, Executive acknowledges that he consciously intends these consequences even as to claims for injuries that may exist as of the date of the Agreement but which he does not know exist and which, if known, would materially affect Executive’s decision to execute this Agreement, regardless of whether Executive’s lack of knowledge is the result of ignorance, oversight, error, negligence, or any other cause.

8.     Waiver of Rights Under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act . Executive understands and acknowledges that the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended (the “ADEA”), provides Executive the right to bring a claim against Bank if Executive believes he has been discriminated against on the basis of age. Bank denies any such discrimination. Executive understands the rights afforded to him under the ADEA and agrees that he will not file any claim or action against Bank or any of the Released Parties based on any alleged violations of the ADEA. Executive hereby knowingly and voluntarily waives any right to assert a claim for relief under this Act, including but not limited to back pay, front pay, attorneys fees, damages, reinstatement or injunctive relief.                             
Executive also understands and acknowledges that the ADEA requires Bank to provide Executive with at least twenty-one (21) calendar days to consider this Agreement (“Consideration Period”) prior to its execution. Executive acknowledges that he was provided

17

1355022.2



with and has used the Consideration Period or, alternatively, that he elected to sign the Agreement within the Consideration Period and waives the remainder of the Consideration Period. Executive also understands that Executive is entitled to revoke this Agreement at any time during the seven (7) days following Executive’s execution of this Agreement (“Revocation Period”). Executive also understands that any revocation of this Agreement must be in writing and delivered to the attention of Daniel J. Doyle, President and Chief Executive Offer, at Bank’s headquarters located at 7100 North Financial Drive, Suite 101, Fresno, California 93720 prior to the expiration of the revocation period. Delivery of the revocation should be via facsimile to (559) 323-3310 with a hard copy to follow via first class mail.
        
9.     No Admission of Liability . Executive acknowledges that neither this Agreement, nor payment of any consideration pursuant to this Agreement, shall be an admission or concession of any kind with respect to alleged liability or alleged wrongdoing against Executive by Bank. Bank specifically asserts that all actions taken with regard to Executive were proper and lawful and affirmatively denies any wrongdoing of any kind.

10.     Continuing Obligations . Executive agrees to keep the terms and amount of this Agreement completely confidential, except that Executive may discuss this Agreement with his spouse, attorney, accountant, or other professional person who may assist Executive in evaluating or reviewing this Agreement or the tax implications of this Agreement provided that any such other person is advised of the confidential nature of such information and agrees to maintain such information in confidence. Executive acknowledges and agrees that his obligations to Bank contained in Section 8 of the Employment Agreement continue after the Termination Date. Any violation of Section 8 of the Employment Agreement will constitute a material breach of this Agreement and Bank’s obligation to pay severance under Section 2 of this Agreement shall immediately cease following any such violation. The parties agree that any sums received by Executive pursuant to Section 2 of this Agreement prior to his breach of the Employment Agreement shall constitute sufficient consideration to support the releases given by Executive in Section 4 of this Agreement.

11.     Non-Disparagement . Bank and Executive agree that neither will utter, publish or otherwise disseminate any oral or written statement that disparages or criticizes the other party or that damages the other party’s reputation. Executive also agrees not to utter, publish or otherwise disseminate any oral or written statement that disparages or criticizes the Released Parties, or that damages the Released Parties’ reputations.

12.     Company Property . Within five calendar days of Executive's execution of this Agreement, Executive shall return to Bank all Bank property in his possession including, but not limited to, the original and all copies of any written, recorded, or computer-readable information about Bank’s practices, contracts, Executives, trade secrets, customer lists, procedures, or operations, cellular telephone, computer, keys, access materials, credit cards and company identification.

13.     Representation by Attorney . Executive acknowledges that Executive has carefully read this Agreement; that Executive understands its final and binding effect; that

18

1355022.2



Executive has been advised to consult with an attorney; that Executive has been given the opportunity to be represented by independent counsel in reviewing and executing this Agreement and that Executive has either chosen to be represented by counsel or has voluntarily declined such representation; and that Executive understands the provisions of this Agreement and knowingly and voluntarily agrees to be bound by them.

14.     No Reliance Upon Representations . Executive hereby represents and acknowledges that in executing this Agreement, Executive does not rely and has not relied upon any representation or statement made by Bank or by any of Bank’s past or present officers, directors, Executives, agents, representatives or attorneys with regard to the subject matter, basis or effect of this Agreement.

15.     Dispute Resolution . Each party shall bear its own attorney’s fees in the preparation and review of this Agreement. Should a dispute arise between the parties to enforce any provision of this Agreement, the parties agree to submit the dispute to binding arbitration pursuant to Section 12 of the Employment Agreement.

16.     Entire Agreement, Modification . This Agreement contains the entire Agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes all prior oral and/or written agreements if any. The terms of this release are contractual and not a mere recital. This Agreement may be modified only by the further written agreement of the parties.

17.     Severability . If any part of this Agreement is determined to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the remaining parts shall not be affected thereby and the illegal, unenforceable or invalid part shall be deemed not to be part of this Agreement. The parties further agree to replace any such void or unenforceable provision of this Agreement with a valid and enforceable provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the economic, business, or other purposes of the void or unenforceable provision.

18.     Governing Law . Any action to enforce this Agreement or any dispute concerning the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the parties' performance of the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California.
            
19.     Counterpart Originals . This Agreement may be signed in counterparts.

BANK:

CENTRAL VALLEY COMMUNITY BANK
                        
Date: _______________            By:___________________________________                            Name:________________________________
Its:___________________________________
                        
EXECUTIVE:

19

1355022.2





Date: _______________            ______________________________________
JAMES FORD


20

1355022.2



ATTACHMENT “A”

WAIVER OF CONSIDERATION PERIOD


I, JAMES FORD, hereby acknowledge the following:

1.    I have entered into that certain Severance and Release Agreement ("Agreement") effective as of ________________, 20__.

2.    I understand that I have the right under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act to consider the Agreement for a period of twenty-one (21) days prior to signing the Agreement. I acknowledge that I have had a reasonable amount of time to consider the Agreement and hereby waive the remainder of this twenty-one (21) day period to consider the Agreement.

3.    I understand that I have the right under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act to revoke the Agreement within seven (7) days of my signing the Agreement.

4.    I understand that I have the right to consult, and have been advised to consult, with an attorney concerning the rights enumerated herein, and I understand the consequences of waiving those rights.

AGREED AND ACCEPTED


Date: ___________, 201__            ________________________________
JAMES FORD


1355022.3     21


EXHIBIT 21

SUBSIDIARIES OF CENTRAL VALLEY COMMUNITY BANCORP

Name
 
State of Incorporation
 
 
 
Central Valley Community Bank
 
California
Service 1 st  Capital Trust I
 
Delaware






EXHIBIT 23

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement No. 333-126809 and No. 333-52384 on Form S-8 and Registration Statement No. 333-165907 on Form S-3 of Central Valley Community Bancorp of our report dated March 21, 2014 relating to the consolidated financial statements appearing in the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Central Valley Community Bancorp for the year ended December 31, 2013 .

 
/s/ Crowe Horwath LLP
 
 
Sacramento, California
 
March 21, 2014
 





EXHIBIT 24

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below hereby authorizes Daniel J. Doyle and David A. Kinross or either of them as attorney-in-fact to sign in his or her behalf, individually and in each capacity stated below, and to file this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Central Valley Community Bancorp for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 and all amendments and/or supplements to this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
 
 
 
/s/Daniel J. Doyle
 
Date: March 21, 2014
Daniel J. Doyle,
 
 
President and Chief Executive Officer and Director (principal executive officer)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/David A. Kinross
 
Date: March 21, 2014
David A. Kinross,
 
 
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
 
 
(principal accounting officer
and principal financial officer)
 
 
 
 
 
/s/Daniel N. Cunningham
 
Date: March 21, 2014
Daniel N. Cunningham,
 
 
Chairman of the Board and Director
 
 
 
 
 
/s/Sidney B. Cox
 
Date: March 21, 2014
Sidney B. Cox,
 
 
Director
 
 
 
 
 
/s/Edwin S. Darden
 
Date: March 21, 2014
Edwin S. Darden,
 
 
Director
 
 
 
 
 
/s/F.T. Elliott, IV
 
Date: March 21, 2014
F.T. Elliott, IV,
 
 
Director
 
 
 
 
 
/s/Steven D. McDonald
 
Date: March 21, 2014
Steven D. McDonald,
 
 
Director
 
 





 
 
 
/s/Louis McMurray
 
Date: March 21, 2014
Louis McMurray,
 
 
Director
 
 
 
 
 
/s/William S. Smittcamp
 
Date: March 21, 2014
William S. Smittcamp,
 
 
Director
 
 
 
 
 
/s/Joseph B. Weirick
 
Date: March 21, 2014
Joseph B. Weirick,
 
 
Director
 
 






EXHIBIT 31.1
 
RULE 13a-14(a) [SECTION 302] CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER
 
I, Daniel J. Doyle, certify that:
 
1.                I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of CENTRAL VALLEY COMMUNITY BANCORP;
 
2.                Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3.                Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the issuer as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4.                The issuer's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the issuer and have:
 
a.                designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the issuer, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
b.               Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
c.                evaluated the effectiveness of the issuer's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
d.               disclosed in this report any change in the issuer's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the issuer's most recent fiscal quarter (the issuer's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the issuer's internal control over financial reporting; and;
 
5.                The issuer's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the issuer's auditors and the audit committee of issuer's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
 
a.                all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the issuer's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
b.               any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the issuer's internal control over financial reporting.
 
 
/s/ Daniel J. Doyle
 
Date: March 21, 2014
Daniel J. Doyle,
 
 
President and Chief Executive Officer (principal executive officer)
 





EXHIBIT 31.2
 
RULE 13a-14(a) [SECTION 302] CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER
 
I, David A. Kinross, certify that:
 
1.                I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of CENTRAL VALLEY COMMUNITY BANCORP;
 
2.                Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3.                Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the issuer as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4.                The issuer's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the issuer and have:
 
a.                designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the issuer, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
b.               Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
c.                evaluated the effectiveness of the issuer's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
d.               disclosed in this report any change in the issuer's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the issuer's most recent fiscal quarter (the issuer's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the issuer's internal control over financial reporting; and;
 
5.                The issuer's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the issuer's auditors and the audit committee of issuer's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
 
a.                all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the issuer's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
b.               any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the issuer's internal control over financial reporting.
 
 
/s/ David A. Kinross
 
Date: March 21, 2014
David A. Kinross,
 
 
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (principal accounting officer and principal financial officer)




EXHIBIT 32.1
 
CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
 
In connection with the accompanying Annual Report of Central Valley Community Bancorp (CVCB) on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the Report), I, Daniel J. Doyle, President and Chief Executive Officer of CVCB, hereby certify pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 that:
 
(1) the Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
 
(2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of CVCB.
 
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Central Valley Community Bancorp and will be retained by Central Valley Community Bancorp and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.
 
Dated: March 21, 2014
 
 
/s/ Daniel J. Doyle
 
DANIEL J. DOYLE
 
President and Chief Executive Officer
 





EXHIBIT 32.2
 
CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
 
In connection with the accompanying Annual Report of Central Valley Community Bancorp (CVCB) on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the Report), I, David A. Kinross, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of CVCB, hereby certify pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 that:
 
(1) the Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
 
(2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of CVCB.
 
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Central Valley Community Bancorp and will be retained by Central Valley Community Bancorp and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.
 
Dated: March 21, 2014
 
 
/s/ David A. Kinross
 
DAVID A. KINROSS
 
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer